Skip to main content

Full text of "1978-1979 West Chester State College Graduate Course Catalog"

See other formats


'^1 


W 


graduate 
studies  catalog 
1978-1979      \ 


ACADEMIC  CALENDAR  1978-79 


September  5,  Tuesday 

September  5,  Tuesday 
November  22,  Wednesday 

November  27,  Monday 
December  16,  Saturday 
December  18-22, 1978 
December  22,  Friday 


FALL  SEMESTER  1978 


Faculty       Meetings       (As       Per 

Departmental  Announcements) 

Classes  Begin 

Thanksgiving  Recess  Begins 

(Close  of  Classes) 

Thanksgiving  Recess  Ends  (8:00  a.m.) 

Graduation 

Examination  Period 

Fall  Semester  Ends  (Close  of  Classes) 


January  15,  Monday 
March  9,  Friday 

March  19,  Monday 
April  11,  Wednesday 

April  16,  Monday 
May  5,  Saturday 
May  14-18, 1979 
May  18,  Friday 

May  19,  Saturday 


SPRING  SEMESTER  1979 

Classes  Begin 

Spring  Vacation  Begins 

(Close  of  Classes) 

Spring  Vacation  Ends  (8:00  a.m.) 

Easter  Vacation  Begins 

(Close  of  Classes) 

Easter  Vacation  Ends  (8:00  a.m.) 

Alumni  Day 

Examination  Period 

Spring  Semester  Ends 

(Close  of  Classes) 

Graduation 


Pre  Session 
Regular  Session 
Post  Session 


SUMMER  SESSIONS  1979 

Monday,  June  4-Friday,  June  22 
Monday,  June  25  — Friday,  August  3 
Monday,  August  6  —  Friday,  August  24 


West  Chester  State  College  is  accredited  by 

The  Middle  States  Association  of  Colleges 

and  Secondary  Schools,  The 

National  Council  for  Accreditation  of  Teacher  Education, 

The  American  Association  for  Health,  Physical 

Education,  and  Recreation,  The 

National  Association  of  Schools  of  Music,  The 

Council  on  Social  Work  Education,  and 

The  American  Chemical  Society. 

West  Chester  State  College  is  a  member  of 

The  Council  of  Graduate  Schools  in  the  United  States. 

This  bulletin  is  not  to  be  regarded  as  an  irrevocable  contract  be- 
tween the  student  and  West  Chester  State  College. 

The  college  reserves  the  right  to  cancel  a  course  at  any  time  if  its 
enrollment  is  inadequate. 

West  Chester  State  College  complies  with  all  applicable  Federal 
and  State  discrimination  statutes.  Education  programs,  activities, 
and  employment  at  the  college  are  provided  without  regard  to 
marital  status,  race,  color,  national  origin,  sex,  sexual  orientation, 
age,  or  religious  creed.  In  addition,  the  college  attempts  to  remove 
any  barriers  and  to  provide  opportunity  for  education  and  employ- 
ment of  handicapped  persons.  Inquiries  regarding  compliance 
with  this  policy  may  be  directed  to  Ms.  Jeanette  Sam,  Director  of 
Affirmative  Action,  Philips  Memorial  Hall,  West  Chester  State  Col- 
lege, telephone  21 5-436-2838. 


OFFICE  OF  GRADUATE  STUDIES 

Room  205  -  Ruby  Jones  Hall 

Telephones:     Area  Code  21 5 
436-2243  436-2943  436-2659 


Issued  four  times  a  year,  March,  May,  June,  and  November,  by  the  Trustees  of  West  Chester 
State  College  at  West  Chester,  Pennsylvania  Entered  as  second  class  matter  March  3,  1931, 
at  the  Post  Office  at  West  Chester,  Pennsylvania,  under  the  Act  of  Congress  of  August  24, 
1912  Second  Class  Postage  paid  at  West  Chester,  Pa  19380 


ACADEMIC  CALENDAR 
(inside  front  cover) 

4  TABLE  OF  DEGREE  PROGRAMS 

5  GRADUATE  STUDIES  AT  WESTCHESTER 
9   ADMISSION 

13    DEGREE    CANDIDACY   AND    DEGREE    REQUIRE- 
MENTS 
15    FEES  AND  EXPENSES 
19    FINANCIALAID 

21    ACADEMIC  INFORMATION  AND  REGULATIONS 
29   COLLEGE  SERVICES  AND  STUDENT  LIVING 
33    PROGRAMS    OF    STUDY,    COURSE    OFFERINGS 
AND  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS 
143   ADMINISTRATION 
145    INDEX 
151     CAMPUS  MAP 

COMMUNICATIONS  DIRECTORY 
(inside  back  cover) 


CERTIFICATION  AND/OR 
MASTER  OF  EDUCATION 

Biology 

Counseling* 

Elementary  School  Counseling 
Secondary  School  Counseling 

Driver  Education  and  Safe  Living* 

Elementary  Education 

English 

French 

Geography 

German 

Health 

Health  and  Physical  Education 

Instructional  Media  Education 

Latin 

Mathematics 

Reading 

Secondary  Education 

Social  Science  Concentration  in: 
History 

Spanish 


MASTER  OF  ARTS 

Biology 

English 

French 

Geography 

History 


Mathematics 

Options  in: 

Pure  Mathematics 

Mathematics  Education 

Applied  Computer  Science 
Music 
Philosophy 
Physical  Science 
Psychology 
Social  Science 

Geography 

History 

Political  Science 

Psychology 
Spanish 

Speech  Pathology 

Teaching   English  as  a   Second   Lan- 
guage 


MASTER  OF  MUSIC 

Music  Education 

Music  Theory  or  Composition 


Performance 


MASTER  OF  SCIENCE 

Chemistry 
Counseling 

Higher  Education  Counseling 
Criminal  Justice 
Educational  Research 
Health 

Health  and  Physical  Education 
Instructional  Media 


*At  West  Chester  State  College,  the  Master's  Degree  is  required  for  those  seeking  certification  in  Counselor  Education. 
•Certification  only  ^ 


Objectives:  West  Chester  is  committed  to  broadening  the  scholarship  of  the  gradu- 
ate student  and  the  professional  skills  of  the  educator  while  arousing  all  students 
to  the  challenge  of  research. 

THE  GRADUATE  STUDIES  PROGRAM  at  West  Chester  has  grown  remarkably 
since  its  introduction  in  1959  About  1,600  students  now  attend  during  the  fall 
and  spring  semesters;  some  3,000  enroll  for  its  summer  sessions.  West  Chester 
State  College's  graduate  program  is  the  largest  within  the  14  Commonwealth- 
owned  institutions  of  higher  learning. 

The  college  began  as  the  West  Chester  Academy  in  1812  and  functioned  as  a 
normal  school  from  1871-1927.  Since  it  became  a  four-year  college  in  1927,  West 
Chester  has  developed  steadily  and  is  now  one  of  the  major  comprehensive  col- 
leges in  the  vicinity  of  Philadelphia 

Its  facilities  for  graduate  education  are  excellent  thanks  to  the  Common- 
wealth's building  program  begun  in  the  1950's  and  still  underway  Examples  are 
the  Schmucker  Science  Center,  a  block-long  complex  of  buildings  including  a 
planetarium,  astronomical  observatory,  television  studio,  and  modern  laborator- 
ies; Elsie  O.  Bull  Learning  and  Research  Center;  the  Health  and  Physical  Educa- 
tion Center,  one  of  the  nation's  outstanding  research  facilities  in  the  field;  and 
the  Francis  Harvey  Green  Library,  which  is  one  of  Pennsylvania's  principal  col- 
lege libraries 

The  college  offers  the  Master  of  Arts,  the  Master  of  Education,  the  Master  of 
Music,  and  the  Master  of  Science  degrees  m  nearly  forty  disciplines  or  areas  of 
study.  (See  the  chart  facing  this  page.) 

Many  of  the  new  master's  degree  programs  such  as  the  MA  in  Speech  Pathol- 
ogy, the  M.S.  in  Criminal  Justice  and  the  computer  science  option  in  the  MA.  in 
Mathematics  have  been  designed  to  meet  the  particular  needs  of  the  times  and 
the  area 

Along  with  its  degree  and  certification  programs,  West  Chester  offers  non-de- 
gree study  in  a  number  of  areas  including  art,  economics,  nursmg,  linguistics, 
speech  communication,  theatre  arts,  special  education,  and  urban  education 

For  the  benefit  of  in-service  teachers  and  employed  persons.  West  Chester 
schedules  its  graduate  classes  during  late  afternoons  and  evenings  during  the  fall 
and  spring  semesters  and  during  the  first  of  the  three  summer  sessions. 

Graduate  Summer  Sessions 

The  12-week  summer  sessions  are  divided  into  three  periods:  the  Pre-Session  of 
three  weeks,  the  Regular  Session  of  six  weeks,  and  the  Post  Session  of  three 
weeks  All  Pre-Session  classes  meet  in  the  evenings;  almost  all  classes  for  the 
other  two  sessions  meet  during  the  daytime  (To  apply,  see  Admissions)  — Admis- 
sion to  summer  session  courses  does  not  constitute  admission  to  a  degree  pro- 
gram. 

5 


6/Graduate  Studies  at  West  Chester 

The  Campus 

The  college  occupies  551  acres  in  the  beautiful  rolling  countryside  of  Chester 
County.  The  main  campus  of  the  college  occupies  94  acres  within  the  Borough  of 
West  Chester;  south  campus  is  located  on  a  291-acre  tract  in  adjacent  townships. 
In  1977  the  college  acquired  Welkinweir,  an  estate  consisting  of  166  acres  lo- 
cated 17  miles  north  of  the  main  campus. 

The  Borough  of  West  Chester  has  been  the  seat  of  government  in  Chester 
County  since  1786.  With  a  population  of  about  20,000,  the  Borough  proper  is 
small  enough  to  have  the  pleasant  aspects  of  a  tree-shaded  American  town,  large 
enough  to  provide  essential  services  and  the  substance  of  a  vigorous  community, 
and  old  enough  to  give  the  student  first-hand  touch  with  America's  early  history. 

The  heart  of  West  Chester  is  its  courthouse,  a  Classical  Revival  building  de- 
signed in  the  1840's  by  Thomas  U.  Walter,  one  of  the  architects  for  the  Capitol  in 
Washington,  DC.  The  town  was  settled  in  the  early  eighteenth  century  prin- 
cipally by  members  of  the  Society  of  Friends;  charming  traces  of  their  culture  re- 
main in  the  community. 

West  Chester  today  is  part  of  the  rapidly  growing  suburban  complex  surround- 
ing Philadelphia  and  offers  interesting  opportunities  for  the  study  of  local,  coun- 
ty, and  regional  government  in  a  period  of  change  and  growth. 

Philadelphia  is  25  miles  to  the  east  and  Wilmington  1  5  miles  to  the  south  of  the 
campus.  Thus  the  libraries,  museums,  and  other  cultural  and  historical  resources 
of  both  cities  are  within  easy  reach.  Valley  Forge,  the  Brandywine  Battlefield, 
Longwood  Gardens,  and  other  historical  attractions  are  near  West  Chester 

Welkinweir 

West  Chester's  most  recent  land  acquisition  is  Welkinweir,  the  166-acre,  northern 
Chester  County  estate  which  was  presented  to  the  college  as  a  gift  by  Mr  and 
Mrs  Everett  G   Rodebaugh. 

The  stone  mansion  at  Welkinweir  dates  back  to  1750  with  an  1800  addition  as 
well  as  a  wing  added  in  1940  Filled  with  a  remarkable  collection  of  historically 
valuable  books,  antiques  and  objets  d'art,  the  residence  is  now  used  for  concerts, 
seminars  and  conferences. 

Highlights  from  among  the  contents  include  numerous  authenticated  Chester 
County  pieces  of  furniture,  an  EM.  Skinner  Automatic  Pipe  Organ  (one  of  only 
five  still  in  existence  in  working  order  in  the  country),  a  Mason  &  Hamlin  Piano, 
antique  clocks,  an  English  silver  collection,  and  a  variety  of  oriental  rugs 

The  Welkinweir's  grounds  contain  a  six-acre,  man-made  lake  and  seven  ponds; 
lawns,  forested  areas,  and  unusual  plantings  Access  to  the  Appalachian  Trail  can 
be  made  from  the  Horseshoe  Trail  which  passes  through  the  property. 

How  to  Reach  West  Chester 

ROUTE  }  (West  Chester  Pike)  from  Philadelphia 

ROUTE  100  SOUTH  from  Downingtown  Interchange  of  Pennsylvania  Turnpike 

ROUTE   202  SOUFH  from  Valley  Forge  interchange  of  Pennsylvania  Turnpike, 

NORTH  from  Wilmington,  Del  and  US  ROUTE  1 

SEPTA  BUSES  from  69th  Street  Terminal  in  Philadelphia 

CONRAIL    TRAINS  from  Suburban  And    U)th  Street  Stations  in  Philadelphia  to 

West  Chester 

Undergraduate  Studies 

Some  6,000  tull  time  and  another  thousand  part  time  students  are  enrolled  in  the 


Graduate  studies  at  West  Chester/7 

college's  undergraduate  program.  The  college  grants  the  Bachelor  of  Science  in 
Education  in  four  basic  curricula— elementary  education,  secondary  education, 
music  education,  and  in  speech  pathology  and  audiology;  the  Bachelor  of  Arts 
degree  in  arts  and  letters,  social  and  behavioral  sciences,  the  natural  sciences, 
mathematics,  and  music;  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  chemistry,  and  the 
Bachelor  of  Music  degree 

Degree  programs  preparing  students  for  specialized  work  in  business  adminis- 
tration, computer  and  information  sciences,  criminal  justice,  nursing,  social  wel- 
fare, and  speech  pathology  and  audiology  are  offered. 

The  Admissions  Office  will  supply  an  undergraduate  catalog  upon  request. 


^[DtSC^^Dt^CQ 


West  Chester  State  College  welcomes  all  qualified  students  and  is  committed  to 
affirmative  action  to  assure  equal  opportunity  for  all  persons  regardless  of  race, 
color,  religion,  national  origin,  sex,  age,  or  the  existence  of  physical  handicap. 

Students  with  a  bachelor's  degree  from  an  accredited  college  or  university  in  the 
United  States  or  with  equivalent  preparation  acquired  in  another  country  are 
eligible  to  apply  for  admission  as  degree  or  non-degree  students.  Non-degree  stu- 
dents include  those  seeking  certification,  cultural  growth,  or  strengthened  back- 
grounds for  various  professional  and  industrial  occupations. 

The  college  is  primarily  committed  to  meeting  the  educational  needs  of  Penn- 
sylvania residents.  If  space  is  available,  well-qualified  out-of-state  students  are 
considered  for  admission. 

Student  Responsibility 

It  is  the  responsibility  of  the  students  to  know  and  observe  all  regulations  and 
procedures  for  their  programs  and  to  read  this  catalog  thoroughly.  The  college 
will  not  waive  a  regulation  because  a  student  pleads  ignorance  of  it.  A  student 
planning  to  graduate  should  give  careful  attention  to  the  dates  relating  to  appli- 
cation for  graduation  and  to  other  pertinent  deadlines  announced  by  the  depart- 
ment or  the  Office  of  Graduate  Studies. 

The  Application  Procedure 

1.  Applications  are  available  from  the  Office  of  Graduate  Studies  They  should 
be  completed  and  returned  to  the  Office  of  Graduate  Studies. 

2  Applicants  must  request  all  institutions  at  which  they  have  taken  any  post- 
secondary  work  to  submit  two  official  transcripts  directly  to  the  Office  of  Gradu- 
ate Studies.  Transcripts  mailed  or  delivered  by  applicants  are  not  acceptable. 

3.  The  $10  application  fee  should  be  sent  to  the  Office  of  Business  Affairs. 

4.  Applicants  who  have  unusual  problems  or  questions  are  advised  to  request 
an  interview  with  the  dean  of  graduate  studies. 

Application  Deadline.  Degree  candidates  should  apply  at  least  two  months  be- 
fore registration  for  the  semester  or  summer  session  in  which  they  wish  to  enroll. 

Notification  of  Admission.  Applicants  will  be  notified  by  the  dean  of  graduate 
studies  of  the  acceptance  or  rejection  of  their  applications. 

Registration 

Those  who  have  been  accepted  as  graduate  students  will  receive  registration  in- 
structions by  mail  prior  to  each  semester  and  the  summer  session 

Admission  Requirements  for  Degree  Students 

1  A  baccalaureate  degree  from  a  college  or  university  accredited  m  the  United 
States  or  its  equivalent  from  a  school  m  another  country 

2  A  cumulative  average  of  at  least  2  50  and  a  grade  of  at  least  2  75  in  the  area 
of  concentration  (A  equaling  4] 

9 


10/Admission 

3  Scores  from  the  Graduate  Record  Examination  or  the  Miller  Analogies  Test  if 
these  are  required  for  admission  to  the  program  in  which  the  student  wishes  to 
enroll. 

4.  Approval  by  the  school  offering  the  desired  degree  program.  Before  such  ap- 
proval is  given,  an  interview  with  a  faculty  member  of  the  school  may  be 
required.  The  applicant  must  also  meet  any  other  additional  requirements 
established  for  the  degree  program.  {The  applicant  must  arrange  for  this 
interview.) 

5.  Approval  by  the  dean  of  graduate  studies. 

6.  Space  available  in  the  department. 

An  applicant  who  meets  the  grade  requirements  but  has  academic  deficiencies 
may  be  granted  provisional  status.  The  department  chairperson  or  school  co- 
ordinator will  specify  course  work  which  must  be  taken  to  remove  such  de- 
ficiencies and  which  will  not  be  credited  to  degree  requirements. 

Admission  to  degree  study  does  not  constitute  admission  to  degree  candidacy. 
After  a  student  has  satisfactorily  fulfilled  certain  course  requirements  specified 
in  the  degree  program  and  has  completed  12  to  15  semester  hours  of  work,  the 
student  applies  for  admission  to  degree  candidacy. 

Admission  Requirements  for  Non-Degree  Students 

1 .  A  baccalaureate  degree  from  a  college  or  university  accredited  in  the  United 
States  or  its  equivalent  from  a  school  in  another  country. 

2.  A  cumulative  average  of  2.0  (with  A  equaling  4). 

3  A  properly  completed  application  form  approved  by  the  department  in 
which  the  student  expects  to  enroll 

4  An  interview  with  a  school  official  if  special  questions  arise  during  the  eval- 
uation of  the  application. 

Admission  is  dependent  upon  the  availability  of  space  in  the  desired  depart- 
ment or  program  of  study 

Those  admitted  as  non-degree  students  may  include  applicants  who  fail  to 
qualify  as  degree  students.  There  is  no  assurance  that  courses  taken  under  non- 
degree  status  may  be  used  later  to  satisfy  degree  requirements. 


Undergraduates 

An  undergraduate  who  is  in  the  final  semester  of  work  for  the  bachelors  de- 
gree and  has  an  overall  grade  point  average  of  at  least  3  0  may,  with  the  permis- 
sion of  the  dean  of  graduate  studies,  enroll  in  up  to  six  credits  of  graduate  level 
course-work  Credits  earned  may  be  applied  to  a  master's  degree  program 


Auditors 

An  auditor  is  a  student  who  attends  classes  but  who  does  not  necessarily  do  other 
work  required  of  students  in  the  course  The  auditor  need  not  meet  normal  ad- 
mission requirements  but  must  obtain  approval  to  audit  from  the  department 
chairperson  or  program  coordinator  and  the  course  professor  Auditors  pay  the 
regular  basic  fee  and  must  file  the  usual  formal  application  for  admission  to  the 
college  The  student  cannot  receive  credit  for  courses  taken  as  an  auditor 


Admissions/11 

Transfer  of  Credit. 

Applicants  to  a  degree  program  at  West  Chester  who  have  earned  credits  through 
previous  graduate  study  at  another  college  or  university  rnay  transfer  credit  un- 
der certain  circumstances. 

1 .  The  credits  must  have  been  earned  at  an  approved  graduate  school 

2.  The  courses  taken  must  be  essentially  the  same  as  courses  offered  at  West 
Chester  and  must  be  approved  by  the  department  or  school  in  which  the  appli- 
cant intends  to  enroll  at  West  Chester. 

3.  No  more  than  six  credits  may  be  transferred. 

4.  The  grade  earned  for  courses  to  be  transferred  must  be  B  or  better  (A  equals 

4). 

5.  Two  official  transcripts  must  be  submitted.  These  must  be  sent  by  the  institu- 
tion which  granted  the  credits  directly  to  the  Office  of  Graduate  Studies,  and 
they  must  clearly  indicate  that  the  courses  to  be  transferred  are  graduate  courses 
which  were  given  graduate  credit 

6.  Credits  received  on  continuing-education  or  undergraduate  transcripts  do 
not  qualify  for  graduate  transfer  credit. 

7.  The  courses  for  transfer  must  have  been  taken  recently  enough  to  fall  within 
the  six-year  time  limitation. 

Admission  of  Foreign  Students 

Students  from  foreign  countries  may  be  admitted  to  the  graduate  program  pro- 
vided they  meet  certain  special  requirements.  Foreign  students,  like  other  out-of- 
state  students,  are  accepted  only  when  space  is  available 

All  applications  and  supporting  documents  must  be  on  file  in  the  Office  of 
Graduate  Studies  no  less  than  four  months  before  the  student  proposes  to  enter 
the  country. 

The  Office  of  Graduate  Studies  must  receive  evidence  of  satisfactory  perfor- 
mance on  the  Test  of  English  as  a  Foreign  Language  (unless  English  is  the  appli- 
cant's native  language)  before  application  forms  can  be  processed.  Information 
about  the  TOEFL  test,  including  test  dates  and  locations  in  foreign  countries,  can 
be  obtained  from  the  Educational  Testing  Service,  Box  899,  Princeton,  N.J.  08540, 
U.S.A.  Registration  forms  must  reach  Princeton  at  least  five  weeks  before  the  test 
is  to  be  taken 

The  information  and  documents  which  must  be  presented  are 

1 .  A  completed  application  form. 

2.  An  official  copy  of  the  school  certificates,  showing  the  date  issued,  for  all 
work  done  beyond  the  elementary  level 

After  the  application  and  supporting  documents  have  been  reviewed,  the  Of- 
fice of  Graduate  Studies  will  notify  the  applicant  of  its  action.  Foreign  students 
are  urged  to  remain  in  their  own  countries  until  they  have  received  notice  of 
acceptance.  The  college  cannot  assume  responsibility  for  their  housing  or  wel- 
fare. Once  a  foreign  student  has  been  admitted,  college  authorities  will  make 
every  reasonable  effort  to  find  suitable  housing,  but  — except  during  summer  ses- 
sions—West Chester  does  not  provide  dormitory  accommodations  for  graduate 
students  and  cannot  guarantee  a  place  of  residence. 


Requirements  for  Admission  to  Degree  Candidacy 

Application  for  degree  candidacy  should  be  made  within  the  first  12  to  15 
semester  hours  of  the  pre-candidacy  period. 

During  the  pre-candidacy  period  the  student  must: 

1.  Complete  those  courses  which  the  department  or  program  specifies  as  pre- 
requisite to  degree  candidacy. 

2.  Perform  satisfactorily  on  examinations  which  the  department  or  program  may 
require  for  admission  to  degree  candidacy. 

3.  Maintain  an  overall  average  of  at  least  2.75  and  an  average  of  at  least  3.00  in 
the  concentration 

Procedure  for  Application  to  Degree  Candidacy 

1.  The  student  must  file  an  application  for  admission  to  degree  candidacy  with 
the  dean  of  graduate  studies.  Forms  are  available  in  the  Office  of  Graduate 
Studies. 

2.  When  the  application  has  been  evaluated  by  the  department  concerned,  the 
dean  of  graduate  studies  will  send  a  letter  of  acceptance  or  rejection  to  the 
student 

3.  Upon  notice  of  acceptance,  degree  candidates  must  confer  with  their  advisors 
to  establish  a  program  of  study. 

Reapplication  for  Degree  Candidacy 

Applicants  who  fail  to  qualify  as  degree  candidates  may  reapply.  They  must  at- 
tain an  average  of  3.00  in  course  work  specified  by  their  advisor. 

Retention  in  a  Degree  Program 

The  record  of  a  student  whose  grade  point  average  falls  below  3.0  in  his  major 
field  and  2.75  overall  after  acceptance  to  degree  candidacy  will  be  reviewed  by 
the  department  advisor.  If,  after  24  hours  of  work  in  a  degree  program,  the  stu- 
dent's grade  point  average  is  still  below  a  3.0  in  the  major  field  and  2.75  overall, 
the  student  will  be  dropped  from  the  program.  An  appeal  for  readmission  may  be 
made  to  the  dean  of  graduate  studies. 

Summary  of  Requirements  for 
the  Master's  Degree 

1.   Admission  to  degree  candidacy. 

13 


14/Degree  Candidacy  and  Degree  Requirements 

2.  Completion  of  all  required  courses  with  a  cumulative  average  of  2.75,  an  aver- 
age of  3.00  in  the  field  of  specialization,  and  achievement  of  satisfactory 
scores  on  the  Graduate  Record  Examination,  if  required,  or  the  Miller  Analo- 
gies Test,  if  required.  (See  program  requirements.) 

3.  Satisfactory  performance  on  a  final  written  and/or  oral  comprehensive  exam- 
ination conducted  by  the  student's  advisory  committee  in  the  field  of  special- 
ization. (It  is  the  responsibility  of  the  candidate  to  apply  for  this  examination.) 

4.  Submission  and  approval  of  the  thesis  in  those  programs  requiring  it. 

5.  Fulfillment  of  any  special  examinations,  requirements,  or  competencies  which 
are  peculiar  to  a  department  or  a  school. 

6.  Fulfillment  of  all  financial  obligations  to  the  college,  including  payment  of 
the  graduation  fee,  and  of  all  other  obligations  including  the  return  of  college 
property. 

7.  Compliance  with  all  academic  requests  from  the  dean  of  graduate  studies,  in- 
cluding submission  of  a  letter  of  intent  to  graduate  by  the  specified  due  date. 

Additional  Requirements  for  the 
Master  of  Education  Degree 

In  addition  to  fulfilling  these  requirements,  candidates  for  certain  of  the  Master 
of  Education  degrees  must  give  evidence  of  successful  teaching  experience  ap- 
proved by  the  department  chairperson.  Other  experiences  in  lieu  of  this  require- 
ment must  be  approved  by  the  dean  of  graduate  studies. 


e\^m  mil}  Ewmms 


Special  Note:  The  fees  listed  below  reflect  charges  as  of  the  Spring  Semester,  1978. 
For  up-to-date  information  on  fees  at  any  given  time,  contact  the  Student  Ac- 
counts Office,  (21 5]  436-2552. 

Fees  and  Expenses  are  subject  to  change  without  notice. 

Unless  otherwise  specified,  fees  are  paid  by  check  or  money  order  made  payable 
to:  Commonwealth  of  Pennsylvania.  Your  canceled  check  or  money  order  record 
serves  as  your  receipt. 


BASIC  FEE 

(as  of  Spring  Semester  1978) 

Legal  Residents  of  Pennsylvania 

Less  than  9  credits  $51  per  semester  hour  of  credit 

9  through  1 5  credits  $475  per  semester 

More  than  1 5  credits  $475  plus  $51  for  each  semester  hour  of  credit  beyond 

15 

Out-of-State  Students 

Less  than  9  credits  $75  per  semester  hour  of  credit 

9  through  1 5  credits  $890  per  semester 

More  than  1  5  credits  $890  plus  $75  for  each  semester  hour  of  credit  beyond 

15 

APPLICATION  FEE 

The  $10.00  Application  Fee  should  be  sent  directly  to  the  Office  of  Business  Af- 
fairs. 

CREDIT  BY  EXAMINATION 

A  fee  of  $25.00  is  paid  at  the  Office  of  Business  Affairs  at  the  time  the  examina- 
tion is  scheduled.  Forms  are  available  in  that  office. 

LATE  REGISTRATION  FEE 

A  late  registration  fee  of  $25.00  is  required  of  students  completing  registration 
after  the  official  registration  deadline. 

COMMUNITYCENTER  FEE 

Students  pay  a  Community  Center  Fee  based  on  the  number  of  credits  carried,  as 
follows: 

1  through  6  credits  $2.50  per  semester 

7  through  8  credits  $5.00  per  semester 

9  credits  or  more  $10.00  per  semester 
The  community  center  fee  is  not  refundable. 

15 


16/Fees  and  Expenses 

COURSE  AUDIT  FEE 

Students  who  audit  a  course  (attend  a  course  without  taking  credit)  pay  the  same 
fees  as  other  students. 

DISHONORED  CHECK  FEE 

A  fee  of  $10  is  charged  to  accounts  where  a  stop-payment  order  has  been  entered 
for  a  check  sent  in  payment  and  for  checks  returned  marked  "Insufficient 
Funds."  The  late  registration  fee  of  $25  will  also  then  be  charged  to  the  account. 

TRANSCRIPT  FEE 

$1 .00  per  copy.  After  graduation,  the  first  copy  of  the  transcript  will  be  sent  with- 
out charge.  Graduated  students  pay  the  fee  for  all  copies  made  thereafter.  Tran- 
script request  forms  are  available  in  the  Office  of  Graduate  Studies. 

MUSIC  FEES 

In  addition  to  the  basic  fee,  graduate  students  in  music  are  billed  according  to 
the  following  fee  schedule: 
Piano,  Organ,  Instrument,  or  Voice- 
one  half-hour  lesson  each  week  $55  per  semester 
Instrument  Class  or  Ensemble  — 2  hours  per  week                              $35  per  semester 

Rentals 

Any  band  or  orchestra  instrument  $6.00  per  semester 

$1 .00  per  week  in  summer  sessions 
Organ  ($12.00  per  semester)  $2.00  per  week  in  summer  sessions 

WITHDRAWAL  PROCEDURE 

Students  who  wish  to  withdraw  from  the  college  after  paying  their  semester  or 
summer  session  fees  must  follow  the  official  withdrawal  procedure.  Withdrawal 
forms  are  available  in  the  Office  of  Graduate  Studies.  Completed  forms  must  be 
returned  to  that  office  durmg  the  semester  or  summer  session  when  the  with- 
drawal occurs. 

REFUND  POLICY 

All  refund  requests  must  be  made  during  the  semester  or  session  for  which  the  re- 
fund is  requested.  Forms,  which  are  available  in  the  Office  of  Graduate  Studies, 
should  be  completed  and  returned  to  that  office. 

Basic  Fee  Refunds: 

First  through  Second  Week:      Full-time  students  who  withdraw  completely  for- 
feit $75.00. 

Part-time  students  who  withdraw  completely  and 
students  who  drop  courses  receive  an  80%  refund. 

Third  Week:  All  Students  — 70%  refund  of  basic  fees. 

Fourth  Weed:  All  students  — 60%  refund  of  basic  fees. 

Fifth  Week:  All  students  — 50%  refund  of  basic  fees. 

After  Fifth  Week:  No  refund  of  basic  fees 

The  community  center  fee  is  non-refundable 

Refunds  will  not  be  made  to  students  who  are  suspended  or  who  are  dismissed  or 


Fees  and  Expenses/17 

who  drop  courses  without  the  approval  of  the  dean  of  graduate  studies. 

PLEASE  REFER  TO  THE  SUMMER  GRADUATE  CATALOG  FOR  SUMMER  SES- 
SION FEES  AND  POLICIES. 

GRADUATION  FEE 

A  graduation  fee  of  $24  is  required  of  all  degree  candidates.  No  degree  will  be 
granted  until  this  fee  is  paid.  Checks  should  be  drawn  to  "Commencement  Fund" 
and  delivered  to  the  Office  of  Graduate  Studies  on  or  before  the  due  date. 

VEHICLE  PERMIT 

(Cash  or  check  drawn  to  Intracollegiate  Governmental  Association) 

Students  who  wish  to  park  their  vehicles  in  campus  lots  are  required  to  have  a 
vehicle  permit  which  may  be  obtained  at  registration.  The  owner's  registration 
card  for  the  vehicle  must  be  presented.  The  cost  of  the  permit  for  a  full  year  is 
$2.00,  for  Pre  or  Regular  Session,  $1 .00,  for  Post  Session,  50<l^.  All  permits  expire  in 
the  September  following  month  of  issue. 

LIBRARY  CARD/I. D.  CARD 

In  order  to  borrow  books  from  the  library,  graduate  students  must  present  identi- 
fication, either  a  library  card  or  an  ID.  (identification)  card.  The  fee  for  either 
card  is  $1  00.  The  ID.  card  is  purchased  at  the  IG  A  Office,  the  library  card  at  the 
library. 


IJ'DtS^tCl^C^a  (i}\E 


LOANS 

National  Direct  Student  Loan  Program 

The  National  Direct  Student  Loan  Program  is  a  cooperative  effort  of  the  federal 
government  and  West  Chester  State  College  which  enables  qualified  students  to 
secure  long-term  educational  loans  under  attractive  conditions.  The  law  requires 
that  each  borrower  be: 

1 .  Enrolled  or  accepted  in  the  institution  participating  in  the  program. 

2.  Carrying  at  least  1/2  the  normal  full-time  workload  as  determined  by  the  in- 
stitution. 

3.  In  need  of  the  amount  of  the  loan  to  pursue  a  course  of  study. 

4.  Capable,  in  the  institution's  opinion,  of  maintaining  good  standing  in  the  cur- 
riculum. 

Under  the  law,  graduate  students  may  borrow  up  to  $2,500  per  year  with  the 
combined  total  of  undergraduate/graduate  loans  not  to  exceed  $10,000.  Ap- 
proval of  loans  depends  upon  the  student's  financial  need  and  the  availability  of 
loan  funds.  For  further  information  contact  the  director  of  financial  aid. 


Pennsylvania  Higher  Education  Assistance  Agency 
Loan  Guaranty  Program 

The  Student  Loan  Guaranty  Program  is  a  cooperative  effort  of  private  lending  in- 
stitutions and  the  state  and  federal  governments  which  enables  qualified 
students  to  secure  long-term  educational  loans  under  attractive  conditions.  To 
be  eligible  for  a  loan,  a  student  must: 

1 .  Be  a  domiciliary  of  Pennsylvania  for  30  days  immediately  prior  to  the  date  of 
filing  a  loan  guaranty  application. 

2.  Be  accepted  for  enrollment  in  an  approved  institution  or,  if  enrolled,  be  in 
good  standing. 

3.  Meet  satisfactory  character  requirements  and  citizenship  requirements. 

4.  Be  classified  as  at  least  a  half-time  student. 

The  maximum  loan  per  academic  grade  level  for  full-time  graduate  students  is 
$5,000,  for  half-time  graduate  students,  $2,500.  The  total  indebtedness  permis- 
sible for  all  years  of  undergraduate  and  graduate  study  is  $15,000.  For  further  in- 
formation contact  the  director  of  financial  aid. 


GRADUATE  ASSISTANTSHIPS 

A  number  of  graduate  assistantships  are  available  to  qualified  graduate  students. 
Interested  students  are  advised  to  consult  the  department  chairpeople  to  deter- 
mine the  availability  of  assistantships  and  the  candidate's  eligibility  for  assign- 
ments. Assignments  may  involve  part-time  undergraduate  teaching,  participation 
in  research  projects,  or  other  professional  duties  under  faculty  supervision. 

Beginning  graduate  assistants  are  paid  at  the  rate  of  $2,705  for  the  academic 
year  and  course  fees  are  waived. 

19 


20/Financial  Aid 

RESIDENT  DIRECTORS 

Opportunities  to  serve  as  resident  directors  for  undergraduate  students  are  open 
to  men  and  women  graduate  students.  Directors  live  in  the  college  residence 
halls  and  provide  direction  for  the  personal,  social,  and  educational  develop- 
ment of  the  resident  students.  These  positions  are  funded  through  the  Civil  Serv- 
ice program  Remuneration  also  includes  room  and  board.  Applications  can  be 
made  through  the  Office  of  Student  Development,  Room  206,  College  Union 
Building.  (Telephone  436-3305.) 

SCHOOL  OF  HEALTH,  PHYSICAL  EDUCATION,  AND  RECREATION  SCHOLAR- 
SHIP. 

One  $300.00  scholarship  to  a  graduate  student  in  the  Graduate  School  of  Health, 
Physical  Education  and  Recreation.  Applications  are  made  to  the  dean  of  the 
School  of  Health,  Physical  Education,  and  Recreation. 


All  requirements  for  the  student's  degree  program  must  be  included  within  six 
years  of  the  completion  of  all  degree  requirements.  In  cases  where  unusual  cir- 
cumstances exist,  a  request  for  an  extension  of  time  may  be  made  through  the  ap- 
propriate department  for  recommendation  and  consideration  by  the  dean  of 
graduate  studies. 

See  also  Degree  Candidacy  and  Degree  Requirements 

Classification  of  Students 

Students  are  classified  as: 

A.  Degree  Students 

1.  Full  graduate  standing  — granted  to  a  student  who  meets  all  admissions  re- 
quirements. 

2.  Provisional  graduate  standing  — may  be  granted  to  a  student  who: 

a.  Has  not  taken  the  Graduate  Record  Examination,  the  Miller  Analogies  Test, 
or  a  specialized  entrance  examination  required  by  the  department  con- 
cerned. 

b.  Is  unable  to  present  all  prerequisites  required  by  the  department. 

c.  Has  certain  other  academic  deficiencies. 

d    Fails  to  meet  the  academic  average  required  for  a  degree  student 

B.  Non-Degree  Students 

1.  Certification  — applies  to  students  taking  course  work  to  gain  teacher  certi- 
fication. 

2.  Professional    growth  — students   who   take   graduate   course   work    but   seek 
neither  a  degree  nor  certification. 

Advisory  System 

All  students  will  be  assigned  an  advisor  in  the  department  of  their  choice. 
Students  are  expected  to  take  the  initiative  in  scheduling  interviews  with  their  ad- 
visors during  their  course  of  study 

Re-Examination  Policy  for  Students  Who  Exceed  the  Time  Limitation 

Students  who  wish  to  re-enter  a  degree  program  after  losing  their  status  by  ex- 
ceeding the  time  limit  may  regain  credits  toward  the  degree  by  re-examination. 
Such  students  should  consult  with  the  dean  of  graduate  studies  to  obtain  permis- 
sion for  re-examination. 

21 


22/Academic  Information 

Graduate  Level  Course  Numbering  System 

500  Series       Graduate  level  courses  to  which  advanced  undergraduates  might 

be  admitted. 
600  Series        Graduate  courses  not  normally  open  to  undergraduates. 
Course  numbering  within  a  series  is  at  the  discretion  of  the  department  offering 
the  courses. 

Student  Load 

The  normal  work  load  for  a  full-time  student  during  the  fall  and  spring  semesters 
is  9  semester  hours.  The  load  may  be  increased  if  approval  has  been  obtained 
from  the  student's  advisor. 

During  the  summer  session,  the  normal  work  load  is  one  semester  hour  of  work 
for  each  week  of  enrollment.  Generally,  students  carry  only  one  course  during 
the  Pre  or  Post  Session.  If  permission  has  been  given  by  the  dean  of  graduate 
studies,  students  may  carry  more  than  six  semester  hours  of  work  in  the  Regular 
Session. 

Course  Credit  by  Examination 

A  graduate  student  may  obtain  course  credit  through  examination.  Application 
must  be  made  through  the  Office  of  Graduate  Studies,  and  the  student's  advisor 
must  approve  the  application. 

Transferring  Credit  from  Other  Institutions 

West  Chester  students  who  wish  to  take  course  work  at  other  institutions  for 
credit  at  West  Chester  must  first  obtain  approval  from  their  chairperson  or  co- 
ordinator. Other  restrictions  and  requirements  are  the  same  as  those  given  in 
"Transfer  of  Credit,"  page  11 . 

Change  of  Status 

A  provisional  degree  student  may  petition  for  full  graduate  standing  by  making  a 
written  request  to  the  Office  of  Graduate  Studies.  Credit  earned  as  a  provisional 
degree  student  or  as  a  non-degree  student  may  be  accepted  in  a  degree  program 
only  upon  the  recommendation  of  the  student's  advisor.  Provisional  degree  stu- 
dents should  consult  their  advisors  well  in  advance  in  order  to  select  work  appro- 
priate for  transfer  toward  the  degree. 

Changing  to  Auditor  Status 

Before  the  sixth  meeting  of  a  class  during  a  semester  or  an  equivalent  period  of 
time  during  summer  sessions,  a  students  may  apply  to  become  an  auditor  by 
completing  a  change-in-class-status  form  available  in  the  Office  of  Graduate 
Studies  and  obtaining  necessary  approval. 

Changes  in  Program 

In  order  to  change  from  one  program  to  another,  the  student  must: 

1       Obtain  a  change-in-curriculum  form  from  the  Office  of  Graduate  Studies. 

2.  Have  the  form  signed  by  the  two  chairpersons  or  program  coordinators  and 
the  two  deans  (or  associate  deans  for  graduate  study)  concerned  in  the  program 
change. 


Academic  Information/23 

3.  Present  the  completed  form  to  the  Office  of  Graduate  Studies  which  will 
notify  the  applicant  m  writing  of  the  action  taken  on  the  request. 

Withdrawal  from  Courses  in  Fall  or  Spring  Semesters 

A  student  finding  it  necessary  to  withdraw  from  a  course  should: 

1 .  Obtain  a  withdrawal  form  from  the  Office  of  Graduate  Studies. 

2.  Obtain  signatures  of  the  course  professor,  the  department  chairperson  or 
program  coordinator,  and  the  school  dean  or  the  associate  dean  for  graduate 
studies. 

3.  Return  the  signed  form  to  the  Office  of  Graduate  Studies  before  the  end  of 
that  semester. 

Students  who  drop  a  course  — either  before  or  after  six  class  meetings  — with- 
out following  the  course-withdrawal  procedure  will  receive  an  F  on  their 
permanent  records  and  will  forfeit  any  right  they  may  have  had  to  a  refund. 

If  a  student  withdraws  before  the  sixth  meeting  of  a  class,  the  withdrawal  will 
be  viewed  as  a  cancellation  of  enrollment,  and  the  course  will  not  be  entered  on 
the  student's  academic  record.  The  student  is  entitled  to  a  refund.  See  Fees  and 
Expenses 

A  student  who  attends  six  or  more  meetings  of  the  class  will  not  be  eligible  for 
a  refund,  and  the  course  will  be  entered  on  the  student's  permanent  grade  record 
either  as  a  WP  or  as  a  WF. 

Withdrawal  from  Courses  in  Summer  Sessions 

Students  who  have  attended  one  day  of  classes  during  any  summer  session  may 
not  cancel  enrollment  and  are  not  entitled  to  a  refund.  Students  who  stop  attend- 
ing classes  in  which  they  are  enrolled  will  receive  a  WP  or  WF  for  the  course. 

In  order  to  withdraw  officially  from  summer  session  classes,  a  student  must 
submit  a  completed  summer  session  withdrawal  form  to  the  Office  of  Graduate 
Studies  before  the  end  of  that  summer  session. 

Withdrawal  from  the  College 

A  student  intending  to  withdraw  completely  from  the  graduate  program  must 
comply  with  the  procedures  outlined  above  and,  in  addition,  give  the  dean  of 
graduate  studies  written  notice  stating  the  reason  for  the  withdrawal.  The 
student's  last  day  in  classes  will  be  considered  the  student's  termination  date. 

Grading  System 

The  following  grading  system  is  used: 

Quality 

Grade                                      Interpretation  Points 

A                                                Superior  4 

B                                              Above  Average  3 

C                                              Average  2 

D                                              Below  Average  (see  below)  1 

F                                                 Failure  0 
I                                                Incomplete  (see  below) 

WF                                          Withdrew  Failing  0 
WP                                            Withdrew  Passing 
Aud                                           Audit 


24/Academic  Information 

Degree  students  must  repeat  any  required  course  for  which  they  have  received  a 
D  or  F  grade.  All  grades  received  for  a  course  will  remain  on  the  student's  record, 
but  only  the  highest  grade' achieved  will  be  used  to  calculate  the  cumulative 
average.  A  form  for  reporting  repeated  courses  must  be  obtained  from  the  Office 
of  Graduate  Studies,  completed,  and  returned  there. 

Removing  Incompletes 

Students  must  complete  courses  for  which  they  have  received  an  Incomplete 
within  the  next  90  calendar  days  or  the  I  will  become  an  F.  The  student  must  file 
in  the  Office  of  Graduate  Studies  a  request  for  an  extension  of  this  time  limita- 
tion which  has  been  endorsed  by  the  faculty  member  who  entered  the  Incom- 
plete. The  90-day  requirement  does  not  apply  to  independent  study  nor  to  the 
thesis,  research  report,  or  practicum. 

Grade  Reports 

Grade  reports  are  mailed  to  the  student  soon  after  the  end  of  a  semester  or  sum- 
mer session.  Students  are  reminded  to  check  their  reports  against  grade  require- 
ments and  other  regulations  and  to  have  their  reports  at  hand  when  consulting 
with  advisors. 

Obtaining  Transcripts 

Transcripts  of  work  taken  at  West  Chester  may  be  obtained  from  the  Office  of 
Graduate  Studies.  A  check  or  money  order,  payable  to  the  Commonwealth  of 
Pennsylvania,  must  accompany  a  written  request  which  should  include  the 
period  of  attendance  at  the  college,  the  curriculum  pursued.  Social  security 
number,  and  any  change  of  name  during  enrollment.  For  transcript  fee,  see  Fees 
and  Expenses. 

Changes  in  Name  or  Address 

Students  should  notify  the  Office  of  Graduate  Studies  immediately  of  any 
change  of  address  or  change  in  name. 

Graduate  Record  Examination 

Scores  for  the  Graduate  Record  Examination  are  required  for  many  of  the  degree 
programs,  either  at  the  time  of  application  or  at  some  later  date  The  prospective 
degree  student  should  consult  the  appropriate  program  outine 

The  Graduate  Record  Examination  is  administered  by  the  Educational  Testing 
Service,  Box  955,  Princeton,  New  Jersey  08540  and  consists  of  the  Aptitude  Test 
(morning  test)  and  the  Advanced  Tests  (afternoon  tests  in  the  fields  of  concentra- 
tion). Application  forms  and  data  may  be  obtained  either  by  writing  directly  to 
the  service  or  from  the  Counseling  Center,  Room  129  Lawrence  Center  Applica- 
tion forms  must  be  filed  with  the  Educational  Testing  Service  at  least  15  days 
prior  to  the  date  of  any  examination 

The  examinations  may  be  taken  at  any  of  the  testing  centers  designated  by  the 
Educational  Testing  Services.  These  tests  are  administered  periodically  at  West 
Chester  — generally  in  October,  December,  February,  April,  and  jLine 

Miller  Analogies  Test 

Some  degree  programs   require  students   to  take  the  Miller  Analogies  Test 


Academic  lnforniation/25 

which  is  administered  each  week  at  the  Counsehng  Center,  Room  129,  Lawrence 
Center.  It  requires  less  than  two  hours  and  is  given  by  appointment.  Students 
requiring  the  test  should  telephone  the  center  (436-2301)  at  least  three  weeks 
before  a  test  date  is  needed.  Once  a  date  has  been  established,  the  student  must 
pay  an  $8.00  fee  in  person  to  the  Office  of  Business  Affairs.  The  fee  receipt  must 
be  presented  to  the  center  before  the  M.A.T.  will  be  administered. 

The  Comprehensive  (Area  of  Specialization)  Examination 

The  comprehensive  examination  covers  the  student's  major  field  and  is  con- 
structed, administered,  and  evaluated  by  the  faculty  of  the  student's  major  de- 
partment or  program.  Successful  performance  on  the  comprehensive  examina- 
tion is  a  requirement  for  all  master's  degrees  granted  by  the  college.  The  candi- 
date must  apply  for  the  examination  with  the  department  graduate  coordinator 
and  is  not  eligible  to  take  the  examination  prior  to  the  semester  in  which  all 
courses  in  the  concentration  are  earned. 

Other  Examinations 

Other  examinations  may  be  required  of  degree  students.  All  requirements  given 
under  the  heading  of  the  particular  program  should  be  carefully  noted. 

Research  Requirements 

Students  should  consult  specific  programs  to  determine  whether  independent 
study  directed  toward  either  the  thesis  or  a  research  report  is  required,  offered 
optionally,  or  omitted. 

Letter  of  Intent  to  Graduate 

The  degree  student  must  file  a  letter  of  intent  to  graduate  with  the  dean  of 
graduate  studies  and  the  department  chairperson  or  program  coordinator  on  or 
before  the  date  specified  by  the  Office  of  Graduate  Studies. 

Submitting  the  Thesis  for  Binding 

Upon  its  approval  by  the  school  or  department,  the  thesis  must  be  typed  in  ac- 
cordance with  specifications  which  may  be  obtained  from  the  school  or  depart- 
ment. Three  copies  of  the  typed  thesis  together  with  three  copies  of  the  abstract 
(250-500  words)  must  be  submitted  to  the  Office  of  Graduate  Studies  for  binding. 
Candidates  who  wish  additional  bound  copies  should  submit  as  many  copies  as 
are  desired.  The  cost  of  binding  is  $6  00  per  copy 

Permanent  Certification 

The  Instructional  II  (Permanent)  Certificate  shall  be  a  permanent  certificate 
issued  to  an  applicant  who  has  completed  three  years  of  satisfactory  teachmg  on 
an  Instructional  I  Certificate  attested  to  by  the  superintendent  of  the  school 
district  in  which  his  most  recent  service  was  performed,  or  in  the  case  of  an  inter- 
mediate unit,  the  executive  director,  or  in  the  case  of  an  approved  non-public 
school,  the  chief  school  administrator.  In  addition  the  applicant  shall  have  com- 
pleted 24  semester  hours  of  collegiate  study  at  an  approved  four-year  institution 
and  subsequent  to  the  conferring  of  the  baccalaureate  degree. 

IN-SERVICE  PROGRAMS.  The  24-semester-hour  requirement  may  be  satisfied, 


26/Academic  Information 

in  whole  or  in  part,  through  in-service  programs  approved  by  the  Secretary  of 
Education  of  the  Commonwealth. 

Renewal  of  Instructional  I  Certification 

The  Instructional  Certificate  is  valid  for  three  years  of  teaching  in  approved 
schools  of  the  Commonwealth.  The  three  years  need  not  be  consecutive.  The  cer- 
tificate may  be  renewed  for  three  additional  years  of  teaching  after  the  comple- 
tion of  12  additional  semester  hours  of  post-baccalaureate,  graduate  or  ap- 
proved in-service  credit.  A  renewal  should  be  requested  through  the  school 
superintendent's  office 

Educational  Specialist  Certification 

Commonwealth  regulations  also  provide  for  certification  as  an  educational 
specialist  to  those  persons  who  successfully  complete  an  approved  program  of 
study  and  have  the  recommendation  of  the  training  institution.  The  Educational 
Specialist  Certificate  is  issued  on  two  levels. 

Educational  Specialist  I  (Provisional).  The  Educational  Specialist  I  Certificate 
shall  be  issued  for  entry  into  a  professional  position  in  the  schools  of  the  Com- 
monwealth. The  applicant  shall  have  completed  an  approved  program  of  studies, 
shall  possess  a  baccalaureate  degree,  and  shall  have  been  recommended  for  cer- 
tification by  the  preparing  institution. 

Educational  Specialist  II  (Permanent).  The  Educational  Specialist  II  Certificate 
shall  be  a  permanent  certificate  issued  to  an  applicant  who  shall  have  completed 
three  years  of  satisfactory  service  on  an  Educational  Specialist  I  Certificate,  and 
who  shall  have  completed  24  semester  hours  of  post-baccalaureate  or  graduate 
study  at  a  regionally  approved  institution.  In  addition,  the  applicant  shall  have 
received  the  recommendation  of  the  superintendent  of  the  school  district  in 
which  his  most  recent  service  was  performed,  or  in  the  case  of  an  intermediate 
unit,  the  executive  director,  or  in  the  case  of  an  approved  non-public  school,  the 
chief  school  administrator. 

Directory  information 

West  Chester  State  College  has,  in  the  past,  made  public  certain  kinds  of  in- 
formation about  students,  such  as  the  names  of  those  who  receive  scholarships, 
who  hold  offices,  or  who  are  members  of  athletic  teams.  Various  kinds  of  campus 
directories  are  published  throughout  the  year  to  help  members  of  the  college 
community  locate  and  communicate  with  each  other.  The  commencement  pro- 
grams publish  the  names  of  those  who  have  received  degrees  during  the  year. 

The  Family  Educational  Rights  and  Privacy  Act  defines  the  term  "directory  in- 
formation" to  include  the  following  categories  of  information:  the  student's 
name,  addresses,  telephone  numbers,  date  and  place  of  birth,  major  field  of 
study,  participation  in  officially  recognized  activities  and  sports,  weight  and 
height  of  members  of  athletic  teams,  dates  of  attendance,  degrees  and  awards  re- 
ceived, and  the  most  recent  previous  educational  agency  or  institution  attended 
by  the  student.  The  college  will  limit  information  which  is  made  public  to 
categories  such  as  these  but  will  not  necessarily  publish  all  such  information  in 
every  listing. 

Students  who  do  not  wish  to  have  any  or  all  of  such  "directory  information" 
published  without  their  prior  consent  must  file  notice  — undergraduate  in  the 
Office  of  the  Registrar  and  graduate  students  in  the  Office  of  Graduate  Studies. 


Academic  Information/27 

A  signed,  dated  statement  specifying  items  not  to  be  published  must  be  brought 
by  the  student  to  the  appropriate  office  within  the  first  fifteen  calendar  days 
after  the  beginning  of  the  fall  semester. 


FRANCIS  HARVEY  GREEN  LIBRARY 

The  Francis  Harvey  Green  Library  offers  the  graduate  student  an  excellent  envi- 
ronment for  study  and  research.  The  first  section  of  the  building  was  completed 
in  1966  and  the  six-story  addition  was  opened  in  the  fall  of  1976.  The  library 
complex  contains  a  graduate  study  and  lounge,  seminar  rooms,  a  special  col- 
lections room,  a  map  room,  an  enlarged  instructional  materials  center  with 
audio-visual  facilities,  an  enlarged  periodicals  collection,  and  increased  micro- 
reading  facilities. 

The  general  collection  of  more  than  350,000  volumes  and  2,600  periodicals  is 
augmented  by  an  extensive  micromedia  collection  representing  more  than 
300,000  volumes  including  books,  periodicals,  newspapers,  and  doctoral  disserta- 
tions and  an  extensive  collection  of  government  publications.  The  special  col- 
lections include  the  Chester  County  Collection  of  Scientific  and  Historical 
Books;  the  Normal  Collection  (publications  by  and  about  the  faculty  and 
alumni);  the  Ehringer  Collection  (a  collection  of  historical  books  on  physical 
education);  the  Biographies  of  the  Signers  of  the  Declaration  of  Independence  by 
John  Sanderson;  and  the  Shakespeare  Folios.  Other  collections  of  note  are  the 
children's  curriculum,  government  documents,  music  collections  and  the  Philips 
collection  of  autographed  books. 

The  college  library,  through  its  staff  of  13  professional  librarians,  provides  the 
services  required  by  students  and  faculty  working  in  all  areas  covered  by  the 
college's  instructional  programs. 

Bureau  of  Research  and  Related  Services 

The  Bureau  of  Research  and  Related  Services  fosters  the  development  of  basic, 
applied,  and  institutional  research  and  provides  facilities  for  the  tabulation  and 
analysis  of  research  data.  The  research  function  of  the  bureau  encompasses 
studies  initiated  by  the  faculty  and  administrative  staff  as  well  as  studies  jointly 
sponsored  by  the  college  and  various  educational  agencies  and  foundations. 

The  bureau  assists  faculty  and  students  in  securing  financial  support  for  their 
research  projects. 

Data  Processing  services  include  the  tabulating  and  summarizing  of  infor- 
mation required  by  various  administrative  divisions  of  the  college. 

The  computer  center,  statistical  laboratory,  and  research  facilities  are  housed 
in  the  Learning  and  Research  Center. 

Housing 

West  Chester  provides  housing  facilities  for  its  graduate  students  only  during  the 
Summer  Sessions  when  room  and  board  are  available  for  men  or  women  through 
the  Office  of  Student  Development  in  the  Sykes  College  Union  Building.  Gradu- 

29 


30/Servicesand  Student  Living 

ate  students  are  expected  to  abide  by  the  housing  regulations  governing  under- 
graduate students. 

The  college  has  no  facilities  for  housing  married  students.  Area  newspapers 
and  realtors  should  be  consulted 

College  Policy  for  Storm  Closings 

If  storm  conditions  make  it  necessary  to  close  the  college,  announcement  will  be 
made  over  most  area  radio  and  television  stations  which  employ  a  system  of 
code  numbers.  West  Chester's  numbers  are: 

853  Day  Classes  for  Undergraduate  Students 

2853  Graduate  Classes  and  Other  Evening  Classes 

J'tudent  Health  Service 

Two  part-time  physicians  and  five  registered  nurses  are  available  to  meet 
emergency  and  first-aid  needs  and  to  perform  routine  infirmary  treatment  of 
rriinor  illnesses  and  minor  surgical  conditions  at  no  cost  to  students.  The  college 
does  not  furnish  other  medical  care  nor  bear  the  costs  of  medical  or  surgical 
treatment  or  hospitalization.  The  community  of  West  Chester  has  qualified  phy- 
sicians and  excellent  hospital  facilities.  The  service  is  in  Reynolds  Hall  where,  for 
emergencies,  a  nurse  is  on  duty  on  a  24-hour  basis  except  from  midnight  Saturday 
to  8  A.M.  Sunday. 

Only  full-time  graduate  students  may  take  advantage  of  a  group  medical  and 
accident  policy,  approved  by  the  college  and  covering  accidents  and  illness  on  a 
twelve-month  basis.  The  policy  may  be  obtained  at  a  minimal  annual  premium 
cost  from  the  health  service. 

Counseling  Center 

Staffed  by  psychologists  trained  to  work  with  college  students,  the  Counseling 
Center  offers  professional  counseling  and  psychological  services  to  students  with 
educational,  vocational,  personal,  social  and  emotional  problems  and  concerns. 
Counseling  is  offered  on  an  individual  and  small  group  basis,  and  varies  with  the 
needs  of  each  student.  All  interviews  and  test  results  are  strictly  confidential. 

These  services  are  available  to  all  West  Chester  State  College  students  at  no 
charge.  Students  may  make  appointments  by  phone  (Call  436-2301 )  or  by  going  to 
the  Counseling  Center  Office,  Room  129,  Lawrence  Center.  Every  attempt  is 
made  to  see  students  that  same  day. 

Speech  and  Hearing  Clinic 

Graduate  students  who  need  help  in  meeting  minimal  speech  standards  may  use 
the  services  of  the  Speech  and  Hearing  Clinic  at  no  cost  The  clinic  is  conducted 
by  the  Department  of  Speech  Pathology  and  Audiology  in  Wayne  Hall 

Career  Development  Center 

The  college  provides  career  planning  and  placement  services  for  its  students  and 
graduates 

The  Career  Development  Center  libraries  provide  mformation  about  careers, 
Civil  Service  appointments,  application  forms,  procedures,  and  job  requirements. 

The  services  are  available  to  graduate  students  at  no  cost,  subject  to  the 
following  college  policy: 


Services  and  Student  Living/31 

1.  Students  who  have  satisfactorily  completed  more  than  15  semester  hours  of 
graduate  study  at  West  Chester  or  who  hold  undergraduate  degrees  from  the 
college  are  eligible  for  the  full  services  of  the  office.  Full  services  include;  reg- 
istration, development  and  mailing  of  credentials  to  prospective  employers, 
career  counseling,  use  of  private  facilities  for  on-campus  interviews  arranged  by 
the  applicant,  and  participation  in  a  program  of  on-campus  interviews  arranged 
by  the  Career  Development  Center. 

2.  Graduate  students  whose  baccalaureate  degrees  were  not  received  at  West 
Chester  and  who  have  satisfactorily  completed  less  than  15  semester  hours  are 
eligible  for  limited  service  use  of  the  Career  Development  Center  libraries  and 
guidance  from  the  staff. 

The  Career  Development  Center  is  located  in  Lawrence  Center. 

Veterans'  Affairs 

The  Office  of  Veterans'  Affairs  is  located  in  the  Learning  and  Research  Center. 
All  veterans,  certain  dependents  of  disabled  or  deceased  veterans,  and  war 
orphans  who  wish  to  obtain  educational  benefits  under  the  appropriate  public 
laws  must  register  with  the  Office  of  Veterans'  Affairs  during  college  registra- 
tions. The  Veterans  Administration  requires  students  who  are  veterans  to 
schedule  at  least  eight  semester  hours  per  semester  in  order  to  receive  full-time 
benefits  under  the  G.I.  Bill. 

A  representative  of  the  Veterans  Administration  who  counsels  and  who  acts  as 
liaison  between  students  and  the  Veterans  Administration  Center  is  a  member  of 
the  office  staff. 

Honor  Societies 

The  School  of  Education  sponsors  an  active  chapter  of  Phi  Delta  Kappa,  the 
international  graduate  honor  society.  Membership  in  the  West  Chester  chapter, 
which  was  organized  in  1956,  is  by  invitation  and  recognizes  scholarship  in  all 
fields  of  education. 

Graduate  students  are  eligible  to  participate  in  the  activities  of  the  under- 
graduate honor  societies  at  West  Chester  if  they  have  been  members  during  their 
own  undergraduate  years.  These  organizations,  which  are  described  in  the  West 
Chester  State  College  Undergraduate  Bulletin,  recognize  academic  achievement 
and  professional  interest  in  the  field  of  foreign  languages,  geography,  health  and 
physical  education,  history,  mathematics,  music,  psychology,  and  social 
sciences. 

Cultural  Events 

Students  are  urged  to  attend  the  excellent  cultural  programs  at  West  Chester. 
Among  these  are  the  All  Star  Series,  Chamber  Music  Series,  the  William  Pyle 
Philips  Lecture  Series,  the  Intracollegiate  Governmental  Association  evening 
series  of  programs.  Little  Theatre  productions  in  the  Studio  Theatre  and  Turk's 
Head  Playhouse,  and  recitals  and  concerts  given  by  faculty  and  students  of  the 
School  of  Music.  A  calendar  of  events  may  be  obtained  from  the  Office  of  Cul- 
tural Affairs  and  College  Events,  Sykes  College  Union. 


Sports  Activities 

Opportunities  for  sports  and  recreational  activities  are  provided  by  the  School  of 


32/Services  and  Student  Living 

Health,  Physical  Education  and  Recreation.  For  details,  contact  the  Coordinator 
of  Recreation,  Health  and  Physical  Education  Center. 


PEBBBflCCe  BP  etfBB«7(, 
B(EQBI]B(E[S[E[St^^  mtl} 


Graduate  course  offerings  are  divided  among  the  schools  as  follows: 
School  of  Arts  and  Letters  School  of  Music 


Art 

English 

Foreign  Languages 

Philosophy 

Speech  Communication  and  Theatre 

Speech  Pathology  and  Audiology 


Music  Education 

Music  History  and  Literature 

Music  Theory  and  Composition 

Instrumental  Music 

Keyboard  Music 

Vocal  and  Choral  Music 


School  of  Education 

Counseling 
Elementary  Education 
Instructional  Media  Education 
Secondary  Education  and 

Professional  Studies 
Educational  Research 
Reading 

Special  Education 
Urban  Education 


School  of  Sciences 
and  Mathematics 

Biology 

Chemistry 

Earth  Sciences 

Mathematical  Sciences 

Physics 


School  of  Health  and  Physical 
Education 

Health  Education 
Physical  Education 


School  of  Social  and 
Behavioral  Sciences 

Criminal  Justice 
Geography  and  Planning 
Government  and  Politics 
History 
Psychology 


For  the  convenience  of  readers  the  arrangement  of  course  offerings  is  alpha- 
betical by  field  or  area  of  study. 

33 


Anthropology, 
Sociology,  and 
Social  Welfare 

Mr.  Murphy         -        \  *  ^ 
Chairperson 


PROFESSORS 

Marshall  J.  Becker,  Ph.  D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 
Glenn  W.  Samuelson,  Ed.  D.,  University  of  Maryland 
Margaret  C.  Yeakel,  D.S.W.,  Case  Western  Reserve  University 

ASSOCrATE  PROFESSORS 

Charlotte  E.  Bartlett,  M.S.S.,  Bryn  Mawr  College 
Patrick  W.  Luck,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Connecticut 
John  A.  Main,  D.S.W.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 
Martin  Murphy,  A.M.,  University  of  Michigan 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS 

Jon  A.  Cowen,  A.M.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Bonita  Freeman-Witthoft,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Andrew  Masiuk,  M.S.S.,  Bryn  Mawr  College 

Mary  W.  McCullough,  M.S.W.,  University  of  North  Carolina 

Robert  B.  McCutcheon,  M.S.W.,  Rutgers  School  of  Social  Work 

Sonia  V.  Wingate,  M.S.W.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

INSTRUCTOR 

Kathleen  E.  Neilson,  M.A.,  Temple  University 

The  Department  of  Anthropology,  Sociology,  and  Social  Welfare  suspends 
until  further  notice  the  offering  of  its  MA.  degree  programs  and  its  M.  Ed.  degree 
programs  in  anthropology  and  sociology.  During  the  term  of  this  suspension  no 
students  will  be  admitted  as  degree  candidates  to  the  department  The  depart- 
ment will  on  a  limited  basis,  however,  offer  graduate  courses  in  anthropology, 
sociology,  and  social  work  to  graduate  students  from  other  areas  as  well  as  to  ad- 
vanced undergraduate  majors  and  nonmajors. 

COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 

Anthropology 

Symbol;  ANT 

500     Strategies   and   Techniques   in   Anthropological   Research   (3)  The   logic   of   anthro- 
pological research;  fundamentals  of  research  design,  data  collection,  evaluation 

512     Ethnographic  Studies  (3)  Intensive  survey  of  a  single  culture  area    Area  for  study  an- 
nounced in  advance 

515     Problems  in  Anthropology  (3)  Perennial  issues  in  anthropological  explanation 

555     Proseminar  in  Urban  Anthropology  (3)  Application  of  techniques  of  anthropological 
field  investigation  to  the  analysis  of  urban  environments 

580     (also  LIN  580)  Language  and  Culture  (3)  See  LIN  580 

595     Seminar  in  Anthropology  (3)  PREREQ:  permission  of  instruction. 


36/Anthropology,  Sociology  and  Social  Welfare 

599  Independent  Studies  in  Anthropology  (1-3)  PREREQ:  approval  of  instructor  and  de- 
partment chairperson. 

600  Research  Report  (2) 
610     Thesis  (3-6) 

Sociology 

Symbol:  SOC 

500  Research  Design  (3)  The  logic  of  sociological  research;  fundamentals  of  research  de- 
sign, data  collection,  evaluation 

521  (also  CR|  521)  Youth  and  Delinquency  (3)  Juvenile  delinquency  as  a  form  of  social 
deviance;  theories  of  causation  and  control 

531  Social  Problems  (3)  Analysis  of  how  things  come  to  be  defined  as  social  problems. 

532  History  of  Sociological  Theory  (3)  Development  of  sociological  thought. 

533  American  Minorities  (3)  Racial  and  ethnic  group  relations 

538  (also  CRJ  538)  Crime  and  Justice  (3)  A  sociological  analysis  of  criminal  law,  crime 
statistics,  causes  of  crime,  and  the  administration  of  criminal  justice. 

539  (also  CRJ  539)  Deviance  and  Control  (3)  An  advanced  analysis  of  social  deviance  and 
control 

540  (also  LIN  540)  Sociolinguistics(3)  See  LIN  540 

550     Seminar  in  Sociology  (3)  PREREQ:  permission  of  instructor 

590  Independent  Studies  in  Sociology  (1-3)  PREREQ:  approval  of  instructor  and  depart- 
ment chairperson 

600     Research  Report  (2) 

610     Thesis  (3-6) 

Social  Work 

Symbol:  SWO 

520  Theory  for  Social  Work  Practice  (3)  A  survey  of  various  psychological/sociological 
theories  with  emphasis  on  their  application  to  social  work  practice.  Summer. 

521  Social  Group  Work  with  Women  in  Transition  (3)  Dynamics  of  social  group  work 
process,  with  attention  given  to  the  special  knowledge  and  skills  needed  for  working  with 
separated,  divorced,  or  abused  women  Summer. 

522  Family  Therapy  in  Social  Work  (3)  Social  work  skills  and  the  social  worker's  role  as  a 
team  member  working  with  families  in  therapy  Summer 

542  (also  CRJ  542)  Interviewing  and  Counseling  the  Offender  I  (3)  (See  CR)  542) 

543  (Also  CRJ  543)  Social  Rehabilitation  of  the  Offender  (3)  Interviewing  and  counseling 
skills  with  the  juvenile  offender,  emphasizing  the  use  of  the  court  and  probationary  process 
as  dynamics  for  rehabilitation  PREREQ  SWO  542  (CR)  542) 


Art 


Mr.  Hoberg,  Chairperson   -     S.  ^ 


PROFESSOR 

Pamela  Hemphill,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS 

Jack  C.  Hawthorne,  M.F.A.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 
Perry  F.  Hoberg,  M.A.,  University  of  Delaware 
Victor  Lasuchin,  M.F.A.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 
Gus  V.  Sermas,  M.F.A.,  University  of  Wisconsin 
Carolyn  C.  Simmendinger,  M.F.A.,  Tyler  School  of  Art 
Linwood  J.  White,  M.F.A.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS 

Ronald  N.  Def  ino,  M.F.A.,  Tyler  School  of  Art 
William  J.  Rarick,  M.F.A.,  Tyler  School  of  Art 
Bernice  Shapiro,  M.Ed.,  Tyler  School  of  Art 

INSTRUCTOR 

John  Baker,  B.A.,  West  Chester  State  College 

Course  Descriptions 

Symbol:  ART 

516-517  Painting  Ml  (3)  (3)  Individual  expression  in  painting.  Experimentation  is  encour- 
aged 

520  Painting:  Independent  Projects  (3)  Individualized  instruction  at  advanced  level. 
Development  of  professional,  personal,  and  imaginative  statements  leading  to  formation  of 
student's  pictorial  identity 

521  Sculpture  I  (3)  Introduction  to  sculpture  via  the  fundamentals  of  3-D  design.  Use  of 
basic  tools,  development  of  skills,  techniques,  and  processes  in  creating  sculpture.  Projects 
in  plaster,  clay,  stone,  wood. 

522  Sculpture  II  (3)  Advanced  problems  in  sculpture;  continuing  exploration  of  form, 
structure,  process.  Use  and  maintenance  of  tools.  Materials;  their  origins  and  supply 
sources.  Projects  in  clay,  stone,  wood,  plastic,  plaster,  wire,  new  materials. 

525  Multi-Media  Workshop  in  Sculpture  III  (3)  Fabrication  methods  and  techniques,  using 
wood,  plastic,  various  metals 

531  Ceramics  I  (3)  Ceramic  techniques  and  aesthetics  of  clay,  leading  toward  development 
of  creative  expression.  Exercises  in  hand-built  and  wheel-thrown  forms  Formulation  of  clay 
bodies,  glaze  bodies,  and  calculations;  loading  and  kiln  firing  techniques  Also,  basic  exer- 
cises for  elementary  and  secondary  teaching  levels. 

532  Ceramics  II  (3)  Further  development  of  expression  for  those  who  have  mastered  basic 
ceramic  processes  Research  in  clay  bodies,  glaze  chemistry,  firing  techniques,  kiln 
construction.  Creative  problems 

533  Ceramics:  Studio  Problems  (3)  Individual  projects  involving  the  total  or  specialized 
areas  of  the  ceramic  process.  Practical  experience  through  heiping  to  maintain  the  ceramic 
complex. 

534  Ceramics:  Independent  Projects  (3) 

541  Printmaking:  Relief,  independent  Projects  (3)  Advanced-level  study  with  individual- 
ized instruction.  Collagraph,  lino-cut,  woodcut  techniques  Combining  various  printing  proc- 
esses with  relief  printmaking. 


38/Art 

542  Printmaking:  Silk-Screen,  Independent  Projects  (3)  Advanced-level  study  with  in- 
dividualized instruction  Technical  and  aesthetic  possibilities  including  photo-stencil, 
incorporation  of  silk-screen  with  other  printmaking  processes. 

543  Printmaking:  Intaglio,  Independent  Projects  (3)  Advanced-level  study  with  in- 
dividualized instruction  Relief  etching  and  basic  intaglio  techniques  for  work  on  metal 
plates  Drypoint,  straight  line  etch,  soft  and  lift  grounds,  aquatint,  engraving  Combining 
various  printing  processes  with  intaglio  printmaking 

544  Printmaking:  Lithography,  Independent  Projects  (3)  Advanced-level  study  with  individ- 
ualized instruction.  Aluminum  plates  and  stone  lithography  techniques  Combining  various 
prmting  processes  with  lithography 

546  Drawing:  Independent  Projects  (3)  Advanced-level  study  with  individualized  instruc- 
tion Emphasis  on  professional,  personal,  and  imaginative  statements  leading  to  student's 
iconographic  identity 

547  Two-Dimensional  Design:  Independent  Projects  (3)  Advanced-level  study  with 
individualized  instruction  Design  elements  and  analytical  principles  of  organization.  Em- 
phasis on  professional,  personal,  and  creative  statements  leading  to  formation  of  profes- 
sional employment. 

549  Graphic  Design:  Independent  Projects  (3)  Advanced-level  study  with  individualized  in- 
struction Developing  means  for  solving  communication  problems  of  diverse  character  with 
emphasis  on  practical  application  Projects  are  refined  into  portfolio  presentations  for  pro- 
fessional employment 

551  Art  Education  in  the  Elementary  School  (3)  Current  trends  in  art  education  for  the  ele- 
mentary school 

565  Crafts:  Independent  Projects  (3)  Projects  invoice  varied  media  and  their  techniques 
and  processes  Exploration  of  2-D  and  3-D  crafts  and  their  application  in  recreational  and 
elementary  school  programs. 

576  Primitive  Art  (3)  Ritual  and  myth  from  prehistory  to  early  Ancient  Near  East;  contemp- 
orary primitive  cultures;  psychological  and  psychoanalytical  interpretations;  comparison 
with  phenomenon  of  primitivistic  interests  of  the  West 

580  European  and  U.S.  Art  (3)  For  the  student  who  is  deficient  in  art  history  and  wishes  to 
augment  his  field  (eg  social  studies,  literature,  philosophy)  Analysis  of  the  major  forms  and 
styles  from  Renaissance  to  present 

581  The  Artist  and  Society  (3)  Personal  statement  of  the  student's  commitment  to  art  The 
nature  of  the  creative  impulse;  the  necessity  to  society  of  creative  production 

590     Independent  Studies  in  Art  (1-3) 

595  Latin-American  Art  (3)  Interpretation  of  20th-century  environment  architecture  and 
decoration  with  relationship  to  cultural  development  in  Latin  America 

596  introduction  to  Aesthetics  (3)  Introduction  to  the  aesthetic  theories  and  art  forms  in 
the  context  of  social  change,  philosophy  and  sciences,  creation,  and  the  creative  process. 

597  History  of  Aesthetics  and  Art  Criticism  (3)  Philosophical  theories  of  art  production 
from  Ancient  Greece  through  the  19th  century  Relationship  of  aesthetic  experience  to 
forms  and  to  technical,  psychological,  and  CLiltural  values 


Biology 


V  ^  « 

Mr.  Bernhardt,  Chairperson 

Mrs.  Martinez,  Assistant  Chairperson 

Dr.  Dorchester,  Coordinator  of  Graduate  Studies 


PROFESSORS 

Rehs  B.  Brown,  Ph.D.,  Yale  University 
Carmela  L.  Cinquina,  Ph.D.,  Rutgers  —  The  State  University 
Thomas  DeMott,  V.M.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 
John  E.  C.  Dorchester,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Toronto 
William  R.  Overlease,  Ph.D.,  Michigan  State  University 
Ronald  F.  Romig,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Delaware 
Richard  I.  Woodruff,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS 

Robert  W.  Bernhardt,  M.S.,  Syracuse  University 
William  C.  Brown,  M.Ed.,  Bloomsburg  State  College 
Georgann  Cullen,  M.A.,  Kent  State  University 
Margaret  Y.  Martinez,  M.A.,  Columbia  University 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS 

Marianne  K.  Eleuterio,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Delaware 
Harry  G.  Jones,  M.S.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 
Jack  Waber,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Hawaii 

The  Department  of  Biology  offers  two  degree  programs,  one  leading  to  the  Mas- 
ter of  Arts  in  Biology  and  the  other  to  the  Master  of  Education  in  Biology. 

Admission  to  the  Programs 

Applicants  for  either  program  must  meet  the  general  requirements  for  admission 
to  degree  study  at  West  Chester  and,  in  addition,  submit  scores  for  the  Graduate 
Record  Examination  (verbal,  quantitative,  and  advanced  biology). 

Admission  to  the  M.A.  Program 

Applicants  must  present  a  minimum  of  two  semesters  of  general  college  chemis- 
try, one  semester  of  organic  chemistry,  one  semester  of  mathematics,  and  at  least 
24  semester  hours  of  biological  science. 

Admission  to  the  M.Ed.  Program 

Applicants  must  present  a  minimum  of  two  semesters  of  general  college  chem- 
istry, one  semester  of  organic  chemistry,  and  at  least  18  semester  hours  of  bio- 
logical science. 

Degree  Candidacy 

Students  who  intend  to  obtain  a  master's  degree  in  biology  must  apply  for  degree 
candidacy  by  the  time  they  have  completed  15  hours  of  graduate  credit  in  the 
Department  of  Biology  The  application  forms  are  obtained  from  the  Office  of 
Graduate  Studies.  In  order  to  qualify  for  admission  to  candidacy  the  student 
must: 


40/Biology 

1.  Have  completed  a  minimum  of  12  hours  of  graduate-level  courses  in  biology 
with  an  average  of  B  (3.0)  or  better. 

2.  Have  submitted  Graduate  Record  Examination  scores  for  verbal,  quantita- 
tive, and  advanced  tests, 

3.  Have  performed  satisfactorily  on  the  departmental  qualifying  examination, 
which  is  administered  the  third  Saturday  of  March  and  the  third  Saturday  of 
October.  Students  should  notify  the  department  graduate  coordinator  in  writing 
of  their  intention  to  take  the  examination. 

4.  Have  removed  any  conditions  under  which  the  student  was  originally  admit- 
ted to  graduate  study. 


REQUIREMENTS  FOR  THE  M.A.  DEGREE  IN  BIOLOGY 

30  Semester  Hours 

The  candidate  for  the  M.A.  in  biology  must  complete  30  semester  hours  of  gradu- 
ate work,  of  which  at  least  24  credits  must  be  in  biology.  Six  of  these  credit  hours 
must  be  either  in  a  thesis  or  a  seminar  program  as  outlined  below.  Six  credit  hours 
may  be  taken  in  allied  sciences,  approved  by  the  department.  In  addition  the 
candidate  must  perform  successfully  on  an  oral  defense  of  thesis,  or  on  the  oral 
comprehensive  examination. 

A.  Thesis  (BIO  610) 

The  thesis  should  be  based  on  independent  laboratory  or  field  observations  and 
should  constitute  a  contribution  to  existing  knowledge.  Although  publication  is 
not  a  requirement,  the  thesis  should  be  in  a  format  acceptable  to  any  standard 
journal  in  the  field.  The  candidate  will  be  expected  to  defend  the  thesis  during  an 
oral  examination. 

B.  Seminars  in  Biology 

The  candidate  will  participate  in  three  seminars  chosen  from  the  following  semi- 
nars: BIO  520  —  550  —  560—570  —  590.  Seminars  selected  are  subject  to  the  ap- 
proval of  the  faculty  advisor  or  instructor.  The  content  of  the  seminars  will  figure 
prominently  in  the  final  oral  comprehensive  examination. 


REQUIREMENTS  FOR  THE  M.Ed.  DEGREE  IN  BIOLOGY 

34  Semester  Hours 

The  candidate  for  the  M.Ed,  must  complete  34  semester  hours  of  graduate  work, 
and  of  these,  10-12  hours  must  be  taken  in  professional  education  courses  in  ac 
cordance  with  the  requirements  of  the  School  of  Education.  (See  page  130.)  In  the 
area  of  biology,  BIO  500  is  required  from  all  M.Ed,  candidates.  Of  the  remaining 
18-20  semester  hours,  all  must  be  taken  in  biology  or  — under  advisement  — three 
of  these  hours  may  be  taken  in  an  allied  science.  The  final  comprehensive  oral 
examination  must  be  taken  any  time  after  the  completion  of  28  semester  hours. 
Students  may  elect  to  be  examined  in  the  subject  matter  of  their  courses  or  may 
elect  to  present  a  seminar  and  be  examined  in  the  subject  matter  of  the  seminar 
and  peripheral  areas  of  knowledge. 

Finally  the  student  fulfills  an  elective  requirement  of  from  0-4  semester  hours 
in  either  professional  education  or  academic  course  work. 


Biology/41 

COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 

Symbol:  BIO 

500  Methods  and  Materials  in  Biological  Research  (2)  Literature  searching  in  biology;  prep- 
arations of  scientific  reports;  experimental  design.  Offered  in  summer  session 

503  Mammalian  Physiology  (3)  Fundamental  physiological  processes  in  mammals  PRE- 
REQ:  college  biology  Offered  in  summer  session 

510  History  of  Biology  (3)  Development  of  biology  from  the  earliest  records  PREREQ:  gen- 
eral zoology,  general  botany 

512  The  Living  Forest  (1)  An  introduction  to  the  forest  as  an  ecosystem  Not  counted 
toward  the  biology  major  Offered  in  summer  session 

515  Common  Trees  of  Chester  County  (1)  Survey  of  common  native  (and  some  ornamental) 
trees  of  Chester  County,  including  identification  and  relationships  of  species  to  habitat  Not 
counted  toward  a  biology  major  Offered  in  summer  session 

516  Summer  Wild  Flowers  (1)  Survey  of  common  summer  wild  flowers  (and  some  weeds), 
mcluding  identification  and  relationship  of  species  to  habitat  Not  counted  toward  a  biology 
major  Offered  in  summer  session 

517  Summer  Birds  (1)  Location,  observation,  and  identification  of  summer  birds  Not 
counted  toward  a  biology  major  Offered  in  summer  session 

520  Seminar  in  Cellular  Biology  (2)  Oral  and  written  reports  on  topics  drawn  from  such 
areas  as  cellular  physiology,  cytology,  genetics,  histology,  and  microbiology  PREREQ:  per- 
mission of  department. 

528  Animal  Histology  (3)  Structure  and  function  of  animal  tissues  and  organs  PREREQ: 
college  biology  or  zoology  Offered  in  summer  session. 

530  Genetic  Theory  (3)  Structure  and  function  of  nucleic  acids,  genetic  regulatory  me- 
chanisms, repair  mechanism,  mutagenesis,  natural  and  engineered  DNA  recombination. 
Emphasis  on  current  literature.  PREREQ:  college  biology,  genetics,  and  organic  chemistry. 
Offered  in  fall  of  1978 

539  Human  Heredity  (3)  The  innate  qualities  of  human  beings  and  the  genetic  basis  for 
these  qualities.  PREREQ:  general  genetics  or  permission  of  instructor  Offered  in  fall  Not  of- 
fered in  1978-79. 

543  Experimental  Embryology  (3)  A  laboratory  course  introducing  the  student  to  experi- 
mental embryology  PREREQ:  embryology  and  organic  chemistry  or  permission  of  instruc- 
tor Offered  in  spring  of  even  years 

547  Growth  and  Development  (3)  Discussion  course  dealing  with  current  topics  in  the  field 
of  developmental  biology  PREREQ:  college  biology  or  zoology.  Genetics  and  embryology 
recommended  Offered  in  spring  of  odd  years 

549  Developmental  Anatomy  (3)  Anatomy  of  human  reproductive  systems  and  fundamen- 
tals of  human  development.  PREREQ:  college  biology  or  zoology  Not  offered  in  1978-79 

550  Seminar  in  Organismic  Biology  (3)  Oral  and  written  reports  on  topics  drawn  from  such 
areas  as  development,  morphology,  physiology,  systematics,  and  particular  groups  of  organ- 
isms  PREREQ:  permission  of  department 

552  Comparative  Parasitology  (2)  Morphology  and  life  cycles  of  the  important  parasites  of 
man  and  animals:  epidemiology,  pathogenesis,  and  methods  of  treatment  and  control  Two 
hours  lecture  and  three  hours  lab  PREREQ:  college  biology  or  zoology  Offered  in  spring. 

554  Mycology  (3)  An  introductory  course  including  a  general  study  of  the  biology  of  fungi 
and  a  survey  of  the  field  of  medical  mycology  PREREQ:  BIO  110  plus  4  hrs.  of  biology.  Of- 
fered in  fall  of  odd  years 

559  Advanced  Human  Anatomy  (3)  Regional  studies  in  the  structure  of  man  PREREQ:  col- 
lege biology.  Offered  in  summer  1978 

560  Seminar  in  Molecular  Biology  (2)  Oral  and  written  reports  on  topics  drawn  from  such 


42/Biology 

areas  as  biochemistry,  biophysics,  and  microbiology   PREREQ:  permission  of  department. 

561  Biochemistry  I  (3)  Cherr\istry  of  carbohydrates,  fats,  proteins,  and  phosphorus  com- 
pounds  PREREQ:  inorganic  chemistry,  one  semester  of  organic  chemistry  Offered  in  fall. 

562  Biochemistry  II  (3)  Continuation  of  BIO  561;  bioenergetics;  enzymology;  metabolism 
of  carbohydrates,  fats,  proteins   PREREQ:  BIO  561  or  equivalent.  Offered  in  spring 

566  Plant  Physiology  and  Biochemistry  (3)  Plant-cell  physiology  including  respiration, 
photosythesis,  enzyme  catalysis,  auxims,  membrane  phenomena  PREREQ:  college  botany, 
organic  chemistry  Not  offered  in  1978-79 

567  Endocrinology  (3)  Anatomy  and  physiology  of  the  ductless  glands  and  th^  role  of  hor- 
mones in  regulation  and  coordination  of  body  processes  PREREQ:  college  biology  and  or- 
ganic chemistry  Not  offered  in  1978-79 

570  Seminar  in  Populational  Biology  (2)  Oral  and  written  reports  on  topics  drawn  from 
such  areas  as  biogeography,  ecology,  evolution,  and  natural  history  PREREQ:  permission  of 
department 

572  Applied  Ecology  (3)  Prmciples  of  ecology  apphed  in  the  practice  of  resource  manage- 
ment: forestry,  wildlife  management,  park  management,  and  agriculture  PREREQ:  BIO  504 
or  equivalent  Offered  in  fall  of  even  years 

575  Limnology  (3)  Physical,  chemical,  and  geological  features  of  the  freshwater  algae 
PREREQ:  college  botany,  general  ecology  Offered  in  spring 

578  Freshwater  Invertebrates  (3)  Morphology,  taxonomy,  and  bionomics  of  freshwater  in- 
vertebrates  PREREQ:  college  biology  Not  offered  in  1978-79. 

579  Human  Ecology  (3)  The  urban  ecosystem,  approached  through  study  of  the  major 
biotic  and  abiotic  components  of  a  local  urban  community  PREREQ:  college  biology,  ecol- 
ogy, or  permission  of  mstructor  Offered  in  fall  of  odd  years 

581  Microtechnique  Laboratory  (2)  Introduction  to  histological  and  hrstochemical  tech- 
niques  PREREQ:  animal  histology  or  permission  of  instructor  Offered  in  summer  of  1978. 

584  Epidemiology  (3)  A  general  study  of  the  epidemiology  of  both  infectious  and  non-in- 
fectious diseases,  including  industrial  and  environmentally  related  health  problems. 
Methods  of  interviewing  and  data  collecting  are  also  included  PREREQ:  BIO  104  or  BIO 
364.  Offered  in  fall  of  odd  years 

585  Systematic  Botany  (3)  Principles  of  taxonomy  and  biosystematics  Selected  plant  fami- 
lies from  tropical  and  temperate  zones  Each  student  develops  proficiency  in  the  use  of 
modern  flora  and  knowledge  of  the  common  species  of  the  spring  flora  of  Chester  County 
PREREQ:  college  botany,  or  permission  of  instructor  Offered  in  spring  of  odd  years 

587  Systematic  Zoology  (3)  Principles  and  procedures  governing  the  classification  of  ani- 
mals  PREREQ  college  biology  Offered  in  summer  of  1978 

590  Seminar  in  Biological  Principles  (2)  Discussion  and  written  reports  on  topics  of  current 
interest  in  biology   PREREQ  permission  of  instructor 

591  Independent  Study  in  Biology  I  (1-3)  Individual  research  under  the  guidance  of  a  facul- 
ty member   PREREQ:  permission  of  instructor 

592  Independent  Study  in  Biology  II  (1-3)  Individual  research  under  the  guidance  of  a 
faculty  member  PREREQ  permission  of  instructor 

593  Independent  Study  in  Biology  III  (1-3)  Individual  research  under  the  guidance  of  a 
faculty  member   PREREQ  permission  ot  instructor 

600     Research  Report  (1-3) 

610     Theses  (6) 

SCI  552     Philosophy  of  Science  (see  PHI  522) 

See  also  Marine  Science 


Chemistry 

Dr.  Foery,  Chairperson 

Dr.  Bravo,  Coordinator  of  Graduate  Studies 


PROFESSORS 

justo  Bravo,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Kansas 

Marc  L.  Durand,  Ph.D.,  University  of  New  Hampshire 

Robert  F.  Foery,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Iowa 

Robert  W.  Medeiros,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Delaware 

Francis  J .  Reynolds,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Phihp  B.  Rudnick,  Ph.D.,  Rutgers—  The  State  University 

William  Torop,  Ed.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS 

John  Mangravite,  Ph.D.,  University  of  New  Hampshire 
Ardis  M.  Williams,  A.M.,  Vassar  College 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS 

Edward  A'Zary,  Ph.D.,  The  University  of  Western  Ontario 
Helen  R.  Eichelberger,  Ph.D.,  University  of  New  Orleans 
Andrew  Coudy,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
Virgil  E.  Magnuson,  Ph.D.,  University  of  New  Hampshire 
Philip  Witonsky,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Minnesota 

The  Department  of  Chemistry  offers  a  program  leading  to  the  Master  of  Science 
degree  in  Chemistry  and  cooperates  with  the  Departments  of  Earth  Sciences  and 
Physics  in  offering  a  program  leading  to  the  Master  of  Arts  in  Physical  Science. 
See  Physical  Science  Program. 

MASTER  OF  SCIENCE  IN  CHEMISTRY 

Admission  Requirements 

In  addition  to  meeting  the  general  requirements  for  a  degree  program  at  West 
Chester,  applicants  must  present  an  undergraduate  background  including  mathe- 
matics through  calculus,  one  semester  of  analytical  chemistry,  and  full-year 
courses  in  organic  chemistry  and  physical  chemistry. 

Degree  Requirements 

1.  Before  admission  to  degree  candidacy,  each  student  is  required  to  take  four 
out  of  five  qualifying  examinations  in  the  major  areas  of  chemistry  (inorganic,  or- 
ganic, analytical,  physical,  and  biochemistry).  The  four  areas  are  to  be  selected 
by  the  student.  At  least  three  of  these  examinations  must  be  passed.  If  necessary, 
they  may  be  retaken  once.  The  student  may  be  required  to  enroll  in  appropriate 
undergraduate  courses  for  no  credit  in  order  to  prepare  for  a  re-examination. 
These  examinations  must  be  passed  before  admission  to  degree  candidacy,  i.e., 
prior  to  the  attainment  of  15  graduate  credits. 

2.  At  the  discretion  of  the  department  chairperson,  Graduate  Record  Examina- 
tion scores  may  be  required  for  purposes  of  evaluation  and  guidance 

3.  A  reading  proficiency  is  required  in  any  one  of  the  following  modern  lan- 
guages: German,  French,  or  Russian.  The  reading  test  is  administered  by  the  De- 


44/Chemistry 

partment  of  Foreign  Languages.  In  place  of  the  modern-language  proficiency,  a 
demonstrated  proficiency  in  a  computer  language  (FORTRAN,  for  example)  may 
be  substituted* 

4.  The  candidate  must  perform  successfully  on  an  oral  examination  which  is  re- 
quired for  all  options.  The  oral  examination  will  include  general  chemistry  knowl- 
edge but  will  place  emphasis  on  the  area  represented  by  independent  study  or 
the  research  report.  The  members  of  the  examination  committee  include  the  re- 
search supervisor,  the  departmental  graduate  coordinator,  and  one  other  pro- 
fessor. 

PROGRAM  FOR  THE  M.S.  IN  CHEMISTRY 

30,  33  or  36  Semester  Hours 

The  M.S.  in  chemistry  program  consists  of  a  required  core  at  1  5  semester  hours 
and  a  chemistry  elective  area  for  which  there  are  three  options.  All  students  must 
complete  the  core,  composed  of  CHE  511  —531  —545  and  any  two  of  the  topics 
courses  CHE  515-525-533-542-551-575). 

Option  A  (30  semester  hours) 

This  is  the  thesis  program.  Beyond  the  core  the  candidate  takes  independent 
studies/Thesis  (CHE  610)  and  9  semester  hours  of  electives. 

Option  B  (33  semester  hours) 

Beyond  the  core  this  option  requires  independent  study  in  Chemistry/Research 
Report  (CHE  590)  for  6  credits  and  12  semester  hours  of  electives. 

Option  C  (36  semester  hours) 

Under  this  plan  the  student  completes  core  requirements  and  an  elective  area  of 
21  semester  hours  which  must  include  3  credits  in  library  research  and  report 
(CHE  590). 

Under  all  options  the  elective  area  is  developed  under  advisement  from  chem- 
istry offerings  but  may  include  3  semester  hours  from  another  science  area  or 
from  mathematical  sciences.*  Until  admitted  to  degree  candidacy,  students  may 
not  undertake  independent  study. 

*A  computer  science  course  taken  to  satisfy  the  foreign  language  requirements  will  not  be  counted  as  an  elective  toward 
the  degree 

COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 

Symbol:  CHE  unless  otherwise  shown.  CHL:  Laboratory 

500  Fundamentals  of  Radioisotope  Techniques  (3)Biological,  chemical,  environmental, 
and  physical  effects  of  nuclear  radiation.  Radiation  detection,  instrumentation,  and  radio- 
tracer methodology  PREREQ:  1  year  of  college  chemistry  and  1  year  of  college  physics. 

501  History  and  Literature  of  Chemistry  (2)  Development  of  chemical  theories,  rise  of  the 
experimental  method;  impact  of  major  chemical  discoveries  on  modern  man  Use  of  pub- 
lished materials  in  chemical  work.  Library  techniques;  methods  of  information  retrieval. 

503  Chemistry  of  the  Environment  (3)  The  chemistry  of  the  atmosphere,  hydrosphere,  and 
biosphere  Man's  impact  on  these  areas.  Not  for  M.S.  in  Chemistry, 

505  Fundamental  Topics  in  Chemistry  (3)  Basic-level  courses  for  teachers  who  have  had  no 
courses  in  chemistry  other  than  general  chemistry.  Not  for  M.S.  in  Chemistry 

508  Industrial  Pollution  (3)  Applications  of  elementary  chemical  engineering  to  the  indus- 
trial complexities  of  the  environmental  processes.  Emphasis  on  unit  operations  and  unit 
processes  applicable  to  pollution  control  and  abatement 

511     Advanced  Inorganic  Chemistry  I  (3)  Structure  and  properties  of  the  elements  and  their 


Chemistry/45 

compounds  from  a  theoretical  point  of  view;  horizontal,  vertical,  and  diagonal  relationships 
in  the  periodic  table. 

513  Principles  of  Geochemistry  (also  ESS  513)  (3)  Migration  and  distribution  of  the  chem- 
ical elements  within  the  earth;  chemistry  of  the  lithosphere,  atmosphere,  hydrosphere,  and 
biosphere;  chemical  changes  throughout  earth  history;  the  geochemical  cycle 

515  Topics  in  Inorganic  Chemistry  (3)  Topics  of  current  interest  in  inorganic  chemistry. 
Topic  to  be  announced  prior  to  registration 

516  Inorganic  Preparations  (3)  A  laboratory  course  in  advanced  techniques  for  the  synthe- 
sis of  inorganic  compounds 

521  Advanced  Analytical  Chemistry  (3)  Analytical  methods  and  techniques;  theory  and  ap- 
plication of  chemical  instrumentation 

525  Topics  in  Analytical  Chemistry  (3)  In-depth  examination  of  current  topics  m  instru- 
mental or  wet  chemical  analysis.  Special  emphasis  on  state-of-the-art  development  and  ap- 
plications 

530  Organic  and  Biological  Chemistry  for  Teachers  (3)  A  survey  course  for  teachers  with  no 
background  in  organic  chemistry   PREREQ:  1  year  of  college  chemistry 

CHL  530  Basic  Experiments  in  Organic  and  Biological  Chemistry  (2)  A  one-semester  labora- 
tory course  for  CHE  530  in  fundamentals  of  organic  chemistry.  Basic  laboratory  procedures 
are  taught  and  used  for  a  number  of  organic  syntheses. 

531  Organic  Reaction  Mechanisms  (3)  Theoretical  treatment  of  selected  organic  reactions 
Emphasis  on  bonding  theory,  structural  relationship,  equilibria,  and  free-energy  relation- 
ships. 

532  Synthetic  Organic  Chemistry  (3)  Topics  of  current  interest  in  organic  chemistry.  Topic 
announced  prior  to  registration. 

533  Topics  in  Organic  Chemistry  (3)  Topics  of  current  interest  in  organic  chemistry  Topic 
announced  prior  to  registration 

535  Qualitative  Organic  Analysis  (4)  Identification  of  pure  organic  compounds  and  mix- 
tures of  organic  compounds  using  classical  and  modern  instrumental  techniques.  Labora- 
tory included. 

536  Polymer  Chemistry  (3)  Polymerization  kinetics,  rheology  of  polymer  melts,  crystalliza- 
tion parameters,  and  monomer  reactivity  in  copolymerization. 

540  Advanced  Physical  Chemistry  (3)  Basic  quantum  chemistry,  including  the  hydrogen- 
atom  problem,  chemical  bonding,  spectroscopic  concepts,  and  group  theory 

541  Physical  Chemistry  for  Teachers  (3)  For  chemistry  teachers  with  no  background  in 
physical  chemistry.  Introduction  to  thermodynamics,  kinetics  and  quantum  chemistry. 
PREREQ.  integral  calculus,  general  chemistry,  general  physics. 

CHL  541  Basic  Experimental  Physical  Chemistry  (2)  A  one-semester  series  of  experiments 
for  CHE  541,  illustrating  principles  of  physical  chemistry  Atomic  structure,  thermody- 
namics, kinetics,  colligative  properties,  molecular  properties.  Some  apparatus  design  and 
use  of  standard  instrumental  methods 

542  Topics  in  Physical  Chemistry  (3)  Topics  of  current  interest  in  physical  chemistry  Topic 
announced  prior  to  registration 

545  Chemical  Thermodynamics  (3)  Laws  and  functions  of  thermodynamics  and  their  appli- 
cations; introduction  to  statistical  thermodynamics. 

551  Chemistry  of  Coordination  Compounds  (3)  Principles  of  complex  formation;  applica- 
tion of  the  crystal  theory,  various  complexing  agents,  and  chemical  implications  of  coordi- 
nated compounds  PREREQ:  CHE  511 

563  Electrochemistry  (3)  Principles  of  electrochemical  systems  and  galvanic  cells;  electro- 
lytic applications  in  instrumentation  and  research   PREREQ:  CHE  511 

575     Topics  in  Biochemistry  (3)  Topics  of  current  interest  in  biochemistry.  Topic  announced 


46/Chemistry 

prior  to  registration. 

579  Chemical  Toxicology  (4)  A  one-semester  course  in  the  basic  principles  of  toxicological 
analysis.  Special  emphasis  will  be  placed  on  documentation,  sampling,  and  verification  of 
laboratory  materials  and  results.  The  environmental  and  physiological  aspects  of  chemical 
toxicity  will  be  explored 

581  Clinical  Chemistry  (3)  Analysis  of  biological  fluids.  Clinical  significance  of  enzyme, 
electrolyte,  protein,  and  carbohydrate  analysis  Requires  permission  of  instructor  or  under- 
graduate preparation  in  organic  chemistry  and  quantitative  analysis  PREREQ;  OR  CON- 
CURRENT: CHE  571  (Fundamentals  of  Biochemistry).  CONCURRENT:  CHL  581. 

CHL  581  Clinical  Chemistry  Laboratory  (2)  Lab  for  CHE  581.  Practical  experience  in  analy- 
sis of  biological  fluids  for  diagnostic  parameters  Nature  of  biological  sampling,  sample 
preservation,  methodology,  statistics,  quality  control  PREREQ:  CHL  231  and  CHL  321  or 
equivalents. 

585  Theory  and  Practice  of  Spectrophotometry  (4)  Lecture  and  laboratory  course  with  em- 
phasis on  research  uses  of  spectrophotometry  Theoretical  background  and  laboratory  tech- 
niques for  understanding  and  carrying  out  advanced  spectroscopic  studies 

590  Independent  Studies  in  Chemistry  (1-6)  An  original  investigation  in  a  specific  area  un- 
der a  staff  member 

591  Seminar  (1-2)  Topics  of  current  interest  in  chemistry. 
610     Research  and  Thesis  (6) 

SCI  570     Science  and  Human  Values  (3)  Not  for  M.S  m  Chemistry 

Any  oi^  the  following  dual  level  courses  (but  not  more  than  6  semester  hours  of  credit)  may 
be  taken  for  graduate  credit  toward  the  degree: 

CHE  504     Foundations  of  Nutrition  (3)  Not  for  MS  See  CHE  404  * 

CHE  524     Analytical  Chemistry  II  (2)  See  CHE  424  * 

CHL  524     Analytical  Chemistry  II  Laboratory  (2)  See  CHL  424  * 

CHE  571      Fundamentals  of  Biochemistry  (3)  See  CHE  471  * 

CHL  571      Experimental  Biochemistry  (2)  See  CHL  471  * 

*See  undergraduate  catalog  for  course  description. 


Counselor  Education 

Dr.  Smith,  Chairperson  and  Coordinator  of  Graduate  Studies    '        I  •  ** 

PROFESSOR 

Edward  D.  Smith,  Ed.D.,  Pennsylvania  State  University 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS 

Ronald  L.  Gottshall,  M.A.,  Michigan  State  University 
Saul  H.  Greenberg,  J.D.,  University  of  Baltimore 
Wallace  J.  Kahn,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland 
William  J.  Rahn,  M.Ed.,  Temple  University 
Julian  M.  Swiren,  Ed.D.,  Pennsylvania  State  University 

The  Department  of  Counselor  Education  offers  two  degree  programs  The  first  is 
a  degree-certification  program  which  leads  to  the  Master  of  Education  and  the 
Educational  Specialist  I  Certificate  for  elementary  school  counselors  and 
secondary  school  counselors. 

The  second  leads  to  the  Master  of  Science  degree  for  persons  mterested  in 
counseling  in  higher  education. 

A  handbook  describing  both  programs  in  greater  detail  is  available  from  the 
counselor  education  office. 

Admission  to  The  Program 

Applicants  must  possess  a  baccalaureate  degree  from  an  approved  institution 
and  present  an  undergraduate  overall  average  of  at  least  2.5.  They  must  also 
have  achieved  an  average  of  2.75  in  at  least  twelve  credits  of  guidance-related 
courses  in  areas  of  education,  psychology,  and  sociology. 

Additional  criteria  are  satisfactory  scores  on  the  Miller  Analogies  Test  and  evi- 
dence of  personal  and  professional  qualities  indicating  a  potential  for  success  in 
the  counselor  education  programs. 

Degree  Requirements 

Upon  meeting  admission  criteria,  students  are  accepted  for  Competency  Area  I, 
and  during  this  phase,  are  evaluated  for  academic  achievement  and  interper- 
sonal relations 

Upon  successful  completion  of  Competency  Area  I  and  departmental  recom- 
mendations, students  become  degree  candidates  for  the  remainder  of  the  pro- 
gram, which  encompasses  advanced  work  and  field  experiences  Upon  comple- 
tion of  the  prescribed  work  and  advisor's  recommendation,  candidates  must  un- 
dertake a  comprehensive  examination.  The  degree  being  pursued  will  be  granted 
only  when  the  student  has  met  the  standards  of  the  Counselor  Education  Depart- 
ment. 

Certification 

In  order  to  obtain  the  Educational  Specialist  I  Certificate,  the  student  must  suc- 
cessfully complete  the  required  practicum  in  an  approved  secondary  or  ele- 
mentary school.  This  course  provides  opportunity  for  the  student  to  work  closely 
with  a  professional  counselor  in  a  public  school  under  supervision  of  the  director 
of  the  practicum  at  West  Chester  State  College   The  certificate  is  issued  on  the. 


48/Counselor  Education 

basis  of  the  program  approval  status  of  the  counselor  education  program  at  the 
college  as  granted  by  the  Pennsylvania  Department  of  Education. 

MASTER  OF  EDUCATION  IN  ELEMENTARY  SCHOOL  COUNSELING 

36-42  Semester  Hours 

Competency  Area  I:  EDC503,  567,  571,  EDF502  12s.h. 

Competency  Area  II:  EDC  520,  540,  556,  572,  574  15  s.h. 

Competency  Area  III:  EDC  585,  590  6  s.h. 

Complementary  coursework  3-9  s.h. 

MASTER  OF  EDUCATION  IN  SECONDARY  SCHOOL  COUNSELING 

36-42  Semester  Hours 

Competency  Area  I:  EDC  503,  567,  571,  EDF  502  12  s.h. 

Competency  Area  II:  EDC  520,540,  556,573,  575  15  s.h. 

Competency  Area  III:  EDC  585,  591  6s. h. 

Complementary  coursework  3-9  s.h. 

MASTER  OF  SCIENCE  IN  HIGHER  EDUCATION  COUNSELING 

36-42  Semester  Hours 

Competency  Area  I:  EDF  502  3  s.h. 

Competency  Area  II:  EDC  530,  531,  578,  592,  593  15  s.h. 
Competency  Area  III:  PSY  505,  506,  509,  512, 

529,  550  (any  three  courses  selected 

under  advisement)  9  s.h. 

Complementary  coursework  9-1 5  s.h. 

COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 

Symbol:  EDC 

503  Introduction  to  Guidance  Services  (3)  Historical  development,  philosophical  foun- 
dations and  determinants  of  guidance  services  in  contemporary  elementary  and  secondary 
education  Special  services,  testing,  group  and  individual  counseling,  other  elements. 
Guidance  as  a  profession;  ethics;  current  developments  and  trends 

520  Counseling  for  Human  Differences  (3)  Examination  of  differences  manifested  by  indi- 
viduals The  purpose  of  the  examination  is  to  prepare  counselors  for  designmg  counseling 
strategies  appropriate  to  the  uniqueness  of  the  client. 

530  The  College  Student  (3)  In  the  face  of  increasing  demands  for  relevance,  flexibility, 
and  vitality  in  the  college  community,  workers  in  higher  education  need  to  know  contem- 
porary students.  Hence  this  exploration  of  several  aspects  of  the  life  and  work  of  today's 
young  adults 

531  Introduction  to  Counseling  in  Higher  Education  (3)  Introduction  to  th(>  type  of  coun- 
seling services  whu  h  are  provided  in  higher  education  and  to  the  settings  in  which  these 
take  place 

540  Assessment  Methods  in  Guidance  (3)  Emphasis  is  on  the  test  and  non-test  assessment 
of  intelligence,  achievement,  special  abilities,  aptitudes  including  concepts  such  as  relia- 
bility, validity,  standardization  Elementary  and  secondary  applications  stressed 

545  Psychometric  interpretation  (3)  A  survey  course  involving  the  use  of  psychometrics  as 
the  vehic  Ic  for  the  diagnosis  of  learning  problems  Test  interpretation  and  reporting  are  em- 
phasized 


Counselor  Eciucation/49 

556  Career  Development  Theories  and  Practices  (3)  Theories  and  techniques  related  to  ca- 
reer development  in  children,  adolescents,  and  adults  for  both  elementary  and  secondary 
counselors  Collection,  use,  and  dissemination  of  occupational,  educational,  and  social  in- 
formation stressed 

567  Group  Dynamics  (3)  This  course  in  group  process  focuses  on  the  identification  of  the 
implicit  and  explicit  role  functions  of  the  group  member  and  the  group  leader.  The  recogni- 
tion and  awareness  of  one's  behavior  with  multiple  feedback  sources  is  of  primary  concern 
To  initiate,  develop,  and  master  relationships  in  a  group  setting  will  be  the  major  objective 
of  this  experience 

568  The  Professional  Counselor  in  the  Elementary  School  (3)  Role,  responsibilities,  and 
practices  of  the  contemporary  elementary  guidance  counselor  Development  of  the  guid- 
ance program;  relationship  to  curricula;  position  of  the  counselor  with  respect  to  adminis- 
tration, parents,  children,  and  teachers 

569  The  Professional  Counselor  in  the  Secondary  School  (3)  Role,  responsibilities,  and 
practices  of  the  contemporary  secondary  guidance  counselor  Referral  resources,  parental 
conference  techniques,  relationship  with  administration  and  staff,  curricula;  administrative 
aspects  of  the  guidance  program 

571  Theories  of  Counseling  (3)  The  basic  theories  of  counseling,  with  emphasis  on  his- 
torical and  philosophical  origins  Historical  antecedents  of  each  theory,  and  evaluation  of 
the  potential  of  each  theory  as  a  viable  approach  for  school  counselors 

572  Counseling  and  Consultative  Techniques  in  the  Elementary  School  (3)  Practical 
application  of  the  basic  theories  of  counseling  Application  of  counseling  and  consultative 
techniques  in  simulated  settings  within  the  elementary  school  framework  Counselor  rela- 
tionships with  pupils,  teachers,  administrators,  pupil  personnel  staff  Community  resources 

573  Counseling  and  Consultative  Techniques  in  the  Secondary  School  (3)  Practical  applica- 
tion of  the  basic  theories  of  counseling  in  the  secondary  school  setting  Application  of  coun- 
seling and  consultative  techniques  in  simulated  secondary  school  settings,  with  emphasis  on 
the  pupil,  teacher,  administration,  parents,  staff,  and  community  resources 

574  Group  Procedures  in  the  Elementary  School  (3)  Emphasis  is  on  mastering  the  basic 
theories  and  techniques  appropriate  to  group  procedures  in  the  elementary  school  Exposure 
to  planning,  implementing,  and  evaluating  group  activities 

575  Group  Procedures  in  the  Secondary  School  (3)  Mastery  of  theories  and  techniques 
basic  to  planning  and  implementing  group  activities  in  the  secondary  school  Evaluation  of 
group  activities  is  also  stressed 

578  Counseling  Techniques  with  Adults  (3)  A  pre-practicum  experience  in  counseling 
adults  Application  of  principles  and  practices;  preparation  and  techniques  for  group  coun- 
seling. 

585  Contemporary  Issues  and  Trends  in  Guidance  (3)  Contemporary  issues  and  current 
trends  in  school  guidance  The  student  evaluates  basic  positions  and  integrates  them  into 
the  prospective  role  of  a  school  counselor 

590  Practicum  in  Elementary  Guidance  (3)  Supervised  practice  guidance  and  counseling  in 
an  approved  elementary  school.  In  addition  to  work  under  the  direction  of  a  professional 
counselor  in  the  school  setting,  the  student  meets  on  campus  with  the  practicum  supervisor 
for  intensive  seminar  activities 

591  Practicum  in  Secondary  Guidance  (3)  Supervised  practice  guidance  and  counseling  in 
an  approved  secondary  school  The  student  works  under  the  direction  of  a  professional 
counselor  in  the  school  setting,  and  meets  on  campus  with  the  practicum  supervisor  for  in- 
tensive seminar  activities 

592  Practicum  in  Higher  Education  Counseling  I  (3)  Supervised  counseling  experiences  in 
multiple  settings  within  the  higher  education  system  A  related  on-campus  seminar  is  in- 
cluded 

593  Practicum  in  Higher  Education  Counseling  II  (3)  Intensive  supervised  counseling  expe- 
rience in  an  approved  higher  education  setting   The  practicum  consists  of  an  on-  and  off- 


50/Counselor  Education 


campus  experience. 


599     Independent  Study  (1-3)  Independent  research  and  study  under  the  direction  of  a 
faculty  member  PREREQ:  permission  of  department  chairperson  and  instructor. 


Criminal  Justice 

Dr.  Seidel,  Chairperson  and  Coordinator  of  Graduate  Studies     —   \  '■*  "^ 

PROFESSORS 

Thomas  J.  Francella,  J.D.,  University  of  Baltimore 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS 

David  E.  Abrahamsen,  J.D,,  University  of  Pennsylvania  (part-time) 

William  B.  Anderson,  Jr.,  B.A.,  Pennsylvania  State  University 

John  J.  Humanick,  ^d.D,  Heed  University  (part-time] 

Marian  Macintyre,  J.D.,  Dickinson  Scfiool  of  Law  (part-time] 

Harold  Metz,  Ed.D.,  West  Virginia  University 

Thomas  A.  Pitt,  Jr.,  J.D.,  Villanova  Scfiool  of  Law  (part-time] 

Janet  C.  Seidel,  Ed.D.,  Temple  University 

Clayton  J.  Undercoffler,  III.,  J.D.,  Villanova  University  (part-time] 

the  Department  of  Criminal  Justice  offers  a  program  leading  to  Master's  of 
Science  in  Criminal  Justice  with  a  concentration  in  Law  Enforcement  or  Treat- 
ment of  Offenders. 

MASTERS  OF  SCIENCE  IN  CRIMINAL  JUSTICE 

Admission  requirements:  All  candidates  must  meet  the  general  requirements  for 
admission  to  a  degree  program  at  West  Chester  State  College.  Applicants  must 
present  an  undergraduate  background  in  criminal  justice  or  a  relevant  field  or  be 
prepared  to  take  additional  work  at  the  undergraduate  level.  A  resume  of  work 
experience  related  to  criminal  justice,  an  academic  and  professional  recom- 
mendation, and  a  description  of  the  anticipated  goals  of  the  student  in  the  field 
are  also  required. 

Degree  Requirements: 

1 .  An  acceptable  score  on  the  Miller  Analogies  Test. 

2.  The  student  must  arrange  for  an  interview  with  two  members  of  the  depart- 
ment faculty  before  provisional  or  full-degree  status  in  the  graduate  program 
will  be  granted. 

3.  The  students  must  apply  to  be  admitted  to  candidacy  after  the  completion  of 
twelve  to  fifteen  credits  of  required  course  work. 

4.  Each  student  must  pass  a  comprehensive  examination  after  the  completion  of 
30  semester  hours  of  course  work.  The  student  must  file  with  the  chairperson, 
a  written  request  to  take  the  examination  no  later  than  two  weeks  prior  to  the 
date  of  the  examination.  A  student  who  fails  the  examination  twice  must  ob 
tain  approval  of  the  chairperson  to  take  it  a  third  and  final  time. 

5.  Completion  of  all  course  requirements  for  the  degree. 

MASTER  OF  SCIENCE  IN  CRIMINAL  JUSTICE 

36  Semester  Hours 

1     Core  Courses  12s.h. 

CRJ  505,506,  507,  508 


52/Criminal  Justice 

2    Concentration:  Area  I:  Law  Enforcement 

CRJ  511,513,515(01),  PSC  544,  561  15  s  h. 

or  Area  II:  Treatment  of  Offenders 

CRJ  515(02),  520,  521,  542,  543  15s.h. 

3.    Electives*  9s.h. 

CRJ  509,  516,  538,  539,  540,  560,  562,  563,  570,  573,  574,  575 

•Electives  may  be  selected  from  other  disciplines  with  the  approval  of.the  student's  advisor 

COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 

Symbol:  CRJ 

505  Resolutions  of  Internal  Personal  Conflicts  (3)  Survey  of  current  methods  for  dissolving 
and  resolving  personal  conflicts:  transactional  analysis,  transcendental  meditation,  others. 
Introduction  to  theory,  demonstration,  application 

506  Management  of  the  Criminal  justice  Systems  (3)  Advanced  management  theory  as  ap- 
plied to  criminal  justice  agencies  with  emphasis  on  management  functions,  budget  require- 
ments, and  evaluation  procedures. 

507  Conflict  in  the  Criminal  Justice  System  (3)  Conflicting  views  of  participants  in  the  crim- 
inal justice  system  from  offense  to  release  Analysis  of  the  distinctive  individual  statements 
and  views  of  victims,  investigators,  prosecution  and  defense  counsel,  judges,  penologists, 
religio-psychiatric  figures,  convicted  persons  Public  attitudes 

508  Research  Design  and  Analysis  (also  GEO  508)  (3)  (See  CEO  508) 

509  Analysis  of  the  Ethnic  Minority  Offender  (3)  Study  and  evaluation  of  the  sociopsy- 
chological  and  cultural  aspects  of  the  minority  offender  Special  emphasis  will  be  given  to 
crime  prevention,  community  values,  and  mores,  law  enforcement  relationships,  adjudica- 
tion relationships  and  correctional  relationships.  (Cheyney  College) 

511  Police  Problems  and  Practices  (3)  Identifies  and  analyzes  the  major  problems  faced  by 
law  enforcement  agencies  in  the  prevention,  detection,  and  solution  of  those  acts  defined  as 
"criminal  violations  "  Reviews  the  practices  which  have  come  into  use  as  tools  in  the  resolu- 
tion of  these  problems 

513  Problems  of  the  Prosecution  (3)  A  graduate  seminar  designed  for  students  who  are  em- 
ployed in  the  field  or  who  are  seriously  interested  in  such  work.  An  examination  of  the  U.S. 
criminal  justice  system  from  the  perspective  of  the  office  of  the  criminal  prosecutor  The 
creative  opportunities  especially  afforded  the  prosecutor  are  emphasized 

515  Seminar  (3)  Each  graduate  student  will  be  expected  to  participate  in  a  seminar  in  the 
area  of  concentration. 

(01)  Law  Enforcement  — This  course  will  explore  the  issues  and  problems  in  law  enforcement 
including  regionalization,  absenteeism,  the  affects  of  politics,  women  in  law  enforcement, 
etc 

(02)  Treatment  of  Offenders  — This  course  will  explore  the  issues  and  problems  in  treatment 
areas  including  recidivism,  incarceration  and  its  alternatives,  types  of  treatment,  sentencing, 
etc 

516  Urbanization  and  Criminal  Behavior  (3)  A  critical  examination  of  the  modernization 
and  urbanization  processes  and  their  relation  to  criminal  conduct  Focus  on  the  dynamics 
and  differential  effects  of  these  processes  on  ethnic  and  cultural  groups  in  today's  urban 
American  society.  (Cheyney  College) 

520  Legal  Rights  and  Responsibilities  (3)  A  basic  introduction  to  an  emerging  f'eld  of 
law  — the  rights  of  prisoners 

521  Youth  and  Delinquency  (also  SOC  521)  (3)  See  SOC  521 

538  Crime  and  Justice  (also  SOC  538)  (3)  See  SOC  538. 

539  Deviance  and  Control  (also  SOC  539)  See  SOC  539. 

540  Foundations  of  the  Criminal  Justice  System  (3)  To  emphasize  the  professionalism  of. 


Criminal  Justice/53 

the  various  criminal  justice  personnel,  the  philosophical  and  historical  development  from 
primitive  periods  to  present,  to  acquaint  the  student  with  the  various  criminal  justice  sys- 
tems and  the  career  opportunities  by  an  introductory  overview 

542  Interviewing  and  Counseling  the  Offender  (also  SWO  542)  (3)  Techniques  of  counsel- 
ing applicable  to  Law  Enforcement  and  Corrections  officers  Areas  of  study  include  the 
initial  interview,  interrogation,  handling  the  informer,  manipulative  behavior  of  offenders, 
and  exit  interviews.  Role  playing  and  sociodrama  are  used 

543  Social  Rehabilitation  of  the  Offender  (also  SWO  543)  (3)  See  SWO  543 

544  American  Public  Policy  (PSC  544)  (3)  See  PSC  544 

560  Notable  Criminal  Cases  (3)  Selected  factual  accounts  of  crimmality  and  criminal  be- 
havior over  the  past  75  years  are  analyzed  Selection  is  based  on  significance  and  instruc- 
tional quality  of  the  account  and,  while  primarily  devoted  to  the  United  States,  cases  in- 
clude one  classic  misfunction  of  this  century  Course  is  designed,  through  reading  and  class 
analysis,  to  illuminate  a  wide  spectrum  of  specific  criminal  conduct  and  the  related  inves- 
tigative and  judicial  response 

561  Major  Case  Investigation  (3)  The  course  is  based  on  a  model  major  case  constructed 
for  re-enactment  including  investigative  procedures  relative  to  victims,  participants,  wit- 
nesses, spectators,  news  media,  law  enforcement  employees,  and  the  miscellany  of 
peripheral  persons  significant  in  a  major  crime.  It  will  also  cover  the  interview  reports,  pres- 
ervation and  collection  of  evidence,  scientific  and  laboratory  examinations,  and  the  varied 
necessary  paperwork  for  an  actual  major  crime  It  will  emphasize  the  management  skills  re- 
quired for  the  field  commander  to  insure  control  over  the  investigation  Guest  speakers  will 
discuss  major  crimes  from  their  personal  viewpoints 

562  Systematic  Criminality  (3)  The  course  embraces  these  criminal  behavior  patterns  re- 
ferred to  as  "consumer  fraud  .  .  .  violations  of  trust  .  white  collar  crime  organized 
crime  .  official  corruption"  as  opposed  to  violent  or  street  crime.  Includes  criminal  con- 
duct in  commerce,  industry,  banking,  news  media,  government,  and  academia  Discusses 
methods  and  techniques  of  identifying  these  covert  acts  and  the  collection  of  evidence  in 
this  pervasive  problem  area. 

563  international  Criminality  (3)  The  course  provides  a  cross-cultural  approach  to  crime 
and  criminal  justice  as  found  in  selected  foreign  countries  The  material  presented  will  be 
contrasted  to  the  United  States  experience 

570  Human  Communication  (3)  An  intensive  study  of  communication  between  component 
parts  of  the  criminal  justice  system  (courts/corrections/law/enforcement/society).  There  will 
be  an  opportunity  to  learn  observational  skills,  the  implication  of  body  language,  listening 
techniques,  and  the  traditional  biases  which  have  brought  the  various  areas  into  conflict 

573  Survey  of  the  Correctional  Field  (3)  The  study  of  the  federal,  state,  and  county  correc- 
tional systems  including  historical  perspectives,  theoretical  assumptions,  and  major  changes 
recommended  by  the  National  Advisory  Commission  and  the  President's  Task  Force.  Oppor- 
tunities will  be  provided  to  visit  institutions  and  agencies  and  participate  in  discussions  with 
administrative  personnel  within  the  system. 

574  Instruments  in  the  Detection  of  Deception  (3)  A  survey  of  polygraph  development  and 
the  use  from  the  early  1900's  to  the  present  Covers  current  legislation  regulating  polygraph 
use  and  measures  for  self-regulation  adopted  by  local,  state  and  federal  agencies  Illustrates 
proper  and  improper  use  of  the  polygraph  through  case  examples  Demonstrates  polygraph 
technique  in  a  classroom/laboratory  setting  Other  instruments  measuring  voice  stress  are 
described,  as  are  the  legal  problems  connected  with  their  use 

575  Official  Corruption  (3)  The  course  analyzes  the  usually  non-violent  criminal  conduct 
variously  described  as  white  collar  crime,  official  corruption,  systematic  crime,  or  violations 
of  trust,  that  is  characterized  by  calculation,  deceit,  and  personal  enrichment  The  influence 
of  organized  crime  is  explored.  Examples  from  industry  and  government  (including  the 
criminal  justice  system)  are  included 


Earth  Sciences 

Mr.  Casciato,  Chairperson 

Dr.  Creenberg,  Coordinator  of  Graduate  Studies 


PROFESSORS 

Seymour  S.  Creenberg,  Ph.D.,  Indiana  University 
George  F.  Reed,  Ed.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 
Russell  K.  Rickert,  Ed.D.,  New  York  University 
Paul  R.  Widick,  Ed.D.,  Temple  University 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS 

Louis  A.  Casciato,  M.S.,  Villanova  University 

John  E.  Ehleiter,  M.A.,  Wesleyan  University 

Hubert  E.  Harber,  M.A.T.,  Brown  University 

Allen  H.  Johnson,  Ph.D.,  Case  Western  Reserve  University 

The  Department  of  Earth  Sciences,  in  cooperation  with  the  Departments  of 
Chemistry  and  Physics,  offers  a  program  leading  to  the  Master  of  Arts  degree  in 
physical  science.  See  Physical  Science  Program. 

COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 

Symbol:  ESS 

501  Earth  Sciences  in  the  Secondary  School  (3)  Recent  curricula,  teaching  materials,  and 
techniques  for  the  secondary  school 

505  Geology  of  the  Solar  System  (3)  The  geology,  origin,  and  properties  of  planets,  comets, 
asteriods,  moons,  and  meteorites  PREREQ:  one  introductory  course  in  astronomy  and  one 
in  geology 

510  Principles  of  Physical  Geology  (3)  Composition  of  the  earth  (minerals  and  rocks)  and 
earth  processes  (weathering,  erosion,  metamorphism,  volcanism,  diastrophism) 

511  Geophysics  (3)  Methods  and  techniques  of  physics  applied  to  interpreting  the  internal 
structure  and  composition  of  the  earth  PREREQ:  physical  geology 

512  Historical  Geology  (3)  Geologic  history  of  the  earth  and  the  evidence  for  this  history. 
Examination  of  fossils  and  geologic  maps 

513  Principles  of  Geochemistry  (also  CHE  513)  (3)  Migration  and  distribution  of  the  chemi- 
cal elements  within  the  earth;  chemistry  of  the  lithosphere,  hydrosphere,  and  biosphere; 
chemical  changes  throughout  earth  history;  the  geochemical  cycle 

514  Mineralogy  (3)  Properties,  identification,  occurrence,  and  crystallography  of  the  more 
important  minerals   Fundamentals  of  mineral  composition  and  structure 

515  Petrology  (3)  Origin,  classification,  and  identification  of  rocks  Field  and  hand  speci- 
men examination 

516  Structural  Geology  (3)  Sequential  development  of  the  structural  features  ot  the  earth, 
the  forces  involved   PREREQ  physical  and  historical  geology 

517  Stratigraphy  (3)  Development  of  the  relative  geologic  time  scale,  physical,  chemical, 
and  biologic  environments  at  the  time  of  the  formation  of  stratified  rock  PRFRf  Q  ()hvsical 
and  historical  geology 

518  Sedimentation  (3)  Sedimentary  rocks  classification,  erosion,  transportation,  and  dep- 
osition of  stratified  rock,  paleo-environmental  interpretations  PREREQ  physical  and  his- 
torical geology 


Earth  Sciences/55 

519  Field  Geology  (1-3)  Practical  experience  in  techniques  and  tools  of  the  field  geologist. 
PREREQ:  an  introductory  geology  course. 

520  Geology  of  the  National  Parks  (4)  The  study  of  selected  geologic  areas  by  means  of  ob- 
serving the  exposed  geology  in  a  number  of  national  parks  located  in  the  region  On  succes- 
sive years  different  areas  will  be  studied  Prerequisites.  Physical  Geology,  Historical  Geol- 
ogy and  approval  of  instructor.  Offered  in  summer  only. 

521  Geology  in  the  Elementary  School  (3)  Primarily  for  elementary  school  teachers  Funda- 
mental principles  for  the  origin,  classification,  and  identification  of  rocks,  minerals,  and  fos- 
sils. 

523  General  Geologic  Field  Studies  of  Southeastern  Pennsylvania  (3)  Occurrence,  relation- 
ships, and  geologic  history  of  the  rocks,  minerals,  and  soils  of  this  area,  studied  at  repre- 
sentative locations. 

524  History  of  Geology  (1)  Outstanding  individuals  and  their  contributions  to  geology 

525  Glacial  Geology  (1)  Causes,  regimen,  distribution,  and  effects  of  glaciers 

526  Geology  of  Petroleum  (1-3)  Origin,  reservoir  conditions,  migration,  accumulation,  and 
geographic  and  geologic  distribution  of  petroleum 

530  Principles  of  Oceanography  (3)  Geology  of  the  ocean  floor,  water  movements,  chemi- 
cal characteristics  of  sea  water,  vertical  and  horizontal  distribution  of  plants  and  animals. 
Brief  history  of  oceanography 

533  Introduction  to  Fossils  (3)  Identification  and  study  of  common  fossils  in  order  to  under- 
stand their  life  processes  and  geologic  significance 

540  Introduction  to  Meteorology  (3)  Composition  and  properties  of  the  atmosphere  and 
principles  that  influence  weather  conditions 

550  General  Astronomy  (3)  Motions  of  bodies  in  the  solar  system;  astronomical  coordi- 
nates; measurement  of  time;  use  of  telescopes 

551  Stellar  Astronomy  (3)  Properties  of  stars;  unusual  stars,  interstellar  matter,  and  stellar 
evolution;  distribution  and  motions  of  the  home  and  other  galaxies  PREREQ:  any  general 
descriptive  astronomy  course. 

552  Space  Science  (3)  Topics  from  astronomy  and  related  sciences  including  problems  and 
results  of  exploring  the  universe  beyond  earth's  atmosphere 

556  Workshop  in  Aerospace  Science  (3)  Activities  and  materials  adaptable  to  elementary 
school  instruction  m  aeronautics,  astronomy,  meteorology,  rocketry,  and  space  biology 

571  Astronomy  in  the  Elementary  School  (3)  Basic  concepts  in  astronomy  and  their  appli- 
cation to  the  elementary-school  program  Taught  in  the  planetarium 

580  Astronomy  in  England  (3)  The  development  of  astronomical  theories  and  equipment  in 
England  from  prehistoric  times  until  20th  Century.  PREREQ:  An  introductory  course  in  as- 
tronomy  Permission  of  instructor  Offered  only  in  summer 

581  Geology  of  England  (3)  The  major  rocks,  minerals  and  fossils  of  England  and  how  they 
are  used  in  the  development  of  geologic  principles  PREREQ:  An  introductory  course  in  geol- 
ogy. Permission  of  instructor  Offered  only  in  summer 

591  Independent  Study  (1-3)  An  investigation  by  a  student  PREREQ  permission  of  depart- 
ment 

650  Institute  of  Planetarium  Education  (1-3)  Fundamental  concepts  that  can  be  taught  in  a 
planetarium;  planetarium  teaching  methods,  operation,  use,  and  maintenance  of  the  plane- 
tarium  Summers  only 

SC I  522     Philosophy  of  Science  (see  PH I  522) 

Any  of  the  following  dual-level  courses  (but  not  more  than  6  semester  hours  of  credit)  may 
be  taken  for  graduate  credit  toward  the  degree: 


56/Earth  Sciences 


ESS  555  Intermediate  Astronomy 
ESS  565  Observatory  Principles 
ESS  576  Teaching  in  the 
Planetarium 

See  also  Marine  Science 

See  also  Science  Education 


ESS  590  Fundamentals  of  Soils 
(all  are  3-credit  courses) 


Economics 

Mr.  Hassler,  Chairperson     —  5^ 


PROFESSORS 

Eugene  W.  Schooler,  Ph.D.,  Harvard  University 
Patrick  J .  M.  Sylvester,  Ph.D.,  Bryn  Mawr  College 
Joseph  M.  Thorson,  Ph.D.,  Indiana  University 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSOR 

Phillip  DeMoss,  Ph.D.,  Kansas  State  University 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSOR 

Tahany  Naggar,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Oklahoma 


The  Department  of  Business  and  Economics  has  no  master's  degree  program  but 
offers  the  following  courses.  They  are  particularly  appropriate  for  the  M.A.  in 
social  science,  an  interdisciplinary  program  given  within  the  School  of  Social  and 
Behavioral  Sciences. 

COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 

Symbol:  ECO 

530  Economics  and  Public  Policy  (3)  The  principles  and  methods  of  economic  analysis  are 
applied  to  an  evaluation  of  the  American  economic  system  Inflation,  recession,  and  eco- 
nomic growth;  problems  of  public  finance  and  taxation;  public  policy  regarding  the  concen- 
tration of  economic  power 

531  Comparative  Economic  Systems  (3)  Essential  economic  features  of  economic  systems, 
including  capitalism,  socialism,  communism,  and  fascism 

532  History  of  Economic  Thought  (3)  The  growth  and  development  of  contemporary  eco- 
nomic thought  from  Plato  to  the  present,  with  emphasis  on  the  mercantilist,  classical,  mar- 
ginalist,  and  Keynesian  schools 

535  The  Soviet  Economic  Community  (3)  Analysis  of  economic  relationships  within  the  So- 
viet Bloc;  communist  economic  activities  abroad  PREREQ:  ECO  232  or  permission  of 
instructor. 


Educational  Research 

Dr.  Peters,  Program  Coordinator  ^ 

PROFESSORS 

Martin  J.  Higgins,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland 
Ernest  L.  Peters,  Ed.D.,  University  of  Denver 

The  School  of  Education,  in  cooperation  with  the  Bureau  of  Research  and  Re- 
lated Services,  offers  a  degree  program  leading  to  the  Master  of  Science  in 
Educational  Research.  Designed  primarily  for  those  desiring  research  positions  in 
local  school  districts,  the  degree  is  also  appropriate  for  research  positions  in  col- 
leges and  universities,  community  colleges,  governmental  agencies,  regional 
educational  laboratories,  and  industry. 


Admission  to  Degree  Program 

The  applicant  will  be  admitted  to  the  program  on  the  basis  of: 

1.  A  minimum  over-all  average  of  2.50  in  undergraduate  studies  and  2  75  in  the 
major  field. 

2.  Graduate  Record  Examination  Aptitude  Test. 

3.  Personal  interview  with  the  coordinator  of  the  program. 

Any  candidate  admitted  to  graduate  study,  but  not  to  the  degree  program  in 
educational  research,  may  take  RES  courses  with  permission  of  the  coordinator. 
There  is  no  guarantee  that  courses  taken  by  a  non-degree  student  may  later 
satisfy  degree  requirements  for  the  M.S.  in  Educational  Research. 

Requirements  for  Admission  to  Degree  Candidacy 

Upon  completion  of  10  semester  hours,  which  must  include  PSY  501  — Intro- 
ductory Statistics  for  the  Behavioral  Science  and  EDF  500  — Methods  and  Ma- 
terials of  Research  in  Education,  the  candidates  will  be  advanced  to  degree  can- 
didacy provided  they  have  maintained  a  minimum  average  of  3  00  and  passed  a 
qualifying  examination. 

The  Internship 

After  mastery  of  the  tool  courses  (PSY  501,  EDF  500,  PSY  502,  and  RES  520), 
students  will  serve  an  internship  with  an  outside  agency,  or  in  the  Bureau  of  Re- 
search, conducting  educational  research  During  this  period  they  will  utilize  the 
skills  they  have  developed  to  design  and  conduct  a  research  project  under  the 
joint  supervision  of  college  and/or  host  institution  personnel. 

The  Comprehensive  Examination 

To  be  eligible  for  the  comprehensive  examination  the  candidate  must: 

1.  Have  completed  at  least  28  semester  hours  and  all  tool  courses  prior  to  the 
semester  in  which  the  examination  is  taken. 

2.  Have  maintained  an  overall  average  of  at  least  3  00 

Candidates  must  indicate  by  letter  their  intention  to  take  the  examination    The 


Educational  Re$earch/59 

coordinator  should  receive  this  letter  within  the  first  10  days  of  the  semester  in 
which  the  candidate  desires  the  examination. 

Candidates  who  fail  the  comprehensive  examination  are  permitted  one  re- 
examination after  an  interval  of  at  least  one  year  but  not  more  than  two  years 

Requirements  for  the  Degree 

1 .  Satisfactory  completion  of  the  curriculum  outlined  below. 

2.  An  overall  average  of  3.00  in  graduate  courses  taken  in  the  degree  program. 

3.  Satisfactory  performance  on  the  comprehensive  examination. 

4.  Completion  of  research  report  or  master's  thesis  approved  by  the 
coordinator. 

MASTER  OF  SCIENCE  IN  EDUCATIONAL  RESEARCH 

(34  Semester  Hours) 

Required  Courses: 

Introductory  Statistics  for  the  Behavioral  Sciences  (PSY  501),  Methods  and  Ma- 
terials of  Research  of  Education  (EDF  500),  Advanced  Statistics  for  the  Be- 
havioral Sciences  (PSY  502),  Research  Design  (RES  520),  Assessment  Methods  in 
Guidance  (EDC  540),  Introduction  to  Computers  (CSC  501),  The  Emerging  Cur- 
riculum (EDF  503),  Education  Foundations  (EDF  510),  Federal  and  State  Role  in 
Education  (EDF  515),  Advanced  Educational  Psychology  (EDP  550),  Internship 
Program  in  Education  (RES  592)  — 28  semester  hours. 

Research  Project: 

Research  Report  (RES  600)  or  Thesis  (RES  610)  2-3  semester  hours. 

Electives: 

3-4  semester  hours  to  be  chosen  under  advisement  from  the  offerings  of  any  de- 
partment, with  the  approval  of  the  department  concerned  and  of  the  co- 
ordinator. 

COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 

Symbol:   RES 

520  Research  Design  (2)  Principles  for  efficient  design  of  experiments  and  other  types  of 
observational  programs  Sampling  techniques,  methods  of  analysis,  threats  to  valid  mfer- 
ence  PREREQ:  PSY  501 

530  Seminar  in  Non-Parametric  Statistics  (1)  Selection  and  use  of  non-parametric  tests  for 
significance  Appropriate  non-parametric  tests  for  specific  research  designs  are  studied  One 
sample  design  and  designs  of  two  or  more  samples  both  independent  and  related  are  dis- 
cussed  PREREQ   PSY  501 

590  Independent  Study  in  Educational  Research  (1-3)  Research  project,  reports,  readings  m 
educational  research  PREREQ:  coordinators  approval 

592  Internship  Program  in  Educational  Research  (2)  Opportunity  for  prospective  ed- 
ucational researchers  to  design,  conduct,  and  analyze  a  study  and  to  prepare  a  report  of  the 
research  The  internship  is  served  in  local  educational  agencies,  county  offices,  federal 
project  centers,  the  Pennsylvania  Department  of  Education,  or  other  research  environments 
The  intern  is  supervised  by  both  host  and  college  personnel 

650     Research  Report  (2) 

610     Thesis  (3) 


Elementary  Education 

Dr.  Holman,  Chairperson  and  Coordinator  of  Graduate  Studies 

PROFESSORS 

Charlotte  E.  King,  Ed.D.,  Temple  University 
Carrie  C.  Kulp,  Ph.D.,  Bryn  Mawr  College 
ErminioJ.  Peta,  Ed.D,  Lehigh  University 
Carlos  R.  Ziegler,  Ed.D.,  Temple  University 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS 

Nona  E.  Chern,  M.S.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 
James  E.  Habecker,  Ed.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 
Robert  W.  Herres,  M.A.,  Syracuse  University 
E.  Riley  Holman,  Ed.D.,  Brigham  Young  University 
George  W.  Maxim,  Ph.D.,  Pennsylvania  State  University 
Carol  A.  Radich,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland 

The  department  offers  the  Master  of  Education  degree  in  elementary  education, 
as  well  as  non-degree  programs  for  teachers  working  for  professional  growth. 

Miller  Analogies  Test 

Applicants  for  the  master's  degree  program  are  required  to  take  the  Miller  Analo- 
gies Test  and  submit  scores  with  their  initial  application  for  admission.  The  appli- 
cation procedure  will  not  be  completed  until  the  scores  have  been  received. 

Requirements  for  Admission  to  Degree  Candidacy 

1.  Within  the  pre-candidacy  period  (the  first  15  semester  hours)  the  applicant 
must  complete  EDF  501  and  two  EDE  courses. 

2.  Within  the  pre-candidacy  period  the  applicant  must  maintain  an  average  of 
2.75  overall  and  3.00  in  elementary  education. 

3.  Within  the  pre-candidacy  period,  the  applicant  must  provide  evidence  of 
having  Pennsylvania  Instructional  I  Certification. 

Students  who  fail  to  qualify  as  degree  candidates  are  classified  as  non-degree 
students.  (See  "Reapplication  for  Degree  Candidacy  "  under  Academic  Informa- 
tion.) 

The  Comprehensive  Education 

In  order  to  become  eligible  for  the  examination  the  student  must: 

1.  Be  a  degree  candidate. 

2.  Complete  at  least  28  semester  hours  including  all  required  courses  by  the  end 
of  the  semester  preceding  the  examination. 

3.  Maintain  an  average  of  2  75  overall  and  3  00  in  elementary  education 

Applications  for  admission  to  the  comprehensive  examination  are  available 
from  the  Department  and  must  be  filed  by  December  1  for  the  February  examina- 
tion and  May  1  for  the  July  examination 

A  candidate  who  fails  the  first  comprehensive  examination  is  permitted  to  take 
one  re-examination  within  a  two-year  period.  Upon  a  second  failure  the  candi- 


Elementary  Eclucation/61 

date's  future  status  will  be  determined  by  the  departmental  graduate  committee 
following  a  comprehensive  review  of  his/her  graduate  record. 

Dates  for  The  Comprehensive  Examination 

The  examination  is  given  on  the  first  Saturday  in  February  and  the  second  Satur- 
day in  July. 

Requirements  for  The  Degree 

1.  Satisfactory  completion  of  the  curriculum  as  given  below.  Both  the  selection 
and  the  sequence  of  courses  should  be  determined  in  consultation  with  the  ap- 
pointed advisor. 

2.  An  overall  grade  point  average  of  at  least  2.75  and  a  grade  point  average  of 
at  least  3.00  in  elementary  education.  NOTE:  All  courses  specific  to  elementary 
education  are  included  in  computing  the  grade  point  average  in  elementary 
education.  Examples  of  such  courses  are  LIT  550  and  MAT  555. 

3.  Satisfactory  performance  on  the  comprehensive  examination. 

MASTER  OF  EDUCATION  IN  ELEMENTARY  EDUCATION 

This  may  be  either  a  non-thesis  program  requiring  34  semester  hours  or  a  thesis 
program  requiring  30  semester  hours. 

In  either  option  the  candidate  must  meet  a  professional  education  require- 
ment including  EDF  501,  EDF  510,  and  EDP  550.  Also  required  in  either  option  is 
an  elementary  education  area  consisting  of  EDE  548,  549,  553,  and  an  elective  in 
either  reading  or  elementary  education 

Within  the  first  session  of  enrollment  the  student  confers  with  the  assigned  ad- 
visor to  determine  an  appropriate  and  desirable  area  of  concentration.  The  re- 
mainder of  the  program  will  be  developed  within  the  selected  concentration.  The 
choice  of  concentrations  may  be  made  from  (A)  areas  offered  by  the  Elementary 
Education  Department  or  (B)  areas  offered  by  other  departments.  These  are: 

(A)  Elementary  Education 
Concentration  Areas 

Creative  Teaching-Learning  Language  Arts 

Early  Childhood  Education  Open  Education 

Elementary  Education  (General)  Social  Studies 
Human  Development 

(B)  Concentration  Areas  in 
Other  Departments 

Bilingual  Education  Reading 

Children's  Literature  Science 

Mathematics  Special  Education 

COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 

Symbol:  EDE 

NOTE:  EDE  501  Introduction  to  Graduate  Study  in  Elementary  Education  and  EDF  500 
Methods  and  Materials  of  Research  have  been  combined  in  EDF  501  Methods  and  Materials 
of  Research  and  Study  for  Elementary  Education  Majors,  which  is  required  of  all  degree  stu- 
dents in  elementary  education  beginning  in  1975.  See  Department  of  Secondary  Education 
and  Professional  Studies  for  course  description  of  EDF  501. 

502     Introduction  to  Early  Childhood  Education  (3)  A  basic  course  dealing  with  learning 


62/Elementary  Education 

conditions  which  affect  a  young  child  in  the  early  years  Historical  and  theoretical  bases 
considered. 

503  Contemporary  Influences  in  Early  Childhood  Education  (3)  Investigations  into  current 
philosophy  and  empirical  research  related  to  the  educational  needs  of  young  children. 

504  Early  Childhood  Education  Programs  (3)  Examination  of  recent  program  developments 
in  the  area  of  preschool-primary  education 

505  Seminar  in  Early  Childhood  Education  (3)  Selected  problems  in  early  childhood  educa- 
tion  PREREQ;  permission  of  instructor 

522  Teaching  the  Communication  Skills  (3)  Exploration  of  creative  methods  of  teaching 
oral  and  written  expression 

530  Social  Studies  in  Elementary  Education  (3)  Strategies  for  developing  concepts,  skills, 
and  values  in  the  social-studies  program  Emphasis  on  making  social  studies  more  meaning- 
ful 

532  Curriculum  and  Research  in  Social  Studies  (3)  Examination  of  recent  research  in  ele- 
mentary social  studies  with  emphasis  on  the  theoretical  bases  for  making  curriculum  deci- 
sions  PREREQ:  permission  of  instructor 

533  Seminar  in  Elementary  Social  Studies  Education  (3)  Selected  problems  in  elementary 
social  studies:  PREREQ:  permission  of  instructor 

543  Creative  Expression  in  the  Elementary  School  (3)  Theories  and  techniques  to  promote 
creative  thinking  and  enhance  children's  creative  potential  in  all  areas  of  the  school  curricu- 
lum 

544  Open  Education  in  the  Elementary  School  (3)  Emphasis  on  how  learning  occurs  in  open 
education   Planning  environments  and  programs  for  children 

548  Curriculum  Theory  and  Trends  in  Elementary  Education  (3)  Evaluation  of  various 
theoretical  framework  of  curriculum  and  trends  in  subject  fields  of  elementary  education. 
To  be  taken  after  1  S  hours  of  work 

549  Theory  and  Trends  in  the  Language  Arts  (3)  Analysis  and  evaluation  of  language-arts 
programs  including  reading  in  the  modern  elementary  school   PREREQ:  EDE  .'S48 

551  Child  Development  and  Behavior  I  (3)  Social,  intellectual,  emotional,  physical,  and 
moral  aspects  of  child  development  and  behavior  Emphasis  on  personal  development  of 
the  teacher  as  a  prerequisite  to  understanding  children  in  the  elementary  school 

553  Child  Development  and  Behavior  11  (3)  Review  of  principles  of  growth  and  develop- 
ment Theories  of  personality  development;  clues  to  identifying  children  with  problems; 
therapies  applicable  to  elementary-school  children  Case  study  required  PREREQ:  a  recent 
course  in  child  development 

554  The  Child's  Self  Concept  (3)  Self-concept  theory  and  its  implications  for  child  develop- 
ment, learning,  and  behavior;  specific  application  to  work  with  the  elementary  school  child 
PREREQ  course  work  in  elementary  education  and  child  development 

555  Self-Processes  of  the  Facilitator  (3)  Self-processes  and  other  factors  influencing  inter- 
action with  students  via  exploration  of  feelings  Classroom  approach  that  develops  behavior 
in  which  feelings  are  expressed  in  a  facilitating  manner  PREREQ:  EDE  55.3 

556  Seminar  in  Human  Development  (3)  Critical  issues  in  human  development  PREREQ: 
permission  of  instrLirtor 

560  Meeting  Individual  Needs  of  Children  (3)  Discovering  each  c  hild  s  needs;  providing  for 
individualized  learning,  identifying  problems  and  their  solutions  PRERFQ  course  work  in 
elementary  education  and  child  development 

561  Guidance  in  the  Elementary  School  (3)  Developmental  guidance  — philosophy,  pro- 
grams, personnel  GLiidance  role  and  responsibilities  of  the  teacher  in  the  classroom  PRE- 
REQ: course  work  in  elementary  education  and  c  hild  development 

565  Effective  Classroom  Management  (3)  [dynamics  of  interpersonal  relation^  in  planning 
and  facilitating  classroom  instruction 


Elementary  Education/63 

570  Supervision  in  the  Elementary  School  (3)  Concepts  and  practices  in  supervision  of 
teachers,  student  teachers,  and  aides  PREREQ:  course  work  in  elementary  education  and 
child  development 

580-589  Workshops  in  Elementary  Education  (2-6)  Additional  course  numbers  will  be  as- 
signed as  new  areas  of  study  are  announced  Credits  vary  The  series  presently  includes: 

580  Workshop  in  Elementary  Education 

581  Workshop  in  Open  Education  (Elementary) 

582  Workshop  in  Social  Studies 

583  Workshop  in  Creativity 

584  Workshop  in  Early  Childhood  Education 

585  Workshop  in  Language  Arts 

586  Workshop  in  Curriculum:  Diagnosis,  Prescription  and  Evaluation 

590  Independent  Study  (1-3)  Enrollment  by  permission  only;  number  of  credits  determined 
by  instructor 

600     Research  Report  (1-2) 

610     Thesis  (4-6) 

695  Seminar  in  Elementary  Education  (3)  Selected  topics  in  elementary  education  To  be 
taken  during  semester  preceding  the  taking  of  the  comprehensive  examination  in  elemen- 
tary education. 


English 


Dr.  McKenty,  Chairperson 

Dr.  Brooks,  Coordinator  of  Graduate  Studies 

PROFESSORS 

Dorothy  D.  Bailey,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin 

Thomas  E.  Berry,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Michael  W.  Brooks,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Toronto 

Joseph  Falgie,  Jr.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

John  P.  Field,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Cincinnati 

Paul  D.  Green,  Ph.D.,  Harvard  University 

J.  Bernard  Haviland,  Ph.D.,  Dublin  University 

William  H.  Henry,  Jr.,  Ph.D.,  Temple  University 

John  P.  Kent,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois 

Alice  B.  Markow,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Lynette  F.  McCrath,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois 

David  E.  McKenty,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Kostas  Myrsiades,  Ph.D.,  Indiana  University 

Bernard  S.  Oldsey,  Ph.D.,  Pennsylvania  State  University 

S.  Keith  Taylor,  Ed.D.,  Temple  University 

John  W.  Ward,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Delaware 

Robert  H.  Weiss,  Ph.D.,  Temple  University 

Theodora  Lee  West,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Elsie  B.  Ziegler,  Ed.D.,  Temple  University 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS 

Joseph  B.  Browne,  M.A.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 
William  H.  Fordyce,  Ph.D.,  Harvard  University 
John  L.  Gaunt,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland 
John  T.  Kelly,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Oklahoma 
Dwight  L.  McCawley,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois 
Willie  E.  Page,  Jr.,  M.A.,  Florida  State  University 
John  Ward,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Delaware 


The  Department  of  English  offers  two  degree  programs:  the  Master  of  Arts  in 
English  and,  in  cooperation  with  the  School  of  Education,  the  Master  of  Educa- 
tion in  English.  The  Master  of  Arts  permits  the  student  to  attain  any  of  a  number 
of  goals.  It  may  further  scholarship  in  literature,  language,  and  writing;  prepare 
for  study  toward  the  Ph.D.;  or  provide  a  foundation  for  teaching  in  schools,  com- 
munity colleges,  and  junior  colleges.  The  Master  of  Education  is  designed 
primarily  to  enhance  the  professional  careers  of  English  teachers.  The  Depart- 
ment of  English  also  participates  in  an  inter-disciplinary  program  leading  to  the 
Master  of  Arts  in  Teaching  English  as  a  Second  Language.  (See  Teaching  English 
as  a  Second  Language.) 

In  addition,  the  Department  of  English  encourages  students  to  take  courses  for 
professional  growth  and  offers  assistance  and  courses  for  students  wishing  to  ac- 
quire certification  in  English. 


English/65 

ADMISSION  TO  DEGREE  PROGRAMS 

The  applicant  must  (1)  meet  the  general  requirements  for  admission  to  degree 
study  at  West  Chester  State  College  (See  appropriate  pages  at  the  beginning  of 
the  Graduate  Studies  Bulletin),  (2)  submit  results  of  the  Aptitude  Test  (Morning 
Test)  of  the  Graduate  Record  Examination,  if  deemed  necessary,  (3)  satisfy  de- 
partmental requirements  for  admission,  and  (4)  take  any  additional  undergrad- 
uate and/or  graduate  course  work  deemed  necessary. 

DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS: 
MASTER  OF  ARTS  IN  ENGLISH 

30  Semester  Hours 

REQUIREDCOURSES  3s. h. 

ENG  500  (to  be  taken  before  the  completion  of  12  semester  hours  of  graduate 
credit) 

ELECTIVES  27s. h. 

Selected  under  advisement  from  courses  in  English  and  approved  related  fields 
(e.  g.,  history,  linguistics).  At  least  21  semester  hours  must  be  in  English  courses. 

MASTER  OF  EDUCATION  IN  ENGLISH 

34  Semester  Hours 

REQUIREDCOURSES  6s. h. 

ENG  500  (to  be  taken  before  the  completion  of  12  semester  hours  of  graduate 
credit) and  ENG  591 

ELECTIVES  18sh. 

Selected  under  advisement  from  courses  in  English  and  approved  related  fields 
(e.  g.,  linguistics,  reading).  At  least  12  semester  hours  must  be  in  English  courses. 

COURSES  IN  EDUCATION  10s. h. 

At  least  10  semester  hours  of  course  work  must  be  taken  in  education.  See  School 
of  Education,  page  130. 

For  either  degree,  the  student  must  pass  a  written  comprehensive  examination, 
offered  on  the  second  Wednesday  of  October,  April,  and  July.  Those  who  fail  the 
examination  twice  must  obtain  the  approval  of  the  Department  of  English  to  take 
it  a  third  and  final  time. 

For  more  information  concerning  graduate  work  in  English,  see  the  Handbook 
for  Graduate  English  Students,  obtainable  from  the  coordinator  of  graduate 
studies  in  English. 

COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 

Symbol:      ENG 

GENERAL  TOPICS  (500-514) 

500  Methods  and  Materials  of  Research  (3)  Basic  techniques  and  procedures  in  research 
The  major  types  of  research  and  the  methods  of  locating,  evaluating,  and  interpreting  evi- 
dence. Includes  the  preparation  of  a  research  outline  and  paper. 

501  Applied  Literary  Criticism  (3)  Study  of  various  methods  of  literary  analysis,  with  em- 
phasis on  the  application  of  these  methods  in  response  to  specific  works  of  literature  chosen 
from  the  principal  genres  of  poetry,  fiction,  and  drama 

502  History  of  Criticism  (3)  An  historical  study  of  literary  criticism  and  aesthetic  theory. 


66/Engli$h 

from  Aristotle  to  the  present 

507  Literature  Seminar  (3)  Topics  announced  annually 

508  Writing  Seminar  (3)  Discussion  and  development  of  major  projects  underway. 

509  Writing  Seminar  in  the  Novel  I  (3)  A  course  in  the  writing  and  preparing  of  booklength 
manuscripts  (novel,  novella,  "non-fictional"  novel)  with  the  intention  of  submission  for  pub- 
lication Also  includes  coverage  of  fictional  aspects  and  techniques  used  in  writing  memoirs, 
biography,  current  history 

510  Writing  Seminar  in  the  Novel  II  (3)  A  continuation  of  ENG  509 
ENGLISH  LITERATURE  (515-544) 

517  Beowulf  (3)  An  analysis  of  the  entire  poem  in  Old  English  Emphasis  on  the  artistic,  lin- 
guistic, and  historic  values   PREREQ:  ENG  584  or  the  equivalent 

518  Chaucer  (3)  A  study  of  the  Canterbury  Tales  and  Troilus  and  Criseyde. 

519  16th-century  Poetry  and  Prose  (3)  A  survey  of  the  major  poetry  and  prose  written  in 
England  during  the  Tudor  period:  Skelton  to  Shakespeare. 

520  Spenser  and  Milton  (3)  The  major  works  of  Spenser  and  Milton  studied  in  relation  to 
the  intellectual  climate  of  the  Renaissance.  Emphasis  on  the  Faerie  Queene  and  Paradise 
Lost. 

521  Major  Renaissance  Writers  (3)  A  study  in  depth  of  major  figures  of  the  Renaissance 
Intellectual  background  and  literary  influences 

522  English  Drama  to  1642  (3)  A  survey  of  English  Drama  (exclusive  of  Shakespeare)  from 
its  medieval  beginnings  to  the  closing  of  the  theatres  in  1642 

525  Shakespeare's  Tragedies  and  Histories  (3)  Histories  and  tragedies  read  with  analysis  of 
dramatic  and  poetical  effects 

526  Shakespeare's  Comedies  and  Poems  (3)  The  comedies  analyzed  The  poems  read  in 
relation  to  Shakespeare's  developing,  dramatic  and  poetic  power 

527  17th-century  Poetry  and  Prose  (3)  A  study  in  depth  of  the  major  17th-century  English 
poets  and  prose  writers  from  Donne  to  Milton 

529  18th-century  Poetry  and  Prose  (3)  A  study  of  the  literature  of  the  era,  with  emphasis  on 
the  cultural  context,  aesthetic  theory,  and  the  evolution  of  poetic  techniques 

530  Restoration  and  ISth-Century  Drama  (3)  Critical  history  of  British  drama  from  the  re- 
opening of  the  theaters  to  Sheridan   Major  playwrights  and  study  of  theater  history 

531  18th-century  British  Novel  (3)  A  study  of  the  rise  of  the  novel  and  its  development  in 
the  18th  Century  Major  novelists  treated   Defoe,  Richardson,  Fielding,  Smollett,  Sterne 

533  Romantic  Poetry  and  Prose  (3)  The  poetry  and  prose  of  the  early  19th  century  with  em- 
phasis upon  the  five  major  poets  (Wordsworth,  Coleridge,  Byron,  Shelley,  Keats)  and  three 
major  essayists  (l  amb,  Ha/litt,  De  Quincey) 

534  Victorian  Poetry  and  Prose  (3)  A  study  of  Victorian  poetry  and  prose  (exclusive  of  the 
novel)  to  1870  Tennyson,  Browning,  Ruskin,  Arnold,  Carlyle,  Newman,  Darwin,  Swinburne 

535  Late  Victorian  and  Edwardian  Literature  (3)  A  study  of  the  Victorian  poetry  and  prose 
(exclusive  of  the  novel)  of  the  late  19th  Century:  Hopkins,  Pater,  Morris,  Wilde,  Shaw,  Hardy 

536  19th-century  British  Novel  (3)  Development  of  techniques  m  the  British  novel  from 
Scott  to  Hardy 

537  Modern  British  Novel  (3)  A  study  of  the  British  novel  from  1914  to  the  present 

538  Modern  British  Poetry  (3)  The  course  will  provide  both  historical  and  critical  informa- 
tion about  the  period  covered,  and  investigate,  in  considerable  detail,  the  chief  works  of  sev- 
eral important  poets  —  Auden,  Eliot,  Hardy,  Hopkins,  and  Yeats,  for  example 

539  Major  20th-century  Irish  Writers  (3)  A  comprehensive  study  of  signitic  ant  Irish  writers 
of  the  20th  century  Yeats,  )oyce,  OCasey,  Synge,  O  Connor.  O  F.iolain 


Engiish/67 

540  Joyce  and  Beckett  (3)  Detailed  critical  analysis  of  Joyce's  Dubliners,  A  Portrait  of  the 
Artist  as  a  Young  Man,  Exiles,  and  Ulysses;  Beckett's  drama  and  novels 

541  20th-century  Drama  (3)  Principal  British  and  American  playwrights  from  Shaw  to 
Pinter  and  Albee. 

544     Seminar  in  English  Literature  (3)  Topic  announced  when  offered 

AMERICAN  LITERATURE  (545-564) 

547  American  Literary  Movements  (3)  Major  movements  in  the  development  of  American 
literature  Influence  of  leading  writers  on  literary  concepts,  trends,  and  critical  dicta:  Topics 
to  be  announced. 

548  Hawthorne  and  Melville  (3)  A  study  of  their  works  and  representative  literary  criticism. 

551  Hemingway  and  Faulkner  (3)  The  works  of  Hemingway  and  Faulkner  and  the  literary 
relationship  of  these  works 

557  Major  20th-century  American  Poets  (3)  A  close  study  of  several  major  modern 
American  poets. 

558  20th-century  American  Writers  (3)  Major  writers  and  literary  movements  from  1900  to 
the  present:  Topics  to  be  announced 

5(&2  Modern  Afro-American  Literature  (3)  An  intensive  study  in  themes  and  trends  in  mod- 
ern Afro-American  literature 

564  Seminar  in  American  Literature  (3)  Topic  announced  when  offered. 
COMPARATIVE  LITERATURE  (565-574) 

565  Comparative  Literature  (3)  Studies  in  international  literary  and  cultural  relations;  the 
characteristics  and  relations  of  universal  literary  types,  themes,  and  genres:  Topics  to  be  an- 
nounced 

566  Comparative  Literature:  The  Greek  Myths  (3)  The  function  and  purpose  of  the  Creek 
myths  and  their  treatment  m  Western  literature 

570  British  and  Continental  Short  Story  (3)  The  short-story  form;  its  origin  and  develop- 
ment Current  trends  Influences  of  Cerman,  French,  and  Russian  Writers  upon  the  British 
form 

571  Biography  (3)  Survey  of  biographical  writings  from  Plutarch  to  the  present  Origins  and 
trends. 

LANGUAGE  (575-589) 

575  Structure  of  Modern  English  (3)  A  detailed  analysis  of  the  modern  descriptive  ap- 
proach to  the  study  of  English  grammar  and  how  it  compares  with  the  traditional  approach 

576  English  as  a  Second  Language  (3)  Implications  of  the  nature  of  language  in  teaching 
English  to  speakers  of  other  languages  Methods  and  materials  for  teaching  English  as  a  sec- 
ond language  PREREQ:  LIN  501  or  permission  of  instructor 

577  History  of  the  English  Language  (3)  Review  of  the  major  influences  on  the  develop- 
ment of  the  English  language  PREREQ   LIN  501  or  LIN  503 

578  Modern  English  (3)  A  study  of  the  development  of  the  English  language  from  1450  to 
the  present  (exclusive  of  American  English) 

579  Studies  in  American  English  (3)  Historical  processes  in  the  development  of  American 
and  British  English  Regional  and  social  dialects  of  American  English  Usage  and  sociolin- 
guistics 

580  English  Language  Workshop  (1-4)  Workshop  to  survey  recent  developments  and  newer 
concepts  in  English  linguistics  for  teachers  Variable  structure  and  credit,  by  arrangement 
with  individual  school  districts 

584  Old  English  Language  and  Literature  (3)  An  introductory  study  of  the  language  through 
a  reading  of  selected  religious  and  secular  poetry  and  prose 


68/Engli$h 

585  Middle  English  Language  and  Literature  (3)  An  introductory  study  of  the  language 
(11 50-1450)  through  a  reading  of  selected  texts  (exclusive  of  Chaucer) 

590  independent  Study  (1-3)  Research  projects,  reports,  specialized  readings  PREREQ: 
approval  of  instructor  and  coordinator  of  graduate  studies  in  English 

TEACHING  SKILLS  (591-599) 

591  Modern  Techniques  for  the  Teaching  of  English  (3)  Techniques  of  teaching  language 
arts,  composition,  and  literature  in  the  secondary  school.  Practice  in  planning  and  designing 
units  and  courses  of  study  Exploration  into  the  latest  research  in  teaching  English 

592  Literature  for  the  Elementary  School  (3)  The  content  and  approach  of  the  literature 
program  in  the  elementary  school 

593  Literature  for  the  Secondary  School  (3)  An  examination  of  the  literary  interests  of  the 
secondary  school  student  A  discussion  of  the  works  of  major  writers  who  appeal  to  the  teen- 
age student. 

599  Workshop  in  English  (1)  Each  workshop  will  focus  on  specific  issues  and  problems  in 
the  teaching  of  English  and  will  introduce  appropriate  instructional  materials  and  tech- 
niques. 


Ethnic  Studies 


COURSE  DESCRIPTION 

Symbol:     SSC 

580  Ethnic  Cultures  Workshop  (3)  This  workshop  considers  the  history,  traditions,  cus- 
toms, and  contributions  to  American  life  of  many  ethnic  groups.  The  lectures  and  special 
programs  are  designed  to  increase  the  students'  knowledge  of  the  multicultural  nature  of 
American  society  today.  Projects,  specifically  tailored  to  the  students'  individual  needs,  are 
directed  by  a  faculty  member  of  the  Ethnic  Studies  Institute  of  West  Chester  State  College 

(Contact  the  Director  of  Ethnic  Studies,  Room  206,  Sykes,  for  other  ethnic- 
oriented  courses.) 


Foreign  Languages 


Mr.  Gougher,  Chairperson 

Dr.  Roberts,  Assistant  Chairperson 

Dr.  Lombardi,  Coordinator  of  Graduate  Studies 


FRENCH 

PROFESSORS 

Madelyn  Gutwirth,  Ph.D.,  Bryn  Mawr  College 
Alfred  D.  Roberts,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSOR 

Marianne  H.  Kulaski,  MA.,  Villanova  University;  Certificate  d'etudes  francaises. 
University  of  Geneva 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSOR 

Robert  Greene,  M.A.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

GERMAN 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSOR 

Ronald  L.  Gougher,  M.A.,  Lehigh  University 

Richard  A.  Schneider,  M.A.,  University  of  Heidelberg;  Diploma,  University  of  Bar- 
celona 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSOR 

Ralph  A.  Eisenstadt,  M.A.,  University  of  Illinois 

LATIN 

PROFESSOR 

Waiter  E.  Frieman,  Jr.,  Th  D  ,  Philadelphia  Divinity  School 

SPANISH 

PROFESSOR 

Ronald  P.  Lombardi,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSOR 

Jorge  Escorcia,  MA.,  Boston  University 

LANGUAGE  AND  LINGUISTICS 

PROFESSOR 

Philip  D.  Smith,  Jr.,  Ph.D.,  Ohio  State  University 


The  Department  of  Foreign  Languages  offers  two  degree  programs,  one  leading 
to  the  Master  of  Education  in  French,  Spanish,  German,  or  Latin,  and  the  other  to 
the  Master  of  Arts  in  French  or  Spanish 

The  department  also  cooperates  m  the  offering  of  an  mterdisciplinary  program 
leading  to  the  Master  of  Arts  degree  in  Teaching  English  as  a  Second  Language. 
(See  Teaching  English  as  a  Second  Language.) 


Foreign  Languages/71 

MASTER  OF  EDUCATION  IN 

FRENCH,  SPANISH,  GERMAN,  OR  LATIN 

34  Semester  Hours 

The  M.Ed.,  program  requires  Methods  and  Materials  of  Research  in  Second  Lan- 
guage Education  (LAN  500),  Techniques  of  Second  Language  Teaching  (LAN  503), 
and  18  semester  hours  in  the  area  of  concentration.  The  concentration  may  be 
designed  to  the  student's  particular  interests  and  needs;  but  in  French  or  Spanish, 
it  must  include  one  course  each  from  Croups  A,  B,  C,  and  D.  In  German  the  18 
hour  concentration  is  developed  from  Groups  A,  B,  and  C  under  advisement.  In 
Latin  the  18-hour  concentration  is  developed  from  Groups  A  and  B  under  advise- 
ment. Majors  in  any  of  the  langages  may  also  elect  from  "Courses  Common  to  all 
Languages"  (see  below)  for  the  concentration. 

At  least  10  semester  hours  of  course  work  in  education  are  required.  See  page 
000  in  School  of  Education. 

COURSES  COMMON  TO  ALL  LANGUAGES 

Introduction  to  Linguistics  (LIN  501)  and  courses  LAN  502  through  LAN  600.  (See 
Offerings  in  Foreign  Languages) 

FRENCH  LATIN 

Group  A  Group  A 

FRE  511-512-513-514-515-516  LAT  503-511-512-514 

Group  B  Group  B 

FRE  520-521-522-523-524-525  LAT  513,  515,  520  through  531,  and 

Group  C  535,536 

FRE  530-531-532-533-534  SPANISH 

'^'""P'^  Group  A 

FRE  540-541-542-543-544  SP^  510-511-512-514 

GERMAN  Group  B 

Group  A  SPA  520-521-522-523-524-525 

GER  512-514-515  Group  C 

Group  B  SPA  530-532-533-534 

GER  520-526-532-533-534-535  Group  D 

Group  C  SPA  540-542-543-544-545 
GER  543-544-545 


MASTER  OF  ARTS  IN  FRENCH  OR  SPANISH 

(30  Semester  Hours) 

The  MA.  programs  in  French  or  Spanish  provide  for  either  a  thesis  or  non-thesis 
option.  Both  require  21  semester  hours  in  the  language  as  follows:  FRE  or  SPA  511 
and  6  hours  from  Groups  B,  C,  and  D  above.  The  thesis  program  includes  LAN  610 
and  an  additional  elective  3  hours  in  the  concentration.  The  non-thesis  option 
allows  9  semester  hours  of  electives  in  the  area  of  concentration. 

Electives  for  both  options  may  also  be  from  "Courses  Common  to  All  Lan- 
guages." (See  above.)  For  the  M.A.  program  LAN  550  is  strongly  recommended. 

The  candidate  for  the  MA.  degree  must  pass  a  reading  examination  in  a  sec- 
ond foreign  language  or  must  have  taken  and  passed  at  least  one  graduate-level 
course  in  a  second  foreign  language. 


72/Foreign  Languages 

COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 

COURSES  COMMON  TO  ALL  LANGUAGES 

Symbol:  LAN 

500  Methods  and  Materials  of  Research  in  Second  Language  Education  (3)  Techniques  of 
research  in  foreign  language  education  including  sources,  design,  interpretation,  evaluation, 
and  reporting  of  data 

502  Second  Languages  in  the  Elementary  School  (3)  Problems  m  teaching  second  languages 
in  the  elementary  school.  Curriculum  design,  bilingual  education,  classroom  techniques, 
articulation,  materials,  testing.  Preferably,  LIN  501  or  equivalent  should  precede  LAN  502. 

503  Techniques  of  Second  Language  Teaching  (3)  Advanced  course  in  recent  theoretical 
bases;  methods  for  teaching  beginning  and  advanced  levels;  curriculum  design  and  evalua- 
tion. PREREQ:  LIN  501  or  equivalent 

504  Use  of  Media  in  Language  Teaching  (3)  Role  of  media  in  language  instruction  including 
the  tape  recorder,  language  laboratory,  television,  and  the  computer. 

505  Introduction  to  Bilingual/Bicultural  Education  (3)  Introduction  to  history,  philosophy, 
current  status,  and  future  directions  of  Bilingual/Bicultural  Education  Survey  of  materials, 
tests,  techniques,  instructional  processes  and  instructional  patterns.  Over-view  of  testing, 
placement,  and  pupil  evaluation. 

511      Roman  Civilization  (3)  Roman  civilization  and  its  influences  on  Europe. 

550  Seminar  in  Methods  and  Materials  of  Research  in  Language  and  Literature  (3)  The  prin- 
cipal tools  of  research  in  the  field  of  foreign  languages  and  literature.  Methods  of  conduct- 
ing and  reporting  research,  emphasizing  correctness  of  form  and  mechanics  of  scholarly 
writing. 

560  Directed  Studies  (3)  To  provide  an  opportunity  for  students  to  pursue  areas  of  study 
not  regularly  provided  by  the  department.  Focus  of  course  to  be  announced  when  offered. 

580  Seminar  in  Second  Language  Education  (1-4)  Specialized  workshop  seminar  devoted  to 
a  particular  area  of  foreign  language  education 

585  Institute  in  Second  Language  Education  (4-8)  In-depth  study  of  a  particular  area  of  for- 
eign language  education 

590     Independent  Study  (1-3) 

600     Research  Report  (1-2) 

610     Thesis  (6) 

See  also  Linguistics  (LIN) 

FRENCH 

Symbol:  FRE 

511  Romance  Philology  (French)  (3)  Historical  development  of  French  phonology  and 
morphology  from  their  beginnings  to  the  present.  Old  French  dialects. 

512  Explication  de  Textes  (3)'This  French  technique  of  textual  and  stylistic  analysis  is 
studied  and  practiced 

513  Phonetics  (3)  Mastery  of  pronunciation  and  intonation  of  the  French  language  through 
use  of  the  phonetic  alphabet  Laboratory  drill  with  recordings  of  leading  phoneticians 

514  Advanced  Grammar  and  Stylistics  (3)  A  conceptual  approach  to  French  grammar  Prin- 
ciples of  French  grammar  and  syntax;  evaluation  of  recent  changes  in  grammar  and  usage. 

515  French  Civilization  (3)  French  civilization  as  reflected  in  its  art,  music,  philosophy,  and 
socio-political  structure 

516  Exercises  de  Style  (3)  A  study  of  French  literary  styles  and  the  language  of  French  lit- 
erary criticism 


Foreign  Languages/73 

520  Rabelais  (3)  Rabelais:  Critical  studies  of  his  life  and  works. 

521  Moliere  (3)  The  plays  of  Moliere;  his  life  and  times.  History  of  comedy  in  France 

522  Voltaire  (3)  Major  works  of  Voltaire.  Analytical  scrutiny  of  his  philosophical  views. 
The  impact  of  Voltaire  on  the  character  of  Western  civilization. 

523  Rousseau  (3)  The  works  of  Rousseau;  their  philosophical  implications  and  stylistic 
character  Analysis  of  the  important  critical  writings  on  Rousseau 

524  Balzac  (3)  The  works  of  Balzac  and  a  review  of  Balzacian  criticism. 

525  Proust  (3)  Reading  and  analysis  of  A  la  recherche  du  temps  perdu.  Survey  of  Proustian 
criticism;  Proust  the  man   His  place  in  the  history  of  the  novel 

530  French  Classical  Tragedy  (3)  The  tragedies  of  Corneille  and  Racine;  the  history  of  trage- 
dy in  France. 

531  The  French  Novel  (Through  the  19th  Century)  (3)  History  of  the  novel  in  France  The 
works  of  the  major  French  novelists  of  the  19th  century:  Hugo,  Stendhal,  Balzac,  Flaubert, 
Zola. 

532  The  20th  Century  French  Novel  (3)  The  French  novel  in  the  20th  century  and  the  philo- 
sophical, social,  and  aesthetic  doctrines  which  helped  to  shape  this  literary  form 

533  French  Lyric  Poetry  (3)  Evolution  of  French  lyric  poetry,  with  stress  on  the  19th  cen- 
tury. Forms,  techniques,  rules  of  French  versification. 

534  The  Contemporary  French  Theater  (3)  Principal  dramatic  works  of  the  20th  century, 
analyzed  against  the  history  of  the  theater  in  France 

540  Medieval  French  Literature  (3)  Selected  literary  masterpieces,  representing  the  various 
medieval  genres:  lyric  poetry,  epic,  romance,  allegory,  fabliaux,  prose  chronicle,  and  drama. 

541  French  Literature  of  the  Renaissance  (3)  Evolution  of  literary  doctrine  in  the  French 
Renaissance.  Influence  of  various  philosophical  and  aesthetic  currents  such  as  Platonism 
and  Petrarchism. 

542  Studies  in  the  17th  Century  (3)  Selected  writers  and  their  works  Development  of  lit- 
erary and  aesthetic  doctrines  of  the  classical  period 

543  Studies  in  the  18th  Century  (3)  Selected  masterpieces  of  the  18th  century.  Evolution  of 
social  and  political  ideas  as  reflected  in  the  literary  activity  of  the  period. 

544  Studies  of  the  19th  Century  (3)  Selected  writers  of  the  19th  century  of  France  An  exam- 
ination of  the  literary  doctrines  which  evolved  through  the  century. 

GERMAN 

Symbol:  CER 

513  Phonetics  (3)  The  sounds,  forms,  and  structure  of  modern  standard  German,  using  re- 
corded materials  and  selected  texts. 

514  Advanced  Grammar  and  Stylistics  (3)  Stylistic  qualities  of  modern  German,  analyzed 
in  selected  texts.  Oral  and  written  drill. 

515  German  Civilization  (3)  Social  structure  of  Germany;  evolution  of  its  institutions;  Ger- 
man achievements  in  the  arts 

520  Age  of  Goethe  (3)  Goethe's  works,  as  well  as  those  of  his  contemporaries.  Critical 
works  dealing  with  his  life  and  writings. 

526  Kafka  (3)  The  works  of  Kafka;  criticism  dealing  with  his  life  and  writings. 

532  The  Novelle  (3)  The  German  short  story  from  Goethe  to  the  present,  including  the  Ger- 
man Feuilleton  and  the  post-World  II  writers 

533  German  Lyric  Poetry  (3)  Major  representative  poets  of  the  19th  and  20th  century. 

534  German  Drama  of  the  19th  Century  (3)  The  works  of  the  major  German  dramatists  of 
the  19th  century. 


74/Foreign  Languages 

535  German  Drama  of  the  20th  Century  (3)  The  works  of  the  major  dramatists  of  the  20th 
century  with  attention  to  expressionism  and  post-World  War  II  dramatists 

543  The  German  Romantics  (3)  Selected  writers  of  the  German  Romantic  period. 

544  19th  Century  German  Realism  (3)  Major  prose  and  poetry  of  German  realists. 

545  The  German  Expressionists  (3)  Major  representative  poets  of  the  expressionistic  move- 
ment. 

LATIN 

Symbol:  LAT 

503  Techniques  of  the  Teaching  of  Latin  (3)  Survey  and  analysis  of  texts  and  other  mate- 
rials for  teaching  Latin.  Recent  methods  for  elementary  and  secondary  levels  Curriculum 
for  the  secondary  level. 

511  Comparative  Grammar  and  Syntax  of  Greek  and  Latin  (3)  The  relation  of  Greek  to 
Latin  within  the  Indo-European  family  of  languages  Survey  of  the  external  histories  of 
Greek  and  Latin  Greek  and  Latin  phonology  and  morphology  with  references  to  principles 
of  syntax 

512  History  of  the  Latin  Language  (3)  Development  of  the  Latin  language  from  the  earliest 
inscriptions  to  the  9th  century  AD,  with  some  consideration  of  the  prehistoric  language  and 
people  of  Rome 

514  Advanced  Latin  Prose  Composition  and  Translation  (3)  Intensive  review  of  Latin  syn- 
tax, with  translation  of  English  passages  into  Latm  and  vice  versa 

515  Seminar  in  Greek  and  Roman  Civilization  (3)  A  study  of  literary  texts  and  archaeologi- 
cal documents  illustrative  of  the  Greek  mind  and/or  Roman  genius 

521  Cicero's  Philosophical  Essays  (3)  Studies  in  the  Somnium  Scipionis,  Tusculan  Disputa- 
tions, De  Nature  Deorum  and  De  Officiis  with  reference  to  Cicero's  political  theory  and  prac- 
tice 

522  Virgil,  Eclogues  and  Georgics  (3)  Studies  in  the  themes  and  methods  of  Virgil's 
Eclogues  and  Ceorg;cs. 

524  Comedies  of  Plautus  (3)  Origins  of  "comedy  of  manners,  "  studies  in  Plautian  comedy 
and  in  its  influence  upon  later  writers  of  comedy 

525  Latin  Metre  and  Verse  (3)  The  formal  structure  and  development  of  Latin  verse  from  its 
beginnings  to  the  20th  century  Illustrative  readings  in  early,  classical,  medieval,  and  mod- 
ern Latin  poetry 

526  Greek  and  Latin  Epic  (3)  The  Greek  epic  from  Homer  to  Apollonius  of  Rhodes  and  the 
Latin  epic  from  NaeviLis  to  Virgil   Readings  from  the  classical  epics 

527  Roman  Historiography  (3)  Selections  from  Sallust,  Caesar,  Livy,  Tacitus,  and 
Suetonius  Origins,  development,  and  influence  of  Roman  historiography 

528  Roman  Satire  (3)  History  of  Roman  satire  and  the  development  of  Lucilian  Satire  A 
comparative  study  of  the  satires  of  Horace,  Persius,  and  luvenal 

529  The  Latin  Novel  (3)  Emergence  and  development  of  the  Latin  novel  Readings  in 
Petronius'  Cena  Tnmalciiionis,  Seneca's  Apocolocyntosis,  the  Pompeian  Inscriptions,  and 
Apuleius'  Metamorphoses. 

530  Medieval  Latin  Literature  (3)  I  atin  poetry  and  prose  from  the  4th  to  the  1 7th  centuries, 
with  emphasis  on  the  acquisition  of  good  reading  knowledge  of  medieval  Latin  in  ditterent 
periods  and  styles 

531  Latin  Epigraphy  (3)  I  atin  inscriptions  from  the  earliest  period  to  the  8th  century  AD  A 
study  of  the  development  of  the  Latin  language 

535  Seminar  in  Interpretation  of  Latin  Literature  (3)  Study  of  various  modern  approaches 
to  Latin  literature  Analysis  of  selected  passages  or  themes  from  selected  authors 


Foreign  Languages/75 

536  Literary  Criticism  in  Antiquity  (3)  Study  of  selected  authors  or  works  with  reference  to 
both  ancient  and  modern  (eg.,  Horace  and  Quintihan)  criticism  and  interpretation. 

SPANISH 

Symbol:  SPA 

510  Advanced  Spanish  Phonetics  (3)  Theoretical  and  practical  approach  to  phonology, 
phonetics,  and  phonetics  transcriptions.  Regional  and  dialectical  variations,  using  Tomas 
Navarro  Tomas'  Manual  de  pronunciacion  espa'nola. 

511  Romance  Philology  (Spanish]  (3)  The  development  of  Old  Spanish  from  Vulgar  Latin 
and  Protoromance,  with  analysis  of  Spanish  phonology,  morphology,  and  syntax  Readings 
in  Old  Spanish 

512  Advanced  Spanish  Grammar  and  Stylistics  (3)  An  informal  rapid  review  of  Spanish 
grammar,  with  emphasis  on  problems  fundamental  to  the  American  classroom.  Exercises  in- 
clude idiomatic  expression,  various  levels  of  style,  and  translation 

513  Advanced  Oral  Spanish  (3)  An  intensive  course  for  teachers  and  professionals  seeking 
improvement  in  oral  Spanish  Emphasis  on  vocabulary  and  idiom  acquisition  via  discus- 
sions, readings,  and  reports. 

514  Spanish  Civilization  (3)  Major  philosophical  and  artistic  contributions  of  the  Hispanic 
world  to  Western  civilization  Spain's  social  and  economic  institutions,  and  the  character  of 
her  people  as  reflected  in  the  arts. 

520  Cervantes  (3)  Life  and  works  of  Miguel  Cervantes  Saavedra:  Novelas  ejemplares,  Ocho 
comedias  y  ocho  entremeses,  La  Numancia,  La  Galatea,  all  of  which  lead  to  study  of  the 
meaning,  philosophy,  and  influence  of  Don  Quixote. 

521  Juan  Ruiz,  Arcipreste  de  Hit  (3)  The  Libro  de  Buen  Amor  as  a  major  work  in  Spain's 
poetic  development 

522  Lope  de  Vega  (3)  The  Spanish  comedia,  viewed  as  an  expression  of  the  Spanish  people. 
The  popular  and  national  elements  of  this  theater  Lope  de  Vegas  as  the  chief  innovator  and 
leading  figure  of  the  first  half  of  the  Golden  Age. 

523  Galdso  (3)  Benito  Perez  Caldos;  his  novels  of  social  reform,  enlightenment,  and  con- 
version 

524  Valera  (3)  Juan  Valera's  psychological  novels,  set  in  19th  century  Andalusia 

525  Unamuno  (3)  The  philosophical  ideas  of  Unamuno  studied  in  his  critical  essays,  plays, 
and  novels 

530  Spanish  Comedia  of  the  Golden  Age  (3)  Survey  of  the  comedia  before  Lope  de  Vega; 
the  contributions  of  Lope  de  Vega;  Tirso  de  Molina  and  Ruiz  de  Alarcon;  the  Baroque  thea- 
ter of  Pedro  Calderon  de  la  Barca 

532  The  Picaresque  Novel  (3)  The  picaresque  noval  as  an  indigenous  creation  of  Spain; 
Lazarillo  de  Tormes,  Guzman  de  Alfarache,  Vida  del  Buscon;  the  picaresque  novel  as  a 
tradition  to  Spain  and  an  influence  in  other  literature 

533  The  Generation  of  1898  (3)  The  revitalizing  forces  which  took  hold  in  the  late  19th  cen- 
tury and  a  study  of  the  works  of  Unamuno,  Azorin,  Menendez  Pidal,  Pio  Baroja,  Valle  In- 
clan,  Benavente,  Martinez  Sierra,  and  Ruben  Dario 

534  Spanish  Lyric  Poetry  (3)  Spanish  lyric  poetry,  with  emphasis  on  early  forms,  the  Renais- 
sance, Itaiianate  forms,  and  the  blossoming  of  lyric  poetry  in  the  19th  and  20th  centuries 

540  Medieval  Spanish  Literature  (3)  The  mester  de  juglaria  and  the  Poema  del  Cid;  early  re- 
lated epics  and  the  mester  de  clerecia;  Spain's  early  historical  chronicles  Beginnings  of  the 
Spanish  theater 

542  Spanish  Romanticism  (3)  The  Spanish  Romantics  and  costumbristas:  Duque  de  Rivas, 
Espronceda,  Gomez  de  Avellaneda,  Becquer,  Larra,  Mesonero  Romanos  The  dramatic 
novels  of  Pardo  Bazan,  Palacio  Valdes,  Clarin,  and  Caldos. 


76/Forelgn  Languages 

543  Contemporary  Spanish  Theater  (3)  The  "Ibsenite"  and  social  dramas  of  the  late  19th 
century  represented  by  the  plays  of  Lopez  de  Ayala,  Jose  Echegaray,  and  Galdos  The  transi- 
tion period  headed  by  Martinez  Sierra  and  the  brothers  Quintero  Spain's  modernistic  drama 
exemplified  by  Federico  Garcia  Lorca  and  Alejandro  Casona 

544  Masterpieces  and  Movements  in  Spanish  Literature  (3)  A  seminar  on  the  development 
of  Spanish  thought  and  artistic  expression  through  selected  masterpieces  of  literature  and 
art 

545  The  Latin  American  Novel  (3)  The  development  of  the  novel  in  Latin  America  The 
colonial  period,  the  period  of  independence,  the  romantic  period;  realism,  modernism, 
criollismo,  and  naturalism. 

546  The  Black  in  Spanish  American  literature  (3)  The  characterization  of  blacks  in  Spanish 
American  literature  and  the  political  and  social  context  of  their  portrayal. 

556  Seminar  I  (3) 

557  Seminar  II  (3) 


Geography  and  Planning 

Mr.  Crassel,  Chairperson  and  Coordinator  of  Graduate  Studies 

PROFESSOR 

George  Langdon,  Ph.D.,  Clark  University 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS 

F.  Robert  Bielski,  M.A.,  University  of  Illinois 
Charles  W.  Grassel,  M.S.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 
Wilham  J.  Rampon,  M.A.,  University  of  Oklahoma 
John  C.  Tachovsky,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Cincinnati 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSOR 

Arlene  C.  Rengert,  M.A.,  The  Ohio  State  University 

The  Department  of  Geography  and  Planning  offers  three  programs.  The  Gradu- 
ate Record  Examination  is  required  for  admission  and  diagnostic  purposes  in  all 
of  these  degree  programs. 

MASTER  OF  ARTS  IN  GEOGRAPHY 

33  Semester  Hours 

1.  Required  Courses  15s.h. 
GEO  500,  503,  505,  581,  and  585 

2.  Thesis  6sh. 
CEO610 

3.  Language  or  Statistics  Os.h. 
Passing  either  a  reading  proficiency  test  in  French,  German,  or 

Spanish,  or  a  course  in  advanced  statistics. 

4.  Elective  Courses  12s.h. 
Selected   under  advisement  from  Geography,  Geology,  Math- 
ematics, Statistics,  or  Computer  Science. 

MASTER  OF  ARTS  IN  SOCIAL  SCIENCE 

Concentration:  Geography 

30  Semester  Hours 

1.  Research  Area  6s.h. 
GEO  500  and  581 

2.  Geography  Electives  9-12  s.h. 
Selected  under  advisement  from  offerings  shown  below. 

3.  Social  Science  Electives  12  s.h. 
Selected  under  advisement  from  at  least  two  departments  of  the 

School  of  Social  and  Behavioral  Sciences. 

4.  Cognate  Electives  0-3  s.h. 
Selected  under  advisement  from  any  school  in  the  college. 

MASTER  OF  EDUCATION  IN  GEOGRAPHY 

34  Semester  Hours 


78/Geography  and  Planning 

1.  Professional  Education  Requirement,  see  page  130  10-12  s.h. 

2.  Geography  Concentration  20-22  s.h. 
Required  Courses  (6  s.h.) 

GEO  500  and  584 
Geography  Electives  (14-16  s.h.) 

A  minimum  of  one  course  from  each  of  the  following  groups: 
Group  1.   Earth  Studies 
G EO  501 ,  502,  503,  504,  and  506 
Group  2.   Cultural  Studies 
GEO  521,  524,  525,  526,  529,  571,  or  572 
Group  3.   Regional  Studies 
GEO  540,  542,  543,  544,  545,  or  546 
Group  4.   Methods,  Techniques,  Seminars,  and  Thesis 
GEO  505,  507,  508,  581,  585,  590,  591  through  594,  or  610 
If  a  candidate  elects  to  write  a  thesis  (GEO  610)  the  credit  pro- 
duced in  the  M.Ed,  program  will  be  3. 

3.  Electives  0-4  s.h. 
Selected  under  advisement  in  either  academic  or  professional- 
education  course  work. 

COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 

Symbol:  GEO 

500  Methods  and  Materials  of  Geographic  Research  (3)  Sources  of  geographic  infor- 
mation and  methods  of  compiling  it  into  reports  and  geographic  writing  An  outline  for 
either  a  thesis  or  a  research  report  is  prepared  Offered  in  fall 

501  Advanced  Geomorphology  (3)  Landform  structures  and  processes  which  brought  them 
about  Interpreting  landforms  in  relation  to  cultural  geography  with  topographic  maps  and 
aerial  photographs 

502  Regional  Geomorphology  of  North  America  (3)  Geological  analysis  of  surface  con- 
figurations of  North  America,  with  emphasis  on  geographical  relationships  to  these  features. 
PREREQ:  introductory  geology  or  geomorphology 

503  General  Climatology  (3)  Metreorological  factors  influencing  climates  of  the  world  and 
their  general  patterns  Survey  of  world  climates 

504  Climatology  of  the  Continents  (3)  The  earth  climates  are  examined  on  a  continental 
basis,  with  emphasis  on  problem  climates  that  deviate  from  the  normal  pattern  Not  to  be 
offered  1978-79 

505  Advanced  Cartography  (3)  Cartographic  methods  and  techniques  Presentation  of 
statistical  data  in  map  form   PREREQ   introductory  cartography  or  consent  of  instructor 

506  Advanced  Physical  Geography  (3)  Basic  aspects  of  physical  geography  in  the  total  geo- 
graphic concept  Not  to  be  offered  1978-79 

507  Advanced  Map  Interpretation  (3)  Designed  to  improve  map-reading  skills  Emphasis  on 
increased  understanding  of  U   S  G   S  quadrangles  and  special-purpose  statistical  maps 

508  Research  Design  and  Analysis  (also  CRJ  508)  (3)  Emphasis  upon  social-research  proc- 
esses: problem  identification:  data  collection  and  use:  application  of  statistical  procedures 
and  computer  techniques:  hypothesis  testing  and  problem  resolution  in  social  planning  and 
decision-making 

521  Suburbanization  and  Land  Development  (3)  Component  systems  and  functional  opera- 
tions of  urban/suburban  communities,  including  ecological  and  demographic  aspects  Em- 
phasis upon  organization,  development,  change,  and  problems  of  communities 

524  Geography  of  Population  (3)  Characteristics  and  distribution  of  world  populations  are 
studied 


Geography  and  Planning/79 

525  Urban  and  Regional  Planning  (3)  Application  of  community-planning  theories  and 
methods  to  designated  urban  and  regional  systems. 

526  Metropolitan  Systems  and  Problems  (3)  Urbanization  processes  and  problems;  urban 
systems  in  the  expanding  metropolitan  and  regional  setting;  present  and  proposed  efforts  to 
solve  urban  problems 

529  Geographic  Influences  in  World  History  (3)  Effect  of  geographic  factors  upon  selected 
movements,  occurrences,  eras,  and  cultural  groups  in  modern  world  history 

540  Geography  of  the  United  States  (3)  A  regional  study  of  the  United  States,  emphasizing 
relationships  between  physical  geography  and  man's  economic  and  political  responses  to 
environmental  circumstances 

542  Geography  of  Canada  (3)  Physical  and  cultural  regionalism  of  Canada  The  natural  re- 
sources; pattern  of  human  occupance  including  agriculture,  industry,  and  transportation. 

543  Geography  of  Mexico  and  Middle  America  (3)  Regional  geography  of  Mexico,  Central 
America  and  the  West  Indies  Political  divisions  and  their  present-day  relations  and  geo- 
graphic conditions  Inter-American  affairs  are  considered. 

544  Geography  of  South  America  (3)  Regional  geography  of  South  America:  its  physical 
base,  settlement,  agriculture,  mining  and  manufacturing  Inter-American  relations  are  con- 
sidered 

545  Geography  of  Europe  (excluding  the  U.  S.  S.  R.)  (3)  Regional  study  of  Europe  Influence 
of  environmental  factors,  such  as  climate,  landforms,  and  soils  on  the  economic,  social,  and 
political  condition  of  European  nations 

546  Geography  of  the  Soviet  Union  (3)  European  and  Asiatic  U  S  S  R  and  its  satellite 
nations  Elements  of  the  environment  and  regional  divisions  in  relation  to  resource  base  and 
economic/political  objectives 

571  Conservation  Workshop  (3)  An  appraisal  of  resource  conservation  and  resource  man- 
agement practices  in  the  context  of  regional  planning 

572  Seminar  in  Resource  Management  (3)  Research  problems  in  resource  management, 
done  on  an  mdividual-student,  or  team-study  basis 

581  Seminar  in  Modern  Philosophy  of  Geography  (3)  Modern  geographic  thought  with  em- 
phasis on  contributions  of  American  geographers  and  their  most  recent  views 

584  Modern  Techniques  of  Teaching  Geography  (3)  Contemporary  methods  and  resources 
for  the  formulation,  organization,  presentation,  and  evaluation  of  geographic  instruction. 

585  Geography  Field  Methods  (3)  An  advanced  field  course  which  includes  urban  and 
land-use  studies  Utilization  of  field  methods,  mapping,  and  data  collection  into  geo- 
graphical reports 

590  Independent  Studies  in  Geography  (1-3)  Research  projects,  reports,  readings  in  geo- 
graphy  PREREQ  approval  of  department  chairperson 

591-594     Area  Field  Studies  (3  s.h.  for  each  study)  A  specific  geographic  region  or  area  is 
selected  for  on-site,  field  study  in  each  course   The  specific  course  number  is  assigned  as 
new  areas  of  study  are  announced  The  series  includes: 
CEO  591  Field  Study  (Local) 
GEO  592  Field  Study  (Puerto  Rico) 
CEO  593  Field  Study  (Europe) 
GEO  594  Field  Study  (Jamaica) 
Offer  in  Summer  only 

610  Thesis  (3  or  6)  A  thesis  is  developed  on  a  research  problem  for  which  the  student  de- 
velops a  theory,  proposition  or  hypothesis,  and  investigates  available  information  on  the 
subject 


Government  and  Politics 

Mr.  Eldredge,  Chairperson  and  Coordinator  of  Graduate  Studies 

PROFESSORS 

Thomas  J.  Brady,  J.D.,  Temple  University 
Clifford  H.  Harding,  Ph.D.,  New  York  University 
Charles  C.  Mayo,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Souttiern  California 
James  S.  Milne,  Ph.D.,  Temple  University 
JohnC.  Shea,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgti 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS 

William  F.  Burns,  M.A.,  Case  Western  Reserve  University 
A.  Wayne  Burton,  M.A.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 
David  S.  Eldredge,  A.M.T.,  Harvard  University 
Lawrence  V.  lacono,  M.Ed.,  Wesf  Chiester  State  College 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSOR 

Robert  J.  Marbach,  Ph.D.,  Temple  University 

The  Department  of  Government  and  Politics  offers  a  Master  of  Arts  in  Social 
Sciences  with  a  concentration  in  political  science.  This  program  is  particularly 
relevant  to  teachers  who  wish  to  strengthen  subject-matter  knowledge  in  more 
than  one  academic  discipline.  This  concentration  is  also  highly  appropriate  for 
persons  active  in  government,  politics  or  industry,  as  well  as  for  those  who  wish 
to  enrich  their  cultural  background. 

Students  choosing  the  political  science  concentration  are  advised  by  the  De- 
partment of  Government  and  Politics.  For  diagnostic  purposes,  a  student  will  be 
asked  to  submit  Graduate  Record  Examination  Scores. 

MASTER  OF  ARTS  IN  SOCIAL  SCIENCE 

Concentration:      Political  Science 
30  Semester  Hours 

1.  Research  Area  5-6  s.h. 
PSC  500  — Methods  and  Materials  of  Research  in  Political  Sci- 
ence is  required  plus  either  PSC  550  — Seminar  in  Political  Sci- 
ence or  PSC  600  —  Research  Report 

2.  Political  Science  Electives  9-12  s.h. 
Selected  under  advisement 

3.  Electives  from  offerings  of  at  least  two  other  12  sh. 
departments  of  School  of  Social  and  Behavioral  Science 

4.  Cognate  area  0-3  s.h. 
Elected  from  any  school  in  the  college 

COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 

Symbol.      PSC 

500  Methods  and  Materials  of  Research  in  Pohtical  Science  (3)  Logic  of  scientific  method- 
ology Research  design  construction  Stress  on  hypothesis  development  and  testing,  data 
collection,  measurement  problems,  theory  application 


Government  and  Politics/81 

502  Workshop  in  Pre-Co!legiate  Political  Science  Education  (3)  Contemporary  research  in 
political  socialization  as  it  pertains  to  education  is  examined  So  are  the  effectiveness  of 
citizenship-political  science  education  and  of  contributions  of  professional  and  curriculum 
associations.  Human  behavior  and  education  as  factors  in  peaceful  and  violent  solutions  of 
future  problems  are  surveyed 

510  Grass  Roots  Politics  and  the  American  Voter  (3)  Crass-roots  campaign  craftsmanship 
Organizing  and  implementing  electoral  politics  and  developing  political  pressure  groups 
locally 

515  Women  in  Politics  (3)  The  role  of  women  in  politics  is  surveyed  Considerations  include 
the  relationship  between  the  sexes  as  it  impacts  politics  May  be  offered  Spring  79 

525  The  American  Presidency  (3)  Analysis  of  the  presidency,  stressing  its  evolution  into  a 
modern  mstitution  and  the  contemporary  behavioral  aspects  of  the  office  Considers  per- 
sonality, power  and  campaign  strategy  in  conjunction  with  presidential  relations  with  the 
Executive  Branch,  Congress,  the  Courts  and  the  media  May  be  offered  Fall  '78 

531  Modern  Political  Theory  (3)  Critical  analysis  of  enduring  political  problems  as  seen  pri- 
marily in  the  writings  of  theorists  from  Machiavelli  to  the  present;  basic  concepts  of  political 
science;  theories  concerning  the  proper  role  of  the  state  in  society, 

532  international  Relations  (3)  Factors  which  motivate  the  actions  of  nations;  machinery 
which  members  of  the  nation-state  system  have  evolved  for  effecting  their  various  policies. 
Methods  of  diplomacy,  international  law,  international  organization. 

533  Congressional  Politics  (3)  The  politics  of  and  the  legislative  process  in  Congress.  In- 
cludes internal  influences  on  Congressional  performance  such  as  rules,  norms  and  behavior 
and  external  influences  including  the  executive  and  interest  groups 

534  American  Political  Parties  (3)  Patterns,  functions  and  history  of  the  American  political 
party  system  at  national,  state  and  local  levels  Theoretical  and  empirical  studies  of 
political  interest  groups,  public  opinion,  voting  behavior  May  be  offered  Fall  '78 

540  American  Constitutional  Law  (3)  Evolution  of  constitutional  law  through  study  of  the 
leading  decisions  of  the  Supreme  Court  and  their  significance  for  the  American  govern- 
mental system 

541  Latin-American  Culture  and  Politics  (3)  Comparative  analysis  of  contemporary  Latin- 
American  systems  Stress  of  political  culture,  decision  making,  ideologies  and  political  proc- 
esses. 

542  Dynamics  of  Public  Opinion  and  Political  Behavior  (3)  The  political  role  and  style  of 
masses  and  elites;  uses  and  abuses  of  polls,  political  socialization,  voting  behavior,  cam- 
paigning and  media  Understanding  individual  opinion  formation  (micro)  and  mass  publics 
(macro) 

544  American  Public  Policy  (also  CRJ  544)  (3)  Survey  of  literature;  examination  of  ap- 
proaches; discussion  of  concepts  and  issues  in  the  field  of  American  politics  and  policy 
processes  May  be  offered  Spring  1979 

548  The  Communist  Powers  (3)  Comparative  study  of  various  Communist  systems,  particu- 
larly the  USSR  and  China  Elite-mass  relationships;  role  of  Marxism-Leninism;  party,  eco- 
nomic and  political  structures  Secondary  attention  to  Eastern  Europe,  Cuba  and  non-ruling 
parties 

549  Politics  of  Bureaucracy  and  Administrative  Behavior  (3)  In-depth  examination  of  the 
fourth  branch  of  government  Impact  of  administrative  apparatus  (bureaucracy)  on  public 
policy  formulation  and  implementation  in  the  United  States. 

550  Seminar  in  Political  Science  (3)  Selected  problems  in  political  science  Subject  an- 
nounced in  advance  of  each  semester  PREREQ:  PSC  500. 

551  The  Politics  of  Non-Western  Areas  (3)  Problems  of  nation-building,  political  partici- 
pation and  elite-mass  relationships  in  the  less  developed  nations  Latin  American,  Asian  or 
African  nations  may  be  stressed  as  a  case  study. 

552  Civil  Liberties  and  Civil  Rights  (3)  Analysis  of  constitutional  rights  and  governmental 


82/Government  and  Politics 

attitudes  with  respect  to  civil  liberties  Emphasis  on  case-study  method  and  role  playing. 

560  The  Politics  of  Revolution  [3-)  Synthesis  of  research,  concepts  and  theories  of  revo- 
lution Stress  on  the  meaning,  causes,  phases  and  ideologies  of  revolution  Contemporary 
movements  emphasized 

590  Independent  Studies  in  Political  Science  (1-3)  Research  projects,  reports  and  readings 
in  political  science  PREREQ:  approval  of  department  chairperson. 

600     Research  Report  (2) 

610     Thesis  (3) 


Health,  Physical  Education, 
and  Recreation 


Dr.  Youmans,  Dean 

Dr.  Cottrell,  Associate  Dean 

Dr.  Norris,  Associate  Dean  of  Graduate  Studies 

Mr.  Funk,  Chairperson,  Department  of  Health 

Dr.  Woods,  Chairperson,  Department  of  Physical  Education 

PROFESSORS 

Norman  A.  Cochran,  Ed.D.,  University  of  Maryland 
Edwin  B.  Cottrell,  Ed.D.,  Pennsylvania  State  University 
Ralph  H.  Kapilian,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois 
Monita  Lank,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Iowa 
John  D.  Lemcke,  Ed.D.,  Temple  University 
John  M.  Lowe,  Jr.,  Ed.D.,  University  of  Toledo 
Edward  N.  Norris,  Ed.D.,  Temple  University 
Neil  A.  Serpico,  Ed.D.,  University  of  Alabama 
Russell  L.  Sturzebecker,  Ed.D.,  Temple  University 
Edwin  L.  Youmans,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Iowa 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS 

David  S.  Charters,  M.Ed.,  Temple  University 

John  L.  DeMillion,  Jr.,  M.Ed.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Phillip    B.    Donley,    M.S.,    Wesf    Virginia    University;    Certificate    in    Physical 

Therapy,  D.  T.  Watson  School  of  Physiatrics 
Joseph  T.  Fisher,  M.S.,  University  of  Illinois 
Walter  E.  Funk,  M.Ed.,  University  of  Delaware 
Melvin  M.  Lorback,  MS,  Pennsylvania  State  University 
John  R.  Steinmetz,  Ed.D.,  Temple  University 
Lloyd  C.  Wilkinson,  M.A.,  Villanova  University 
Richard  B.  Yoder,  M.A.,  Villanova  University 
Ronald  B.  Woods,  Ph.D.,  Temple  University 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSOR 

Phyllis  A  Goetz,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland 


The  School  of  Health,  Physical  Education,  and  Recreation  offers  degree  pro- 
grams leading  to  the  Master  of  Education  or  Master  of  Science  in  Health  or 
Health  and  Physical  Education.  The  Master  of  Education  enriches  academic 
preparation  for  teaching  m  the  public  schools  and/or  first-level  employment  in 
the  various  professions  related  to  health  or  health  and  physical  education.  The 
Master  of  Science  is  designed  primarily  to  meet  individual  needs  of  the  graduate 
student  who  wishes  to  pursue  graduate  work  beyond  the  master's  degree  or  a 
career  in  research.  The  MS  may  also  serve  to  prepare  personnel  for  staff 
positions  in  education,  government,  and  industry. 

A  certification  program  in  Driver  Education  and  Safe  Living  is  also  offered  by 
the  school. 


84/Health,  Physical  Education  and  Recreation 

Communicating  with  the  School 

Communications  regarding  the  graduate  program  in  health  and  physical 
education  should  be  addressed  to  the  Associate  Dean  for  Graduate  Studies, 
School  of  Health  and  Physical  Education,  West  Chester  State  College,  West 
Chester,  Pa.  19380. 

THE  PROFESSOR  RUSSELL  L.  STURZEBECKER  SCHOLARSHIP 

Through  the  generosity  of  Mr.  John  F.  Unruh,  the  Graduate  Division  of  the 
School  of  Health,  Physical  Education,  and  Recreation  awards  $100  each  semester 
to  a  "worthy  and  needy"  graduate  student  in  health  and  physical  education.  The 
award,  donated  by  Mr.  Unruh  who  is  an  alumnus  of  West  Chester  State  College, 
has  been  established  in  honor  of  Professor  Russell  L.  Sturzebecker. 

The  applicant  must  be  working  full-time  in  the  field  of  health  and  physical  edu- 
cation and  must  be  a  part-time  student  at  West  Chester  State  College  who  has 
been  admitted  to  graduate  study  for  the  master's  degree.  For  further  information, 
please  contact  the  Associate  Dean  for  Graduate  Study,  School  of  Health, 
Physical  Education,  and  Recreation. 

THE  GRADUATE  SCHOLARSHIP 

Each  academic  year  the  School  of  Health,  Physical  Education  and  Recreation 
awards  a  graduate  scholarship  derived  from  proceeds  from  the  vending  machines 
in  the  student  lounge  of  the  Health  and  Physical  Education  Center.  It  is  antici- 
pated that  the  yearly  award  will  be  approximately  $300.  Selection  criteria 
include  scholarship,  citizenship  and  character,  leadership,  need,  and  ability  in 
and/or  contribution  to  specific  areas  of  health  or  physical  education.  The 
scholarship  committee  of  the  school  will  make  the  final  selection. 

Further  information  and  application  forms  may  be  obtained  from  the  Asso- 
ciate Dean  for  Graduate  Studies,  School  of  Health,  Physical  Education,  and 
Recreation. 

MASTER  OF  EDUCATION  PROGRAM 

Admission  to  the  M.Ed.  Program.  In  addition  to  meeting  the  basic  requirements 
of  the  college,  given  under  Admissions,  applicants  must  present  a  baccalaureate 
degree  attained  in  the  field  of  health  and  physical  education  or  equivalent 
preparation  in  a  related  field. 

Admission  to  M.Ed.  Degree  Candidacy.  Within  the  15  semester  hours  of  pre- 
candidacy,  health  major  must  complete  HPE  600,  HPE  601  and  HED  622.  Majors 
in  health  and  physical  education  must  complete  any  four  of  HPE  600,  HPE  601, 
HPE  602,  HED  620  or  PED  681 

Requirements  for  the  M.Ed.  Degree 

1 .  Satisfactory  completion  of  one  of  the  curricula  shown  below,  with  an  average 
of  2.75  and  an  average  of  3.00  in  the  respective  major  field. 

2  Satisfactory  performance  on  the  written  and/or  oral  comprehensive 
examinations 

MASTER  OF  SCIENCE  PROGRAM 

Admission  to  the  M.S.  Program.  Applicants  must  meet  the  basic  requirements  of 
the  college,  given  under  Admissions,  and  must  present  a  baccalaureate  degree 
attained    in   their   anticipated    major   area   of   health   or   health   and   physical 


Health,  Physical  Education  and  Recreation/85 

education  or  equivalent  preparation  in  a  related  field.  They  must  also  present  the 
results  of  the  Aptitude  Section  of  the  Graduate  Record  Examination  which  are  to 
be  used  for  diagnostic  and  program  planning  purposes. 

Admission  to  the  M.S.  Degree  Candidacy.  Within  the  15  semester  hours  of  pre- 
candidacy  majors  in  health  must  complete  HPE  600,  HPE  601,  and  HED  622  with 
a  minimum  quality  point  average  for  these  and  all  other  courses  during  pre- 
candidacy  of  3.00.  Majors  in  health  and  physical  education  must  complete  any 
three  of  HPE  600,  HPE  601,  HPE  602  or  PED  681  with  a  minimum  quality  point 
average  for  these  and  all  other  courses  taken  during  pre-candidacy  of  3.00. 

Requirements  for  the  M.S.  Degree 

1.  Satisfactory  completion  of  one  of  the  curricula  shown  below  with  an  overall 
average  of  3.00. 

2.  Oral  defense  of  the  thesis. 

3.  Satisfactory  performance  on  the  written  and/or  oral  comprehensive  exami- 
nations. 

MASTER  OF  EDUCATION  IN  HEALTH 

34  Semester  Hours 

The  M.Ed.  Program  is  composed  of  a  required  area  of  14  semester  hours  which 
includes  HPE  600,  HPE  601,  HPE  606,  HPE  607,  HED  622  and  Educational  Founda- 
tions (EDF  510).  In  addition  there  is  a  selected  required  area  in  which  the  student 
elects  three  courses  (9  semester  hours)  under  advisement  from  among  HED  520, 
HED  521,  HED  522,  HED  523,  HED  620,  HED  621,  HED  623,  and  HED  624.  The  re- 
maining 11  semester  hours  are  free  electives  to  be  taken  under  advisement. 

The  research  project  consists  of  two  semesters  (HPE  606  and  HPE  607)  which 
are  taken  following  the  successful  completion  of  Methods  and  Materials  of 
Research  in  Health,  Physical  Education  and  Recreation  (HPE  600). 

MASTER  OF  SCIENCE  IN  HEALTH 

30  Semester  Hours 

The  MS.  program  is  composed  of  a  required  area  of  14  semester  hours  which 
includes  HPE  600,  HPE  601,  HPE  608,  HPE  610,  and  HED  622.  In  addition  there  is 
a  selected  required  area  in  which  the  student  elects  two  courses  (6  semester 
hours)  under  advisement  from  among  HED  520,  HED  521,  HED  522,  HED  523, 
HED  524,  HED  620,  HED  621,  HED  623  and  HED  624  The  remaining  10  semester 
hours  are  free  electives  to  be  taken  under  advisement. 

Successful  completion  of  Methods  and  Materials  of  Research  in  Health, 
Physical  Education  and  Recreation  (HPE  600)  is  a  prerequisite  for  Thesis  Seminar 
(HPE  608).  The  thesis  proposal  must  be  formally  approved  within  the  Thesis 
Seminar  (HPE  608)  before  the  student  may  register  for  thesis  (HPE  610). 

MASTER  OF  EDUCATION  IN  HEALTH  AND 
PHYSICAL  EDUCATION 

34  Semester  Hours 

The  M.Ed,  program  is  composed  of  a  required  area  of  20  semester  hours, 
including  a  research  project  and  an  elective  area  of  14  hours  planned  under  ad- 
visement. Required  courses  are  Educational  Foundations  (EDF  510)  and  HPE  600, 
601 ,  602,  PE D  681  and  H  E D  620. 

The  research  project  consists  of  two  seminars  (HPE  606  and  607)  which  are- 


86/Health,  Physical  Education  and  Recreation 

taken  following  the  successful  completion  of  Methods  and  Materials  of  Research 
in  Health,  Physical  Education,  and  Recreation  (HPE  600). 

MASTER  OF  SCIENCE  IN  HEALTH  AND  PHYSICAL  EDUCATION 

30  Semester  Hours 

The  Master  of  Science  is  attained  through  successful  completion  of  an  area  of 
concentration,  a  component  of  electives,  and  the  thesis.  Required  for  the  concen- 
tration are  HPE  600,  601,  602  and  PED681.  Before  undertaking  work  on  the  thesis 
(HPE  610)  the  candidate  must  complete  a  thesis  seminar  (HPE  608).  The  elective 
area  is  developed  under  advisement  and  must  include  7-10  credits  produced 
from  the  school's  curriculum  in  either  the  scientific  area  or  the  social  and 
cultural  areas.  The  remaining  3-6  credits  should  be  used  to  fortify  the  student's 
individualized  program,  and,  with  the  permission  of  the  associate  dean  for 
graduate  studies,  may  be  selected  from  related  fields. 

CERTIFICATION  PROGRAM  IN  DRIVER  EDUCATION  AND  SAFE 
LIVING 

(Highway  Safety  and  General  Safety  Education) 
Richard  B.  Yoder,  Coordinator 

A  teacher's  certificate  may  be  extended  to  include  education  for  safe  living 
(highway  safety  and  general  safety  education)  by  completing  12  semester  hours 
of  course  work  in  the  School  of  Health,  Physical  Education  and  Recreation.  Six  of 
these  hours  must  be  met  by  History  and  Philosophy  of  Safety  Education  and 
Principles  of  Accident  Prevention  (PED  660)  and  Seminar  in  the  Four-Phase  Pro- 
gram of  Driver  Education  (PED  561).  The  remaining  two  courses  are  chosen, 
under  advisement  by  the  coordinator,  from  PED  661,  662,  663  and  560. 

COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 

HEALTH  AND  PHYSICAL  EDUCATION 

Symbol:  HPE 

500  Contemporary  Problems  in  Health,  Physical  Education,  and  Recreation  (3)  Problems  in 
teaching  health,  physical  education,  and  recreation;  in-service  aspects,  factors  and  variables 
which  influence  solutions  of  these  problems 

600  Methods  and  Materials  of  Research  in  Health  and  Physical  Education  (2)  Techniques  of 
research  in  education  applied  to  the  field  of  health,  physical  education,  and  recreation 

601  Techniques  of  Measurements  and  Evaluation  in  Health  and  Physical  Education  (3)  Sta- 
tistical and  evaluative  procedures  and  their  application  to  health,  physical  education,  and 
recreation 

602  Historical  and  Philosophical  Bases  for  Health  and  Physical  Education  (3)  Past  and  con- 
temporary philosophies,  principles,  and  objectives  in  health,  physical  education,  and 
recreation,  current  trends 

603  Seminar  in  Professional  Literature  in  Health,  Physical  Education,  and  Recreation  (3) 

Review  of  current  professional  literature  in  the  area  and  its  related  fields  Fmphasis  on  the 
application  of  the  literature  to  teaching  and  research 

604  Administration  and  Supervisory  Practices  in  Health,  Physical  Education,  Recreation, 
and  Athletics  (3)  Nature  of  the  positions  of  directors  or  supervisors  of  physical  education, 
recreation,  and  athletics   lob  specifications,  operational  principles  and  procedures 

605  Curriculum  in  Health  and  Physical  Education  (3)  Trends  in  health  and  physical 
education  curricula  at  the  elementary,  secondary,  and  college  levels   Surveys,  reports,  and 


Health,  Physical  Education  and  Recreation/87 

analyses  of  curriculum  practices. 

606  Research  Project  Seminar  I  (2)  The  M.Ed  candidate  selects  a  problem  for  a  research 
report,  reviews  the  literature,  develops  procedures,  and  collects  appropriate  data.  Students 
are  expected  to  complete  the  first  three  chapters  of  the  research  report  during  Seminar  I, 
and  will  continue  to  register  for  this  course  each  semester  or  summer  session  until  this  re- 
quirement is  met.  They  then  register  for  Seminar  II. 

607  Research  Project  Seminar  II  (1)  M  Ed  candidates  are  expected  to  complete  their 
research  reports  in  this  seminar  (see  HPE  606).  They  continue  to  register  for  the  seminar  until 
the  report  is  completed 

608  Thesis  Seminar  (2)  A  course  for  the  MS  candidate,  who  selects  a  topic,  reviews  the 
literature,  develops  procedures,  and  prepares  a  proposal  acceptable  to  the  thesis  commit- 
tee. Candidates  continue  to  register  for  the  seminar  until  they  have  met  requirements  They 
then  register  for  HPE  610 

609  Independent  Study  and  Special  Projects  (1-3)  Research  projects,  seminar  papers, 
reports  of  special  conferences,  and  reading  in  health  and  physical  education.  PREREQ: 
approval  of  associate  dean  for  graduate  studies. 

610  Thesis  (4)  Undertaken  upon  completion  of  HPE  608  If  the  thesis  is  not  completed  in 
the  first  semester  the  student  must  register  again  and  thereafter  in  608  until  the  thesis  has 
been  accepted  by  the  committee. 

HEALTH  EDUCATION 

Symbol:  HED 

520  Scientific  Bases  for  Health  (3)  Past  and  recent  scientific  developments  in  selected 
physiological  health  problems  Analysis  of  research  findings  which  contribute  to  basic 
content  in  health  education.  The  practical  application  of  these  findings  through  health  be- 
havior. 

521  Sociological  Bases  for  Health  (3)  Past  and  recent  scientific  developments  in  selected 
sociological  health  problems  Analysis  of  research  findings  in  the  areas  of  social  and  mental 
health;  the  place  of  these  findings  in  the  basic  content  in  health  education  and  their 
practical  application  through  group  behavior 

522  Gerontology  (3)  In-depth  study  of  the  mental,  physiological,  emotional  and  social  as- 
pects of  aging  The  role  society  assigns  to  the  aged   Improving  the  lot  of  the  aged 

523  Consumer  Education  (3)  Consumer  related  problems  of  the  individual  and  society 
Consumerism,  cost  and  delivery  of  health  services  and  the  effect  on  individual  and  societal 
health  Consumerism  and  the  law 

525  Elementary  School  Health  Education  (3)  Trends  in  elementary  school  health:  curricular 
approaches  and  emphasis,  teaching  strategies,  motivational  techniques,  resources,  mate- 
rials, issues,  problems  and  evaluations   PREREQ:  background  in  elementary  education 

526  Life  Support  Techniques  (3)  Advanced  methods  in  cardiopulmonary  resuscitation  and 
advances  in  first  aid  techniques  leading  to  American  Heart  Association  certificate  of  "Basic 
Life  Support-CPR"  Current  methods  of  personal  and  group  injury  management 

620  School  Health  Problems  (3)  in-service  training  in  school  health  problems,  using  the 
case  technique  method  and  a  variety  of  materials,  methods,  and  resources 

621  Human  Sexuality  in  a  Changing  Society  (3)  Problems  of  sexual  organs  such  as  dysfunc- 
tion Changing  sexual  attitudes  and  behavior  of  individuals,  families,  and  society 
Commercial  sex,  misinformation,  sex  and  the  law,  population  control  Sex  education  for 
home  and  school 

622  Principles  of  Curriculum  and  Instruction  for  Health  Education  (3)  Alternatives  for  view- 
ing and  reviewing  instructional  programs  Existing  rationales  Conception  of  curricula. 
Developing  effective  curriculum 

623  Addictive    Diseases   (3)    Designed   to   assist    the   student   and    in-service   teacher   in 


88/Health,  Physical  Education  and  Recreation 

developing  knowledge  and  insight  into  the  addictive  diseases  (alcohol,  drugs,  tobacco). 
Utilization  of  resource  personnel. 

PHYSICAL  EDUCATION 

Symbol:  PED 

550  Elementary  Physical  Education  Workshop  (3)  Orientation  for  the  teaching  of  ele- 
mentary physical  education  Principles  and  practices;  appropriate  activities  for  various 
grade  levels. 

551  Elementary  Physical  Education  Recreation  Music  Workshop  (2)  Leading  and  teaching 
rhythmic  activities  and  singing  in  elementary  physical  education  and  recreation  Funda- 
mental level  Instructional  programmed  music  textbook;  piano  and  guitar  chords  Creating 
and  teaching  recreational  and  singing  games 

552  Learning  on  The  Move  (3)  Movement  education  and  perceptual  motor  theory  Activi- 
ties to  guide  children  to  maximal  development  potential. 

560  Seminar  in  Motorcycle  Safety  Education  (3)  Curricular  design,  administration,  and 
operational  techniques  of  motorcycle  safey  programs.  Laboratory  experiences. 

561  Seminar  in  the  Four-Phase  Program  of  Driver  Education  (3)  In-service  experience  for 
driver-education  teachers  in  classroom,  BTW,  multi-car  method,  and  simulation 

570  School  and  Community  Recreation  (3)  Community  recreation  with  emphasis  on  the 
role  of  the  school  in  the  total  program 

571  Outdoor  Education  Workshop  (2)  Principles,  procedures,  and  skills  for  conducting 
outdoor  education  programs  Seminars,  lectures,  field  trips,  and  practical  participation  in 
putdoor  education  skills 

;>77  Summer  Dance  Workshop/Effective  Projection  in  Theater  Dance  (1)  Experience  in 
dance  as  a  performing  art:  lighting,  set  design,  costume  Original  compositions  are  staged. 
The  workshop  combines  various  dance  techniques. 

580  Sports  Psychology  (3)  Behavior  of  individuals  participating  in  play,  games  and  sports. 
Why  people  behave  the  way  they  do  in  athletics  and  physical  activity  Risk-taking  person- 
ality and  behavior  under  stress 

581  Adapted  Physical  Education  (3)  Techniques  for  a  program  of  adapted  physical  edu- 
cation in  the  public  school.  Application  of  activities  to  benefit  the  child  with  a  temporary  or 
permanent  disability 

582  Modern  Principles  of  Athletic  Training  (3)  A  course  for  the  physical  educator  and/or 
coach  Injuries  which  occur  in  class,  practice,  and  game  situations;  preventive  taping  and 
wrapping;  immediate  first-aid  procedures;  relations  with  the  medical  profession 

584  Instrumentation  (2)  Experience  in  measurement  involving  operation  of  laboratory 
equipment  for  research  in  physical  education. 

585  Mechanical  Analysis  of  Motor  Skills  (3)  Fundamental  principles  of  mechanics,  applied 
to  teaching  physical  education  and  athletic  activities 

586  The  Olympic  Games  — Their  influences  on  the  Ancient  and  Contemporary  Worlds  (3) 

Ancient  and  modern  games  and  their  historical  and  cultural  significance  Sociological  and 
political  implications  of  the  modern  games 

650  The  Child  and  Physical  Education  (3)  Contributions  of  physical  education  to  the  child's 
physical,  social,  emotional,  and  intellectual  growth  and  to  his  developmental  needs  and  in- 
terests. The  influences  of  various  activities  on  growth  and  development 

660     History  and  Philosophy  of  Safety  Education  and  Principles  of  Accident  Prevention  (3) 

The  safety  movement  in  the  United  States  and  other  countries  Place  of  safety  education  in 
modern  living,  philosophies  of  safety-education  leaders;  accident  causation  and  prevention; 
their  research  implications  Background  for  administering  school,  civil  defense,  and  emer- 
gency safety  programs. 


Health,  Physical  Education  and  Recreation/89 

661  Contemporary  Practices  and  Program  Evaluation  in  Safety  Education  (3)  current  prac- 
tices, evaluation  of  programs,  and  research  of  current  literature  in  safety  education.  Tech- 
niques for  selecting,  constructing,  and  utilizing  instruments  for  evaluating  safety-education 
programs  Problem-solving  projects 

662  Problems  in  Traffic  and  Driver  Education  (3)  Contemporary  curriculum  and  current 
practices  in  driver  and  traffic  education,  enforcement  of  traffic  laws  and  regulations,  engi- 
neering problems  Problem-solving  projects 

663  Psychology  in  Safety  Education  and  Accident  Prevention  (3)  Effects  of  unconscious  de- 
terminism, habits,  attitudes,  individual  adjustment,  motivation,  and  personality  on  accident 
causation.  Research  implications  explored 

680  Scientific  Principles  of  Coaching  (3)  Recent  trends  in  theories  and  techniques  of  teach- 
ing sports  Mechanical  principles  of  efficient  movement  Research  related  to  competitive 
performance  Specialists  serve  as  guest  panelists 

681  Scientific  Bases  for  Physical  Education  (3)  Scientific  data  related  to  physical  education 
activities  Scientific  approaches  to  motor  learning  and  development  of  skill  PREREQ:  anat- 
omy, physiology,  applied  physiology,  or  equivalents. 

682  Biodynamics  of  Human  Performance  (3)  Physiology  of  the  active,  vital  organism  Sci- 
entific findings  concerning  human  performance,  especially  under  stress  and  accompanying 
physiological  adjustments. 

683  Comparative  Physical  Education  (3)  Comparative  study  of  programs  outside  the  United 
States.  Current  philosophies,  principles,  and  practices. 

684  Sport  and  Society  (3)  Using  a  historical  context,  a  model  of  the  role  of  sports  in  a  varie- 
ty of  societal  environments  will  be  constructed.  Emphasis  will  be  placed  on  the  view  of 
sports  as  a  form  of  human  expression  that  is  reflective  of  the  current  value  structure  or  a  par- 
ticular society. 

SERVICE  COURSES 

The  following  courses  are  open  to  students  in  all  curricula,  with  no  prerequisite  in  health 
and/or  physical  education  required: 

HPE  605;  HED  522,  620;  PED  550,  551,  552,  560,  561,  570,  571,  577,  580,  581,  584,  585;  PED 
650,  660,  661,  662,  663,  680,  682 


History 


Dr.  Carlson,  Chairperson 

Dr.  Stuart,  Coordinator  of  Graduate  Studies 


PROFESSORS 

Robert  E.  Carlson,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
Florence  Joseph  Crowley,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Florida 
Claude  R.  Foster,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 
Frank  Fox,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Delaware 
Clifford  H.  Harding,  Ph.D.,  New  York  University 
Patricia  C.  Johnson,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Rochester 
Donn  C.  Riley,  Ph.D.,  St.  Louis  University 
Harry  G.  Schaick,  Ph.D.,  Clark  University 
Anne  Sessa,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Delaware 
Norbert  C.  Soldon,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Delaware 
Charles  H.  Stuart,  Ph.D.,  Sosfon  Un/vers/fy 
Jane  B.  Swan,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 
John  J.  Turner,  Jr.,  Ph.D.,  Columbia  University 
Robert  J.  Young,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS 

H   James  Burgwyn,  Ph  D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
Raymond  A.  Doyle,  B.S.,  Wesf  Chester  State  College 
Paul  C.  O'Crady,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Delaware 
Harold  E.  Shaffer,  Litt.  M.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
Richard  J.  Webster,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS 

Thomas  J.  Heston,  Ph.D.,  Case  Western  Reserve  University 

W.  Bennett  Peters,  Ph.D.,  University  of  California  at  Santa  Barbara 

The  Department  of  History  offers  three  degrees:  the  Master  of  Arts  in  History; 
the  Master  of  Arts  in  Social  Science  with  a  concentration  in  history;  and,  in  co- 
operation with  the  School  of  Education,  the  Master  of  Education  in  Social 
Science  with  a  concentration  in  history. 

The  Master  of  Arts  degree  in  history  provides  a  sound  foundation  for  study 
leading  to  the  doctorate  in  history  as  well  as  a  background  of  knowledge  for 
teachers  in  secondary  schools  and  institutions  of  higher  learning  and  for  persons 
employed  in  industry  and  government.  Study  for  the  degree  also  enriches  the  cul- 
tural background  of  students  and  helps  them  to  evaluate  present  events  in  light 
of  the  past. 

The  MA.  in  History  may  be  achieved  by  completing  either  a  thesis  or  non- 
thesis  program  The  candidate  in  the  thesis  program  must  pass  a  reading-pro- 
ficiency test  in  either  French  or  German  The  candidate,  with  the  department 
chairperson's  approval,  may  substitute  another  language  or  may  demonstrate 
competency  in  statistics  In  the  non-thesis  program,  the  candidate  does  not  fulfill 
the  language  requirement  but  takes  three  seminars  and  presents  a  research  paper 
in  each 

The  Master  of  Arts  in  Social  Science  is  particularly  relevant  for  teachers  who 
wish  to  strengthen  their  subject-matter  knowledge  in  more  than  one  academic 
discipline.  The  program  is  also  appropriate  for  persons  employed  in  government 


History/91 

or  industry  or  for  those  who  wish  to  enrich  their  cultural  background.  Those  who 
select  history  as  their  concentration  in  this  interdisciplinary  program  are  advised 
by  the  Department  of  History. 

The  Master  of  Education  in  Social  Science  (history  concentration)  provides  in- 
service  teachers  with  additional  professional-education  courses  as  well  as  with 
an  opportunity  to  enlarge  their  understanding  of  the  historical  past. 

In  all  three  programs  the  Graduate  Record  Examinations  (morning  and  after- 
noon) are  required  for  admission  to  degree  candidacy,  which  should  occur  upon 
completion  of  from  12  to  18  semester  hours  of  graduate  work. 

Degree  candidates  must  achieve  at  least  a  raw  score  of  1000  in  the  combined 
verbal  and  advanced  history  portions  of  the  Graduate  Record  Examinations  or  a 
score  of  no  less  than  the  40th  percentile  in  the  advanced  history  portion. 

MASTER  OF  ARTS  IN  HISTORY 

30  Semester  Hours 
THESIS  OPTION 

1.  Major  area  of  concentration  (American  or  European)  12s.h. 
(must  include  two  seminars) 

2.  Minor  area  of  concentration  (either  the  area  not  chosen  6s.h. 
above  or  the  Third  World)(must  include  one  seminar) 

3    HIS   500  (Methods  and  Materials  of  Research)  3s  h 

4.  HIS  691  (Thesis)  6s.h. 

5.  Elective  3s.h. 

NON-THESIS  OPTION 

1.  Major  area  of  concentration  (American  or  European)  18  sh 
(must  include  two  seminars) 

2.  Minor  area  of  concentration  (either  the  area  not  chosen  above  9s.h. 
or  the  Third  World)(must  include  one  seminar) 

3    HIS   500  (Methods  and  Materials  of  Research)  3s  h 

MASTER  OF  ARTS  IN  SOCIAL  SCIENCE 

Concentration:      History 
30  Semester  Hours 

1.  History  courses  (under  advisement)  9  s.h. 

2.  Social  Science  courses  (from  at  least  two  departments  other  12  s.h. 
than  History  in  the  School  of  Social  and  Behavioral  Sciences) 

3    HIS   500  (Methods  and  Materials  of  Research)  3  s.h. 

4.  HIS   650,  651,  or  652  (Seminar)  3  s.h. 

5.  Elective  (from  any  department  in  the  college)  3  s.h. 

MASTER  OF  EDUCATION  IN  SOCIAL  SCIENCE 

Concentration:      History 

34  Semester  Hours 

1     Professional  education  requirements  (see  page  130)  10-12  s.h. 

(School  of  Education) 

2.    History  courses  (under  advisement)  15-18  s.h. 

3    HIS   500  (Methods  and  Materials  of  Research)  3  s.h. 

4.    HIS  650,  651,  or  652  (Seminar)  3  s.h. 


92/History 

5.   Electives  (professional  education  or  academic)  0-4  s.h. 

COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 

See  also  Social  Science  (SSC)  following  History 
Symbol:      HIS 

500  Methods  and  Materials  of  Research  in  History  (3)  Basic  techniques  and  procedures  in 
research;  major  types  of  research  and  methods  for  locating,  evaluating,  and  interpreting  evi- 
dence The  student  develops  a  tentative  outline,  bibliography,  and  summary  of  an  investi- 
gative procedure.  Required  of  all  degree-program  students 

501  Studies  in  the  History  and  Culture  of  South  Asia  (3)  The  Indian  sub-continent's  domi- 
nant political,  cultural,  and  economic  institutions.  Features  which  contribute  to  an  under- 
standing of  modern  India  and  Pakistan 

505  Studies  in  the  History  and  Culture  of  East  Asia  (3)  The  traditional  basis  for  modern 
Chinese,  Japanese,  and  Korean  society  The  interaction  between  European  and  Asian  cul- 
tures and  resulting  changes  in  East  Asia 

509  Contemporary  History  of  the  Middle  East  (3)  Recent  history  of  major  Middle  Eastern 
societies;  Iran  and  the  oil  situation;  Israel  and  the  Palestine  question;  conflicting  cultures. 

511  Studies  in  the  History  and  Culture  of  Emerging  Africa  (3)  Emergence  of  modern  African 
nationalism  against  the  background  of  traditional  African  society  and  the  legacy  of  Euro- 
pean colonialism 

512  Independent  Black  Africa  (3)  The  post-war  experience  of  Sub-Saharan  Africa  viewed  in 
the  light  of  the  end  of  European  colonial  administration  and  the  growth  of  an  independent 
African  society 

515  The  Cultural  and  Intellectual  History  of  Latin  America  (3)  Pre-Columbian  art  and 
thought,  scholasticism,  mercantilism,  the  Great  Debate,  Baroque  architecture  Enlighten- 
ment, conservatism,  liberalism.  Romanticism,  Modernism,  Positivism,  Jose  Enrique  Rodo, 
Aprismo,  Mexican  muralists,  novel  of  social  protest,  existentialism,  and  music  Lineaments 
of  the  Latin-American  mind. 

516  Modern  Mexico  (3)  Mexico  during  the  19th-  and  20th-centuries;  stress  upon  the  dramat- 
ic transformation  of  Mexico  from  backwardness  to  modernity  in  the  short  period  of  a  cen- 
tury and  a  half. 

530  Problems  in  Medieval  Civilization  (3)  Rise  and  fall  of  the  Byzantine  Empire,  conquests 
of  the  Arabs  and  Turks,  the  crusades  for  the  recovery  of  the  Holy  Land;  the  religious  orders 
and  the  universal  aspirations  of  the  Papacy 

531  The  Renaissance  (3)  Political,  social,  and  cultural  transitions  in  Italy  and  Northern  Eu- 
rope, 1350-1550 

532  The  Reformation  (3)  Major  and  minor  Protestant  leaders  and  their  movements;  effects 
on  the  evolving  nation-states;  the  Church  of  Rome's  response;  Wars  of  Religion  and  Treaty 
of  Westphalia;  the  Scientific  Revolution. 

533  Dynastic  Europe:  1648-1789  (3)  The  absolute  dynastic  monarchy  as  best  exemplified  by 
France,  Prussia,  and  Russia;  the  middle  class  challenge  as  typified  by  the  English  experience; 
the  Enlightenment  and  the  New  Science;  capitalism;  colonialism,  and  wars  of  empire. 

534  The  French  Revolution  and  the  Napoleonic  Era:  1789-1815  (3)  Causes  of  the  French 
Revolution,  failure  of  absolutism,  Reign  of  Terror,  the  Directory;  rise  of  Napoleon  Bona- 
parte and  his  contribution  to  the  Revolution;  the  Empire  — its  rise  and  collapse;  Congress  of 
Vienna. 

535  Nationalism  and  Democracy:  1815-1914  (3)  Aftermath  and  effect  of  the  French  Revolu- 
tionary era;  events  brought  on  by  the  growth  of  nationalism  and  democracy;  development  of 
the  industrial  revolution  Roots  of  the  First  World  War 

536  Europe  Since  1914  (3)  Twentieth  century  Europe,  with  emphasis  on  causes  of  World 
War  I;  Europe  between  World  War  I  and  World  War  II;  problems  of  contemporary  Europe. 


History /93 

540  The  Evolution  of  Modern  Russia  (3)  A  cultural  approach  to  the  historical  development 
of  Russia  from  the  foundation  of  Kiev  to  the  Revolution  of  1917.  Emphasis  is  on  Russia's 
political  and  aesthetic  uniqueness 

541  Tudor  and  Stuart  England  (3)  Social,  cultural,  religious,  political,  and  economic  de- 
velopments during  the  Tudor  and  Stuart  reigns;  building  a  strong  Tudor  monarchy;  the  Eng- 
lish Reformation;  Stuart  Absolutism;  Puritan  Revolution,  Civil  War  and  the  Commonwealth; 
the  beginning  of  Empire;  the  Restoration,  Glorious  Revolution,  and  growth  of  English  con- 
stitutionalism 

550  Colonial  America:  1607-1763  (3)  Development  of  the  13  mainland  colonies  of  Anglo- 
America  from  their  settlement  to  mid-18th  century  Emphasis  on  a  conceptual  analysis  of 
specific  events  and  problems 

551  Revolutionary  America:  1763-1789  (3)  American  development  from  the  mid-1 8th  cen- 
tury to  the  framing  of  the  Constitution,  with  emphasis  on  the  causes  of  the  American 
Revolution  and  the  evolution  of  American  institutions  and  ideas  throughout  the  period 

553  The  Rise  of  the  New  Nation:  1789-1850  (3)  A  historiographical  approach  involving 
interpretations  of  the  foundations  and  development  of  the  Federalist  Party,  emergence  of 
Jeffersonian  Democracy,  evolution  of  Jacksonian  Democracy,  and  events  of  the  Middle 
Period  leading  to  the  decade  of  controversy 

554  Civil  War  and  Reconstruction:  1850-1877  (3)  The  War  and  its  aftermath  as  the  great 
watershed  of  United  States  national  history  Emphasis  on  the  conflicting  interpretations  of 
the  causes,  nature,  and  effects  of  the  Civil  War 

555  Emergence  of  Modern  America:  1876-1923  (3)  Rise  of  industry,  labor,  immigration,  and 
new  cultural  patterns;  emergence  of  new  political  alignments,  rise  of  imperialism,  develop- 
ment of  liberalism  and  reform;  America's  struggle  for  neutrality  and  her  participation  in 
World  War  I. 

556  America  Since  1919  (3)  The  impact  of  urbanization  and  industrialization  upon  society, 
politics,  and  economics;  the  problems  of  wars  — declared  and  undeclared  — and  the  various 
policies  for  peace. 

557  Problems  in  American  Constitutional  Development  (3)  Selected  problems  in  the  devel- 
opment of  American  constitutional  government  The  progressive  adaptation  of  the  law  to  a 
changing  social  and  economic  order.  Conflicts  such  as  nationalism  versus  states'  rights  and 
vested  rights  versus  police  power. 

558  Recent  American  Diplomatic  History  (3)  American  foreign  policy  in  Europe,  Asia,  Latin 
America  and  the  Middle  East  from  1945  to  the  present.  Objectives  sought  by  the  United 
States  and  the  political,  military,  economic,  and  social  policies  pursued;  role  of  the  United 
States  in  the  future  of  underdeveloped  countries. 

559  American  Urban  History  (3)  Research  methods  and  approaches  for  studying  the  his- 
tory of  cities  in  America.  Emphasis  on  quantitative  analysis,  including  studies  of  urban  pop- 
ulation, social  mobility,  and  voting  patterns. 

560  American  Labor  Since  1865  (3)  American  laborers  and  labor  organizations  in  the  past 
hundred  years;  industrialization,  immigration,  and  labor;  women,  children,  and  minorities  in 
labor  organizations;  political  parties,  radical  groups,  and  violence  as  factors  in  labor  history; 
economic  conditions  and  labor;  Big  Labor 

561  The  Indian  in  America's  Past  (3)  The  dispossession  of  the  American  Indian;  land  seiz- 
ures, wars,  and  treaties,  cultural  contact,  customs,  mores,  economic  and  religious  life  of  the 
Indian;  assimilation  and  preservation  of  Indian  culture. 

650  Seminar  in  American  History  (3)  Selected  problems  in  American  history  Subject  an- 
nounced in  advance  of  each  semester.  PREREQ:  HIS  500,  two  courses  in  American  history 

651  Seminar  in  European  History  (3)  Selected  problems  in  European  history  Subject  an- 
nounced in  advance  of  each  semester  PREREQ:  HIS   500,  two  courses  in  European  history. 

652  Seminar  in  History  of  the  Non-Western  World  (3)  Selected  problems  in  non-western 
world  history  Subject  announced  in  advance  of  each  semester.  PREREQ:  HIS  500,  two 
courses  in  non-western  world  history. 


94/History 

660  Field  Studies  in  History  (3-6)  A  fully  supervised  learning  experience,  usually  a  tour,  de- 
signed to  expose  students  to  the  culture,  artifacts,  and  research  facilities  of  a  given  country 
or  area 

690  Independent  Studies  in  History  (1-3)  Research  projects,  reports,  and  readings  in  history. 
PREREQ:  approval  of  department  chairperson. 

691  Thesis  (6) 

SOCIAL  SCIENCE 

SSC  502  Methods  and  Materials  for  Teaching  Social  Studies  (3-6)  Current  practices  and 
procedures;  organization  and  planning;  the  use  of  classroom,  library,  and  curriculum  materi- 
als; testing,  measurements,  and  evaluation,  bibliographical  sources  for  both  teachers  and 
students. 

SSC  580  Ethnic  Cultures  Institute  (3)  jointly  sponsored  by  the  Schools  of  Arts  and  Letters 
and  Social  and  Behavioral  Sciences,  the  institute  considers  the  contributions  of  ethnic 
groups  to  the  culture  of  the  United  States  Designated  primarily  for  teachers,  community  ac- 
tion personnel,  and  students  who  wish  to  increase  knowledge  and  skills  for  developing 
meaningful  intergroup  relationships  and  improving  classroom  instruction.  Educators  and. 
community  leaders  take  part. 


Instructional  Media  Education 

Dr.  Weagley,  Chairperson  and  Coordinator  of  Graduate  Studies 

PROFESSORS 

Richard  L.  Strayer,  Ed.D.,  Temple  University 

Richard  P.  Weagley,  Ed.D.,  Pennsylvania  State  University 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS 

David  L.  Redmond,  M.S.,  Syracuse  University 
Joseph  M.  Spiecker,  Ed.D.,  Nova  University 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSOR 

Jay  P.  Steinmetz,  M.Ed.,  West  Chester  State  College 

The  Department  of  Instructional  Media  Education  offers  three  programs  in 
educational  media. 

Master  of  Education 

This  degree  is  offered  to  candidates  who  possess  an  Instructional  Level  I  or  In- 
structional Level  II  certificate,  and  prepares  them  for  positions  as  instructional 
media  coordinators  in  elementary  and  secondary  schools  and  for  instructional 
and  administrative  positions  in  colleges. 

Master  of  Science 

This  is  a  program  designed  for  the  many  fields  outside  education  where  highly 
skilled  personnel  in  instructional  media  are  in  growing  demand.  These  fields  en- 
compass business,  industry,  religious  organizations,  and  government.  Unlike  the 
M.Ed,  program,  the  M.S  program  does  not  require  an  undergraduate  background 
in  teaching;  nor  does  it  lead  to  certification. 

Educational  Media  Specialist  Certification 

Certification,  which  may  be  earned  by  completing  the  Master  of  Education  de- 
gree program,  may  also  be  achieved  with  the  completion  of  24  credits  in  educa- 
tional media  in  a  non-degree  program.  The  certificate  is  valid  for  obtaining  posi- 
tions in  instructional  media  in  the  public  schools  of  Pennsylvania. 

MASTER  OF  EDUCATION 

Students  admitted  to  the  master's  degree  program  are  required  to  submit  scores 
for  the  Graduate  Record  Examination  Aptitude  Test  and/or  the  Miller  Analogies 
Test  during  their  first  session  (fall,  spring,  or  summer)  of  enrollment. 

Admission  to  Degree  Candidacy.  Upon  completion  of  15  semester  hours,  applica- 
tion for  degree  candidacy  may  be  made  by  students  who  meet  the  following  re- 
quirements. 

1 .  A  3.00  average  in  courses  in  educational  media. 

2.  A  2.75  average  in  over-ail  graduate  work. 

3.  Successful  performance  on  the  Graduate  Record  Examination  and/or  the 
Miller  Analogies  Test. 


96/lnstructional  Media  Education 

4.  Satisfactory  performance  on  a  proficiency  examination  in  the  field  of  educa- 
tional media 

The  Comprehensive  Examination.  Admission  to  the  comprehensive  examination 
is  gained  upon  admission  to  degree  candidacy,  completion  of  all  required 
courses  and  28  semester  hours  of  course  work. 

Degree  Requirement.  The  candidate  must  perform  satisfactorily  on  the  compre- 
hensive examination  and  satisfactorily  complete  the  curriculum  shown  below. 

MASTER  OF  EDUCATION  IN  EDUCATIONAL  MEDIA 

34  Semester  Hours 

Required  Courses:  EDF  500  and  EDF  510  — 6  semester  hours 

Area  of  Concentration   Requirments:   EDM   502,   511,   519,   520,   522,   555,   560, 

590  —  23  semester  hours 

Area  of  Concentration  Electives:  3-6  semester  hours  chosen  under  advisement 
from  offerings  in  Instructional  Media 

Free  Electives:  0-2  semester  hours  (under  advisement) 

MASTER  OF  SCIENCE 

Students  admitted  to  this  program  are  required  to  submit  a  score  for  the  Miller 
Analogies  Test  during  the  first  session  of  enrollment. 

Admission  to  Degree  Candidacy.  Before  completion  of  15  semester  hours, 
application  for  degree  candidacy  is  made  by  students  who  meet  the  following  re- 
quirements: 

1.  A  3.00  average  in  course  work. 

2.  Successful  performance  on  the  Miller  Analogies  Test. 

3.  Satisfactory  performance  on  a  proficiency  examination  in  educational 
media. 

4.  Successful  completion  of  a  project  in  the  area  of  concentration. 

The  Comprehensive  Examination.  Admission  to  the  comprehensive  examination 
is  gained  upon  admission  to  degree  candidacy,  completion  of  all  required 
courses,  and  28  semester  hours  of  work. 

Degree  Requirements 

1.  Satisfactory  completion  of  the  Master  of  Science  curriculum  and  an  overall 
average  of  3.00. 

2.  Satisfactory  performance  on  the  written  comprehensive  examination. 

3.  Successful  completion  of  a  project  demonstrating  professionalism  in  the 
candidate's  area  of  concentration. 

MASTER  OF  SCIENCE  IN  EDUCATIONAL  MEDIA 

34  Semester  Hours 

Required  Courses:  EDM  502,  520,  522,  560,  563,  591  -17  semester  hours 

Concentration  Area:  Each  student  must  pursue  a  concentration  of  9  semester 
hours  in  one  of  the  four  following  areas. 

A       Photography  EDM  513,  525,  526,  528 


Instructional  Media  Education/97 

B       Cinematography.  Three  courses  chosen  from  EDM  505,  529,  530,  531 

C.  Television.  EDM  533,  534,  535 

D.  Research  in  Communications.  EDF  500,  RES  520,  EDM  595,  EDM  600 

Electlves:  8  semester  hours  chosen  under  advisement.  The  candidate  is  required 
to  shown  competence  in,  or  to  take  a  course  in  each  of  the  above  three  areas  not 
chosen  for  his  concentration. 

EDUCATIONAL  MEDIA  SPECIALIST  CERTIFICATION 

24  Semester  Hours 

In  order  to  obtain  this  certificate  the  student  must: 

1.  Hold  a  Pennsylvania  certificate  valid  for  teaching  in  the  elementary  or  sec- 
ondary schools. 

2.  Complete  the  state-approved  curriculum,  which  consists  of  EDM  502,  519, 
520,  522,  555,  560,  590,  and  4  semester  hours  of  electives  taken  under  advisement. 

3.  Achieve  an  overall  average  of  2.75  in  the  program. 

4.  Perform  successfully  on  a  final  proficiency  examination. 

COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 

Symbol:  EDM 

501  Orientation  to  Educational  Media  (3)  Survey  of  modern  educational  meuid  with  oppor- 
tunities for  laboratory  activities 

502  Selection  and  Effective  Utilization  of  Educational  Media  (3)  Evaluates  diverse  types  of 
educational  media  and  explores  means  of  integrating  these  media  into  the  instructional 
situation 

505  The  Motion  Picture  in  Education  (3)  History  and  development  of  the  motion  picture, 
with  emphasis  on  educational  motion  pictures  Cinematographic  techniques;  the  impact  of 
35  mm.,  16  mm  ,  and  8  mm  ;  the  single-concept  instructional  film  An  evaluation  of  diverse 
types  of  films  as  they  apply  to  types  of  learning 

508  Instructional  Materials  in  the  Elementary  School  Curriculum  (3)  Practice  in  techniques 
of  using  and  evaluating  communications  media  in  the  classroom  Correlating  audio-visual 
materials  and  techniques  with  the  elementary  program 

511  Programmed  Instruction  (3)  Program  writing  is  stressed  in  this  workshop  type  course 
covering  the  history  and  psychology  of  programmed  instruction.  Trends  in  programmed  in- 
struction; program  evaluation;  programming  techniques   PREREQ:  general  psychology 

513  Producing  Auto-Instructional  Programs  (3)  Techniques  in  the  production  of  slide-tape 
presentations,  audio-tape  presentations,  8  mm.  magnetic  sound  film  lessons,  and  other  self- 
teaching  sequences.  PREREQ:  EDM  511,  525 

519  Library  Science  (3)  Organization  and  administration  of  libraries,  with  emphasis  on  in- 
structional materials.  Selecting,  cataloguing,  and  evaluating  instructional  materials 

520  Designing  Instructional  Materials  (3)  Techniques  of  lettering  and  design  for  display 
and  projection  materials. 

522  Production  of  Non-Projected  and  Projected  Materials  (3)  Basic  local  production  tech- 
niques including  copying,  duplicating,  mounting,  displaying,  and  evaluating  graphics  and 
flat  pictures  Investigates  techniques  for  designing  and  locally  producing  projectuals;  evalu- 
ates commercial  techniques  of  transparency  production   PREREQ;  EDM  520 

524  Advanced  Projectual  Production  (3)  Design  and  production  of  projectuals  using  tech- 
namation,  color  imbibition,  photo-copy,  and  advanced  diazo  techniques.  Investigation  of 
commercial  production  of  transparencies  PREREQ:  EDM  522 


98/lnstructionai  Media  Education 

525  Photography  for  Teachers  (3)  A  basic  laboratory  course  in  the  taking  and  processing  of 
still  pictures 

526  Intermediate  Photography  (3)  A  Workshop  course  for  those  who  have  had  a  basic 
photography  course  or  previous  photographic  experience  This  course  will  stress  an  aesthet- 
ic creative  approach  to  black  and  white  and  color  photography  with  small  format  cameras 
and  will  involve  advanced  techniques  of  exposure,  lighting,  composition,  macrophotog- 
raphy  and  film  and  print  processing. 

528  Advanced  Still  Photography  (3)  Lecture  and  laboratory  experiences  in  the  use  of  large- 
format  cameras   PREREQ:  EDM  525 

529  instructional  Use  of  the  8  mm.  Motion  Picture  Camera  (3)  Prepares  teachers  to  pro- 
duce and/or  guide  students  in  the  production  of  8  mm  films 

530  Cinematography  I  (3)  Scripting  and  shooting  16  mm   motion  pictures 

531  Cinematography  II  (3)  Editing  and  sound  recording  on  16  mm.  films. 
PREREQ:  EDM  530. 

533  Television  in  Education  (3)  Development  of  educational  television  and  the  instruction- 
al use  of  commercial,  educational,  and  closed-circuit  television  in  the  classroom 

534  Instructional  Television  Production  I  (3)  Planning,  writing,  producing,  and  evaluating 
instructional  television  productions  PREREQ:  EDM  533 

535  Instructional  Television  Production  11  (3)  Production  of  telecasts  in  selected  subject 
areas  with  emphasis  on  videotape  recording  PREREQ:  EDM  534. 

555  Learning  Theories  Related  to  Educational  Media  (3)  The  role  of  perception  in  sensory 
experience;  inner  congnitive  processes  in  relation  to  maturation,  goals  and  drives,  types  of 
learning,  and  environment  Psychological  processes  are  related  to  the  learning  resources 
provided  by  educational  media 

560  Organization  and  Administration  of  the  Educational  Media  Program  (3)  The  function 
of  the  school's  educational  media  program;  selection  and  evaluation  of  materials  and  equip- 
ment; unit  costs;  problems  of  developing  and  maintaining  an  efficient  operation  PREREQ: 
1 2  graduate  credits  in  educational  media 

563  Field  Study  in  Educational  Media  (3)  A  scheduled  group  or  individual  tour,  foreign  or 
domestic,  in  which  students  investigate  notable  installations  or  projects  in  educational 
media 

565  Seminar  in  Education  Media  (2)  Explores  current  problems  m  the  use  of  instructional 
media   PREREQ  12  graduate  credits  in  educational  media 

590  Internship  Program  in  Educational  Media  (2)  Practicum  in  supervising  and  implement- 
ing instructional  services   PREREQ  18  credits  in  educational  media 

591  Seminar  in  Research  in  Communications  (2)  Basic  elements  of  communication  theory, 
applied  to  audio-visual  education.  Research  in  audio-visual  communication  is  analyzed. 

595     Independent  Studies  in  Instructional  Media  (1-3) 

600     Research  Report  (2) 


Linguistics 


(Interdepartmental  Area) 

Dr.  Falgie  and  Dr.  Smith,  Program  Coordinators 

LINGUISTrCS  GROUP 

Diane  O.  Casagrande  John  T.  Kelly  Willie  E.  Page,  Jr. 

(Speech  and  Theatre)  (English)  (English) 

W.  Stephen  Croddy  Benjamin  Nunez  Philip  D.  Smith,  Jr. 

(Philosophy)  (Foreign  Languages)  (Foreign  Languages) 

Joseph  Falgie,  Jr. 

(English) 

Although  West  Chester  presently  offers  no  degree  in  linguistics,  students  inter- 
ested in  developing  a  concentration  in  this  area  may  elect  courses  from  the 
following  list.  For  additional  information  consult  one  of  the  coordinators. 

COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 

Symbol:  LIN 

501  Introduction  to  Linguistics  (3)  Basic  concepts  of  language  description,  classification, 
change,  reconstruction,  dialectology,  and  sociolinguistics. 

503  Phonology  and  Morphology  (3)  Phonetics,  phonemics,  morphophonemics,  and  the 
morphological  composition  of  words. 

504  Syntax  (3)  A  comparative  study  of  the  various  modern  approaches  to  the  study  of 
grammar  PREREQ:  LIN  501  or  ENC  575 

505  Transformational  Grammar  (3)  Basic  concepts  of  transformational  theory  and  their 
application  in  teaching  PREREQ:  LIN  501  or  ENG  575. 

506  Meaning  in  Language  (also  PH I  506)  (3)  See  PH I  506 

512  Descriptive  Linguistics  (3)  Analysis  of  the  phonemic,  morphological,  and  syntactic  fea- 
tures of  typologically  divergent  languages.  Procedures  for  eliciting  linguistically  relevant 
data  about  a  language  from  a  native  speaker  PREREQ:  LIN  503. 

515     General  Semantics  (also  SPC  515)  (3)  See  SPC  51 5 

523     Philosophy  of  Language  (also  PHI  523)  (3)  See  PHI  523 

540  Sociolinguistics  (also  SOC  540)  (3)  The  study  of  language  in  its  social  context:  the  eth- 
nography of  communication;  language  and  society,  social  classes,  ethnic  groups,  politics, 
sex,  and  education  PREREQ:  LIN  501  or  permission  of  instructor. 

555  Psycholinguistics  (also  PSY  555)  (3)  An  introduction  to  the  study  of  the  relationships  be- 
tween language  and  thought  Models  of  language,  communication  theory,  and  learning 
theory.  Major  emphasis  on  natural  language  development  and  bilingualism. 

580  Language  and  Culture  (also  ANT  580)  (3)  Language  as  an  aspect  of  culture;  linguistic- 
perceptual-cognitive  categories;  social  and  psychological  aspects  of  language.  PREREQ: 
LIN  501  or  permission  of  instructor. 

590     Independent  Study  (1-3) 


Marine  Science 

Mr.  Ehleiter,  Coordinator  of  Marine  Science 

As  a  charter  member  of  the  Marine  Science  Consortium,  West  Chester  State 
College,  along  with  17  other  colleges  and  universities,  provides  opportunities  for 
field  studies  in  marine  sciences  at  Erie,  Pennsylvania,  and  Wallops  Island,  Vir- 
ginia. Undergraduate  and  graduate  courses  are  given  each  summer  in  five  three- 
week  sessions.  The  consortium  offers  courses  in  navigation,  scuba  diving,  ge- 
ology, biology,  chemistry,  and  physics  as  well  as  research  cruises  on  two  ocean- 
going vessels.  Consult  the  School  of  Sciences  and  Mathematics  about  the  ap- 
plicability of  these  courses  to  degree  programs  within  the  school. 

COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 

Symbol:  MSC 

500  Problems  in  Marine  Science  (3)  The  student  chooses  Option  A  or  Option  B  Option  A: 
enrollment  in  an  approved  400-ievel  course  in  marine  science  and  completion  of  an  ap- 
proved research  project  Option  B;  an  independent  research  project. 

520  Marine  Microbiology  (3)  Sample  collection  and  laboratory  techniques  in  identifica- 
tion of  marine  microorganisms;  physical  nature  of  marine  waters,  their  effect  on  microbial 
populations  PREREQ:  general  microbiology. 

530  Coastal  Sedimentation  (3)  Depositional  environments  Their  processes,  sediments, 
facies.  PREREQ:  introductory  course  in  sedimentation  or  marine  geology,  or  consent  of  in- 
structor. 

540  Environmental  Sciences  Education  (3)  Eield  environmental  education  Emphasis  on 
coastal  zones  Sources,  facilities,  methods,  concepts. 

570  Research  Cruise  (3)  Approximately  one  of  the  three  weeks  is  spent  on  board  the  R.V. 
"Annandale,"  researching  aspects  of  marine  science  including  biology,  geology,  marine  pol- 
lution, waste  disposal 

598  Topics  in  Marine  Science  (1-3)  One-week  survey  of  remote  sensing  techniques  for 
study  of  the  coastal  environment  Seminars  by  NASA  personnel  in  the  ERTS  program.  PRE- 
REQ: one  year  of  physics. 


Mathematical  Sciences 


Mr.  Milliman,  Acting  Chairperson 

Dr.  Mandelbaum,  Coordinator  of  Graduate  Studies 

PROFESSORS 

Richard  G.  Branton,  Ph.D  ,  University  of  Pennsylvania 
Albert  E.  Filano,  Ph.D.,  Pennsylvania  State  University 
Frank  Grosshans,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Chicago 
Sebastian  S.  Koh,  Ph.D.,  University  of  California 
James  E.  L'heureux,  Ph.D.,  Louisiana  State  University 
Eli  M.  Mandelbaum,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 
Michael  Montemuro,  Ed.D.,  Temple  University 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS 

Thomas  Egan,  Ed.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Wesley  E.  Fasnacht,  M.S.,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Buffalo 

John  J.  Kerrigan,  D.Ed.,  Temple  University 

Frank  E.  Milliman,  A.M.,  Columbia  University 

Joseph  G.  Moser,  M.S.,  Purdue  University 

John  W.  Weaver,  Ph.D.,  Johns  Hopkins  University 

Sol  Weiss,  M.A.,  Columbia  University 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS 

James  D.  Fabrey,  Ph.D.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology 
Ronnie  L.  Morgan,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Missouri 

The  Department  of  Mathematical  Sciences  offers  the  Master  of  Arts  degree  with 
options  in  pure  mathematics,  mathematics  education,  and  applied  computer  sci- 
ence. 

The  first  option  is  for  students  interested  in  furthering  their  mathematical 
background  and  provides  the  foundation  for  continued  work  in  mathematics 
leading  to  the  Ph.D.  degree  in  pure  mathematics. 

The  second  option  is  primarily  directed  to  teachers  of  mathematics  who  wish 
to  strengthen  their  background  in  mathematics  and  mathematics  education;  in 
addition  it  provides  the  foundation  for  the  Doctor  of  Arts  or  the  Ph.D.  degree  in 
mathematics  education. 

The  last  option  is  primarily  for  secondary  mathematics  or  science  teachers, 
preparing  them  for  computer  technology  and  its  applications.  Students  with 
backgrounds  other  than  teaching  may  tailor  their  programs  to  satisfy  their  partic- 
ular needs  and  professional  goals. 

The  department  also  cooperates  with  the  School  of  Education  in  offering  the 
Master  of  Education  degree  in  mathematics. 

Admission  to  the  M.A.  Program 

In  addition  to  meeting  the  basic  admission  requirements  of  the  college,  appli- 
cants—prior to  enrollment  — must  schedule  an  interview  with  the  department 
chairperson.  Applicants  must  present  a  minimum  of  30  semester  hours  of  mathe- 
matics including  a  full  treatment  of  calculus  and  at  least  one  advanced  under- 
graduate course  in  modern  algebra  and  one  in  advanced  calculus.  Deficiencies  in 
these  areas  may  be  removed  by  successfully  completing  MAT  512  — Modern  Al- 


102/Mathematical  Sciences 

gebra  and/or  MAT  541  —Advanced  Calculus.  At  the  discretion  of  the  department, 
Graduate  Record  Examinations  may  be  required. 

Admission  to  the  M.Ed.  Program 

In  addition  to  meeting  the  basic  admission  requirements  of  the  college,  appli- 
cants—prior to  enrollment  — must  schedule  an  interview  with  the  department 
chairperson.  Applicants  must  present  a  minimum  of  24  semester  hours  of  mathe- 
matics including  a  full  treatment  of  calculus  and  at  least  one  advanced  under- 
graduate course  in  modern  algebra  or  advanced  calculus.  Deficiencies  in  these 
areas  may  be  removed  by  successfully  completing  MAT  512  — Modern  Algebra  or 
MAT  541  —Advanced  Calculus. 

Requirements  for  The  M.A.  and  M.Ed.  Degrees 

In  addition  to  completing  the  course  requirements  shown  below,  candidates  for 
either  degree  must  pass  a  comprehensive  oral  examination. 

MASTER  OF  ARTS  IN  MATHEMATICS 

30  Semester  Hours 

Core  Courses:  Candidates  in  all  options  are  required  to  take  9  semester  hours  in- 
cluding MAT  515,  545,  and  either  MAT  575  or  an  approved  course  in  statistics  ot 
applied  mathematics. 

Required  Courses  1 2  semester  hours 

A.  Pure  Mathematics  Option:  MAT  516,  535,  546,  575  (or  576  if  575  is  selected  for 
Core). 

B.  Mathematics  Education  Option:  MTE  504,  507,  508,  and  one  of  the  following: 
MTE  505,  551,  or  552. 

C    Applied  Computer  Science  Option:  as  specified  by  student's  graduate  com- 
mittee chairperson  depending  on  student's  background  and  experience. 

Electives  (9  semester  hours):  Chosen  under  advisement  from  the  course  offerings 
below  bearing  the  prefix  MAT  or  STA  except  MAT  503,  51 2,  and  541 . 

Modifications  in  this  program  may  be  made  with  the  approval  of  the  depart- 
ment chairperson. 

MASTER  OF  EDUCATION  IN  MATHEMATICS 

34  Semester  Hours 

The  candidate  must  satisfy  the  requirements  as  outlined  on  page  129 

In  the  area  of  concentration  (20-22  semester  hours)  MAT  515,  545,  MTE  507, 
and  either  MTE  508  or  509  are  required  Electives  (8-10  semester  hours)  are  cho- 
sen under  advisement  from  the  course  offerings  below  bearing  the  prefix  MAT  or 
STA. 

Modifications  in  the  area  of  concentration  may  be  made  with  the  approval  of 
the  department  chairperson. 

COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 
COMPUTER  SCIENCE 

Symbol:  CSC 

501      Introduction  to  Computers  (3)  Prepares  the  student  to  program  and  use  the  computer 


Mathematical  Sciences/103 

for  his  various  needs.  Several  computers  and  programming  languages  are  considered  Pri- 
marily for  non-mathematics  majors. 

505  Introduction  to  Computer  Science  (3)  Introduction  to  the  basic  concepts  of  program- 
ming and  digital  computer  usage  Emphasis  is  on  the  manipulation  of  data  The  student 
solves  many  types  of  computing  problems   PREREQ:  two  years  of  high  school  algebra 

506  Computer  Organization  &  Programming  (3)  Analysis  of  basic  computer  organization 
with  respect  to  programming  An  in-depth  study  of  a  specific  computers  hardware  and  its 
associated  assembly  language  is  made  PREREQ:  CSC  505  (or  consent  of  instructor) 

507  Algorithmic  Languages  I  — Structured  Programming  (3)  The  COBOL  language  is  used 
to  study  the  techniques  of  structuring  a  program  to  assure  program  correctness  Suitable 
business  applications  are  investigated  to  illustrate  the  benefits  and  power  of  well-structured 
programs   PREREQ:  CSC  505  (or  consent  of  instructor  and  equivalent  of  CSC  501) 

508  Algorithmic  Languages  M  (3)  Analysis  and  comparison  of  the  structure  of  several  prob- 
lem oriented  languages,  usually  chosen  from  FORTRAN,  APL,  ALGOL,  OR  PL/I.  Additionally 
one  of  the  following  special  purpose  languages  is  also  investigated:  SNOBOL,  LISP,  SLIP 
PREREQ:  CSC  506  (or  equivalent  or  consent  of  instructor). 

510  Computer  Programming  and  Numerical  Methods  (3)  Algorithmic  methods  The  compu- 
ter is  used  to  solve  a  variety  of  numerical  and  non-numerical  problems  PREREQ:  CSC  501 
(or  equivalent)  and  one  year  of  calculus 

511  Firmware  (3)  Study  of  the  hardware  characteristics  of  general  purpose  digital  comput- 
ers and  related  equipment  with  particular  emphasis  on  microprogramming  PREREQ:  CSC 
508  (or  equivalent) 

521  Data  Base  Management  Systems  (3)  Detailed  study  of  the  characteristics  of  general- 
ized data  management  systems,  including  a  survey  of  some  of  the  systems  in  widespread 
use  Emphasis  is  placed  on  techniques  for  improving  the  interface  between  a  manager  and 
the  information  he  needs  to  make  decisions  through  easy-to-use  generalized  reporting  sys- 
tems  PREREQ:  CSC  508  (or  equivalent) 

525  Systems  Design  (4)  The  student  designs  and  implements  an  information  system  This 
project  involves  the  complete  system  development  cycle:  analysis,  design,  programming 
with  documentation,  implementation  and  follow-up  PREREQ:  CSC  521  approval  by  com- 
puter science  committee  of  a  detailed  pro)ect  proposal 

531  Operating  Systems  (3)  Operating  systems  and  their  user  characteristics  are  studied. 
Maintenance  of  a  complex  operating  system  with  emphasis  on  the  important  trade-offs 
made  in  tuning  the  system  Details  of  core  and  file  management,  system  accounting,  and 
other  user-related  services   PREREQ:  CSC  508  (or  equivalent) 

535  On-Line  Computing  (3)  Design,  implementation,  and  modification  of  information  sys- 
tems in  an  on-line  environment  File  management  systems  and  data  structures  appropriate 
to  real-time  computing  with  particular  emphasis  on  back-up  and  recovery  techniques  PRE- 
REQ: CSC  508  (or  equivalent) 

536  Data  Communications  (3)  Study  of  the  hardware  and  software  characteristics  of  equip- 
ment used  to  provide  communication  between  computers  and  remote  terminals.  PREREQ: 
CSC  508  (or  equivalent). 

541  Compiler  Construction  (3)  Translation,  loading,  and  execution  of  a  higher-level  lan- 
guage Syntax  analysis  of  simple  expressions  and  statements  Organization  of  a  compiler,  in- 
cluding compile-time  and  run-time  symbol  tables,  error  diagnostics,  and  object  code  optimi- 
zation  Design  and  implementation  of  a  simple  compiler  PREREQ:  CSC  508  (or  equivalent). 

550  Computers  in  Education  (3)  The  use  of  the  computer  as  an  aid  to  the  educator  The  stu- 
dent will  receive  "hands-on"  instruction  in  the  use  of  CMI,  CAI,  simulations  and  educational 
administrative  systems  including  scheduling,  financial  accounting,  guidance,  testing,  and  li- 
braries 

561  Simulation  (3)  Computer  simulation  utilizing  logical,  numerical,  and  Monte  Carlo 
modeling  to  represent  systems  Use  of  special  languages  to  simulate  actual  systems  PRE- 
REQ: CSC  501  (or  equivalent),  calculus,  linear  algebra  and  statistics 


104/Mathematical  Sciences 

571  Computer  Graphics  (3)  Construction  and  manipulation  of  prototypes  for  graphical  dis- 
play purposes   PREREQ:  CSC  501  (or  equivalent)  and  calculus  and  linear  algebra 

590  Independent  Project  (1-5)  The  student  designs  and  implements  a  realistic,  fairly  com- 
plex software  system  Project  problems  are  drawn  from  local  industry  and  college  depart- 
ments Each  project  is  supervised  by  a  computer  science  faculty  member  PREREQ;  consent 
of  instructor 

595  Topics  in  Computer  Science  (3)  Topics  announced  at  time  of  offering  PREREQ:  con- 
sent of  instructor 

599  Independent  Study  (1-4)  Student,  in  conjunction  with  professor,  selects  topics  to  be 
studied  in  depth  via  literature  search  and  reading  of  pertinent  articles  PREREQ:  consent  of 
instructor. 

MATHEMATICS 

Symbol:  MAT 

503  History  of  Mathematics  (3)  Development  of  mathematics  from  prehistoric  time  to 
present.  Emphasis  on  changes  in  the  mainstreams  of  mathematical  thought  through  the 
ages 

506  Fundamentals  of  Mathematics  for  Physics  (3)  A  critical  examination  of  mathematics 
from  the  viewpoint  of  its  physical  applications. 

512  Modern  Algebra  (3)  For  students  with  background  deficiencies  in  algebra  Abstract 
mathematical  systems  studied  include  groups,  rings,  and  fields 

513  Linear  Algebra  (3)  Vectors,  vector  spaces,  determinants,  linear  transformations,  ma- 
trices, bilinear  and  quadratic  forms  PREREQ:  MAT  512  (or  equivalent) 

514  Theory  of  Numbers  (3)  Elementary  number  theory  and  selected  topics  in  analytic  num- 
ber theory 

515  Algebra  I  (3)  Elements  of  abstract  algebra.  Croups,  commutative  ring  theory,  modules, 
and  associative  algebras  over  commutative  rings.  PREREQ:  MAT  51 2  (or  equivalent) 

516  Algebra  11  (3)  A  continuation  of  MAT  515  Vector  spaces,  representation  theory,  and 
Galois  theory   PREREQ:  MAT  515 

517  Topics  in  Algebra  (3)  Advanced  algebraic  theories  Homological  algebra,  algebraic  ge- 
ometry, and  algebraic  number  theory  PREREQ:  MAT  516. 

532  Modern  Geometry  (3)  Foundations  of  geometry  Axiomatics  and  the  structure  of  a  geo- 
metric system  Euclidean  geometry  from  the  standpoint  of  the  Euclid  and  Hilbert  postulates 
Certain  topics  in  projective  and  hyperbolic  geometry 

533  Projective  Geometry  (3)  An  algebraic  approach  to  projective  geometry  Invariant 
theory,  projective  spaces,  conies  and  quadratic  forms,  subgeometries  of  real  projective  geo- 
metry 

535  Topology  (3)  Filters,  nets,  separation  axioms,  compactness,  connectedness,  uniform 
spaces 

536  Algebraic  Topology  (3)  Algebraic  topological  invariants  Homotopy  theory;  simplicial, 
singular  and  Cech  homology;  cohomology  theories   PREREQ:  MAT  516,  MAT  535 

541  Advanced  Calculus  (3)  For  students  with  background  deficiencies  in  analysis  Ordinary 
and  uniform  limits;  sequences  of  functions;  the  Riemann  integral. 

543  Topics  in  Differential  Equations  (3)  Advanced  topics  Existence  and  uniqueness 
theorems,  stability  theory,  singular  points,  regular  singular  points,  Sturm  separation 
theorem,  and  the  "method  of  Liapunov  " 

545  Real  Analysis  I  (3)  A  rigorous  study  of  real  valued  functions  of  real  variables  PREREQ: 
MAT  541  (or  equivalent) 

546  Real  Analysis  II  (3)  Continuation  of  MAT  545   PREREQ  MAT  545. 


Mathematical  Sciences/105 

570  Mathematical  Models  in  the  Life,  Physical,  and  Social  Sciences  (3)  Techniques  and  ra- 
tionales of  model  building  Applications  to  the  life,  physical,  and  social  sciences. 

572     Proseminar  (3)  Seminar  in  generating  and  solving  problems  in  mathematics. 

575  Complex  Analysis  I  (3)  A  rigorous  study  of  complex  valued  functions  of  complex  vari- 
ables 

576  Complex  Analysis  II  (3)  Continuation  of  MAT  575  PREREQ:  MAT  575. 

581  Methods  of  Applied  Mathematics  (3)  Vector  analysis,  complex  analysis  Fourier  analy- 
sis, and  Sturm-Liouville  Theory 

583  Operations  Research  and  Applied  Mathematics  (3)  Topics  in  applied  mathematics  Lin- 
ear and  dynamic  programming,  game  theory,  extreme  value  problems,  inventory,  allocation, 
and  queuing  and  search  problems. 

599     Independent  Study  (1-3) 

610     Thesis  (3-6) 

MATHEMATICS  EDUCATION 

Symbol:  MTE 

501  Fundamental  Concepts  of  Mathematics  I  (3)  Selected  topics  which  reflect  the  spirit  of 
the  modern  mathematics  currently  taught  in  the  elementary  school  PREREQ:  a  one-semes- 
ter undergraduate  course  in  modern  mathematics 

502  Fundamental  Concepts  of  Mathematics  11  (3)  Topics  selected  by  mutual  decision  of 
students  and  professor  on  the  basis  of  the  experience  in  MTE  501 .  PREREQ:  MTE  501 

504  Research  in  Mathematics  Education  (3)  Techniques  of  research  m  mathematics  educa- 
tion Analysis  of  types  of  research;  selection  of  a  problem;  formulation  of  a  plan  of  investi- 
gation and  report,  including  statistical  analysis 

505  Research  Techniques  in  Mathematics  Education  (3)  Statistical  principles  in  experimen- 
tal design  General  linear  model  correlation,  regression,  statistical  inference,  analysis  of  var- 
iance, factorial  designs  Critiques  of  current  literature 

507  Current  Trends  in  Teaching  Mathematics  (3)  Philosophy,  techniques,  subject  matter, 
and  effectiveness  of  current  secondary  school  mathematics  courses  examined  against  the 
changing  character  of  American  society  and  technology 

508  Topics  in  Mathematics  Education  (3)  Topics  announced  in  advance  Typical  topics  in- 
clude: teaching  mathematics  to  the  slow  learner,  methods  of  research  in  mathematics  edu- 
cation, mathematics  laboratories,  and  individualized  instruction 

509  Seminar  in  Mathematics  Education  (3)  Topics  depend  upon  student  interest  Student 
presentations  required;  informal  discussion  encouraged  Guests,  including  secondary  school 
principals  and  mathematics  curriculum  coordinators,  frequently  participate 

510  Algebra  for  the  Elementary  Teacher  (3)  An  introduction  to  modern  algebra  Topics  in- 
clude a  comparative  study  of  mathematical  systems  PREREQ:  MTE  501  (or  equivalent) 

530  Geometry  for  the  Elementary  Teacher  (3)  Basic  concepts  in  geometry  Euclidean  geom- 
etry and  postulative  systems  PREREQ  MTE  501  (or  equivalent) 

550  Topics  in  Mathematics  for  Elementary  School  Teachers  (3)  In-depth  coverage  of  topics 
in  mathematics  introduced  in  grades  K-8  Topics  include:  number  theory,  probability,  statis- 
tics, inequalities,  introduction  to  the  computer  Emphasis  among  these  and  inclusion  of  ad- 
ditional topics  depend  upon  student  preparation  and  need  PREREQ  MTE  501  (or  equiva- 
lent) 

551  Mathematics  for  the  Disadvantaged  (3)  Examination  of  current  programs  in  mathemat- 
ics for  the  disadvantaged;  discussion  of  the  pertinent  research  literature;  development  of 
materials  and  techniques  for  teaching  the  disadvantaged 

552  Materials  for  Teaching  Secondary  School  Mathematics  (3)  Examination  of  available 


106/Mathematical  Sciences 

commercial  materials  for  the  teachmg  of  mathematics;  creation  of  new  and  original  mate- 
rials for  specific  mathematical  concepts  and  specific  needs  of  class  members 

553  Teaching  Elementary  School  Mathematics  (3)  In-depth  treatment  of  strategies,  meth- 
ods, and  materials  for  teaching  the  following  concepts  in  an  elementary  classroom:  place 
value;  addition,  subtraction,  multiplication,  and  division  of  whole  numbers;  measurement; 
elementary  number  theory;  geometry;  fractions;  integers   PREREQ:  MTE  501  (or  equivalent). 

554  Current  Trends  in  Teaching  Elementary  School  Mathematics  (3)  History  and  develop- 
ment of  the  modern  elementary  school  mathematics  programs  Theories  and  findings  of  re- 
cent and  contemporary  learning  theorists  are  investigated.  Modern  organizational  strategies 
surveyed  include  team  teaching,  individualized  instruction,  open  space,  etc.  Contemporary 
instructional  strategies  such  as  individualized  learning  systems,  mathematics  laboratories, 
individually  prescribed  instruction,  etc.,  are  studied.  PREREQ:  MTE  501  (or  equivalent). 

555  Modern  Techniques  of  Teaching  Elementary  School  Mathematics  (3)  Methods  of  pre- 
senting the  new  mathematics  curricula  in  the  elementary  grades  Surveys  modern  tech- 
niques such  as  Individualized  Learning  Systems,  mathematics  laboratories,  auto-instruction, 
etc.  PREREQ:  MTE  501  (or  equivalent) 

556  Development  of  Mathematics  Curricula  in  the  Elementary  Grades  (3)  For  the  develop- 
ment of  a  specialty  in  modern  elementary  school  mathematics  education  Curriculum  devel- 
opment techniques;  selection  and  analysis  of  materials;  individualization  of  instructional 
programs,  techniques,  and  media   PREREQ:  MTE  501  (or  equivalent) 

558  Teaching  Mathematics  in  the  Junior  High  School  (3)  Methods  and  materials  for  teach- 
ing the  concepts  of  middle  school  and  junior  high  school  mathematics  Objectives  are  devel- 
oped, and  serve  as  the  basis  for  all  course  work.  Current  textbooks,  achievement  tests,  and 
audio-visual  materials  are  reviewed 

560  Teaching  Algebra  in  the  Secondary  School  (3)  Methods  and  materials  for  teaching  the 
concepts  of  first  and  second  year  algebra.  Emphasis  on  relevant  applications  to  real-life  situ- 
ations. Objectives  as  well  as  criterion-referenced  test  items  are  developed  for  pre-algebra  as 
well  as  for  the  two  algebra  courses.  Current  textbooks  achievement  tests,  and  audio-visual 
materials  on  algebraic  topics  are  reviewed 

562  The  Laboratory  Approach  to  Teaching  Elementary  School  Mathematics  (3)  The  mate- 
rials-oriented approach  to  teaching  elementary  school  mathematics,  including  cuisenaire 
rods,  the  geoboard,  attribute  games,  tangrams,  multibase  blocks  Emphasis  on  learner's  par- 
ticipation in  activities  directly  related  to  mathematics  of  the  elementary  school  Use  of  ma- 
terials extends  to  all  grade  and  ability  levels 

563  Use  of  the  Mathematics  Laboratory  in  the  Secondary  School  (3)  Laboratory  investiga- 
tions and  the  curriculum;  planning  laboratory  investigations;  facilities  for  the  laboratory  ap- 
proach; assessing  the  effectiveness  of  this  approach  with  the  low,  average,  and  high  achiev- 
er in  the  secondary  school 

564  Individualizing  Instruction  in  Secondary  School  Mathematics  (3)  Analysis  of  current 
programs  for  individualizing  instruction  in  secondary  school  mathematics  (IDEA,  PLAN, 
Nova,  Research  for  Better  Schools,  and  Coatesville  Project);  analysis  and  development  of  an 
individualized  instruction  unit  with  performance  objectives,  criterion-referenced  test  items, 
media  orientation,  and  appropriate  tools  for  evaluation 

567  Teaching  Geometry  in  the  Secondary  School  (3)  Methods  and  materials  for  teaching 
the  concepts  of  geometry  in  the  secondary  school  Emphasis  on  the  development  of  relevant 
applications  of  the  concepts  of  geometry  in  real-life  situations 

568  Seminar  for  Secondary  School  Mathematics  Teachers  (3)  Selected  topics  of  current  in- 
terest m  secondary  school  mathematics  for  the  in-service  teacher 

569  Seminar  for  Elementary  School  Mathematics  Teachers  (3)  Selected  topics  of  current  in- 
terest in  elementary  school  mathematics  for  the  in-service  teacher. 

599     Independent  Study  (1-3) 

610     Thesis  (3-6) 


Mathematical  Sciences/107 

STAirSTICS 

Symbol:  STA 

521  Statistics  I  (3)  For  non-mathematics  majors  Emphasis  on  applications  to  education, 
psychology,  and  the  sciences  Distributions,  measures  of  central  tendency  and  variability, 
correlation,  regression  and  hypothesis  testing,  other  topics 

523  Mathematical  Statistics  I  (3)  A  rigorous  treatment  of  probability  spaces  and  an  intro- 
duction to  the  estimation  of  parameters 

524  Mathematical  Statistics  II  (3)  Continuation  of  STA  523  Correlation,  sampling,  tests  of 
significance,  analysis  of  variance,  other  topics.  PREREQ:  STA  523 

525  Probability  (3)  An  advanced  approach  to  the  elements  of  probability  Discrete  and 
continuous  random  variables,  probability  distributions,  sampling  distributions 

599     Independent  Study  (1-3) 


COMPUTER  SCIENCE  (CSC) 

501        Introduction  to  Computers 

550       Computers  in  Education 

MATHEMATICS  EDUCATION  (MTE) 

501  Fundamental  Concepts  of  Mathe- 
matics I 

502  Fundamental  Concepts  of  Mathe- 
matics II 

510       Algebra  for  the  Elementary 

Teacher 
530       Geometry  for  the  Elementary 

Teacher 
550       Topics  in  Mathematics  for 

Elementary  School  Teachers 

553  Teaching  Elementary  School 
Mathematics 

554  Current  Trends  in  Teaching  Ele- 
mentary School  Mathematics 

555  Modern  Techniques  of  Teaching 
Elementary  School  Mathematics 

556  Development  of  Mathematics 
Curricula  in  the  Elementary 
Grades 


SERVICE  COURSES  IN  MATHEMATICAL  SCIENCES 

558 


Teaching  Mathematics  in  the 
Junior  High  School 

559  Mathematical  Logic  and  Prob- 
ability Concepts  for  Secondary 
School  Teachers 

560  Teaching  Algebra  in  the 
Secondary  School 

561  Calculus  for  Teachers  I 

562  The  Laboratory  Approach  to 
Teaching  Elementary  School 
Mathematics 

563  Use  of  the  Mathematics  Labora- 
tory in  the  Secondary  School 

564  Individualizing  Instruction  in 
Secondary  School  Mathematics 

567  Teaching  Geometry  in  the 
Secondary  School 

568  Seminar  for  Secondary  School 
Mathematics  Teachers 

569  Seminar  for  Elementary  School 
Mathematics  Teachers 

STATISTICS  (STA) 
521-2     Statistics  l-ll 


Music 


Charles  A.  Sprenkle,  Dean 

Alexander  Antonowich,  Associate  Dean 

Ira  C.  Singleton,  Associate  Dean  for  Graduate  Studies  and  Research 

Department  of  Music  Education 

Dr.  Carey,  Chairperson 

Professors 

Alexander  Antonowich,  Ed.D.,  Columbia  University 
Margaretta  A.  Carey,  Ed.D.,  Pennsylvania  State  University 
Richard  C.  Merrell,  Ed.D.,  Pennsylvania  State  University 
Ira  C.  Singleton,  Ph.D.,  New  York  University 

C.  Wayne  Stringer,  Ed.D.,  Columbia  University;  Diploma  in  Kodaly,  Danube  Bend 
University 

Associate  Professors 

Carol  Belmain,  MS.,  Ithaca  College 

Assistant  Professors 

John  C.  Collins,  M.A.,  Montclair  State  College 
Sara  M.  Northeimer,  Ed.  M.,  Temple  University 

Department  of  Music  History  and  Literature 

Dr.  Schmidt,  Chairperson 

Professors 

Constantine  Johns,  Ed.D.,  Columbia  University 
Frederick  C.  Pf  lieger^  Ph.D.,  West  Virginia  University 
Liselotte  M.  Schmidt,  Ed.D.,  Columbia  University 
James  R.  Wells,  Ed.D.,  Columbia  University 

Associate  Professor 

Sterling  Murray,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Michigan 

Department  of  Music  Theory  and  Composition 

Dr.  Wright,  Chairperson 

Professors 

Shirley  A.  Munger,  DMA.,  University  of  Southern  California;  Diploma  in  piano, 

Conservatoire  Nationale  de  Musique  (Paris) 
Harry  Wilkinson,  Ph.D.,  Eastman  School  of  Music 
James  J.  Wright,  Ph.D.,  Eastman  School  of  Music 

Associate  Professor 

Charles  D.  Gangemi,  M.A.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 
Sister  M.  Teresine  Haban,  Ph.D.,  Eastman  School  of  Music 
Larry  A.  Nelson,  Ph.D.,  Michigan  State  University 
James  D.  Sullivan,  M.A.,  Eastman  School  of  Music 

Assistant  Professor 

Barbara  Coeyman,  M.A.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Department  of  Instrumental  Music 

Dr.  Barrow,  Chairperson 

Professors 

Edward  A.  Barrow.  Ph.D.,  Wesf  Virginia  University 


Music/109 

Irving  Hersch  Cohen,  Ph.D  ,  New  York  University 

Associate  Professors 

Richard  A   Boerhn,  M.S.,  University  of  Illinois 

Eugene  Klein,  M.M.E.,  Indiana  University 

Kenneth  L.  Laudermilch,  DMA,  Catholic  University  of  America 

H.  Lee  Southall,  M.A.,  Trenton  State  College 

Assistant  Professors 

Terry  E.  Cuidetti,  M.Mus.,  Northwestern  University 

Ted  Hegvik,  M.M.,  University  of  Michigan 

Harrison  C.  Roper,  M.Mus.,  Catholic  University  of  Annerica 

Instructors 

Tyrone  Breuninger,  MM.,  Temple  University 
Joseph  A.  Goebel,  Jr.,  B.S.,  Millersville  State  College 
Sylvia  Moss,  MM.,  Indiana  University 
Emily  T.  Swartley,  M.Mus.,  Temple  University 

Department  of  Keyboard  Music 

Dr.  Veleta,  Chairperson 

Professors 

Robert  E.  Pennington,  Mus.D.,  Northwestern  University 
Robert  Schick,  A. Mus.D.,  Eastman  School  of  Music 
Charles  A.  Sprenkle,  D.Mus.A.,  Peabody  Conservatory  of  Music 
Richard  K.  Veleta,  D.Mus.,  Northwestern  University 

Associate  Professors 

Robert  M.  Bedford,  MS.,  The  juilliard  School 

Helen  Hales,  M  Mus.,  Peabody  Conservatory  of  Music 

Donna  F.  McHugh,  M.Mus  ,  Catholic  University  of  America 

Praxiteles  Pandel,  M.S.,  The  juilliard  School 

Shirley  T.  Pethes,  M.Mus.,  Indiana  University 

Jacques  C.  Voois,  M.Mus.,  Manhattan  School  of  Music 

Naomi  L.  Weiss,  M.S.,  The  Juilliard  School 

W.  Benjamin  Whitten,  M.Mus.,  Peabody  Conservatory  of  Music 

Assistant  Professor 

Marian  Buck-Lew,  DMA.,  West  Virginia  University 

Instructors 

Robert  C   Lucas,  MM,  University  of  Michigan 
Rhonda  Ward,  MM.,  University  of  Texas 

Department  of  Vocal  and  Choral  Music 

Mr.  Sweet,  Chairperson 

Associate  Professors 

Lois  W.  Alt,  M.Mus.,  University  of  Michigan 
W.  Larry  Dorminy,  D.Mus.,  Indiana  University 
Mary  Lou  Frenz,  M.Mus.,  Westminster  Choir  College 
H.  Raymond  Friday,  M.Mus.,  Diploma,  Academy  of  Vocal  Arts 
Emil  M  Markow,  M.A.,  Columbia  University 
Jane  E   Sheppard,  M.Mus.,  Indiana  University 
Roy  D.  Sweet,  M.Mus.,  Eastman  School  of  Music 
Joy  Vandever,  M.Ed.,  West  Chester  State  College 
C.  Alan  Wagner,  M.F.A.,  Carnegie-Mellon  University 

Lois  M.  Williams,  M.A.,  Columbia  University;  Fulbright  Scholar  (Germany  1953- 
1955) 


110/Music 

Assistant  Professor 

Stella  F.  Conaway,  M.Mus.,  The  Philadelphia  Academy  of  Music 

The  School  of  Music  offers  programs  leading  to  the  Master  of  Music  degree 
with  concentrations  in  music  education,  performance,  music  theory,  or  composi- 
tion; and  the  Master  of  Arts  degree  in  history  and  literature  of  music.  Course 
selections  to  meet  degree  requirements  are  made  by  candidates  on  consultation 
with  their  advisors  and  with  due  consideration  of  the  candidate's  goals,  abilities, 
needs,  and  interests. 

Admission  to  Degree  Programs  in  Music 

In  addition  to  meeting  basic  college  requirements,  stated  in  Admissions,  appli- 
cants for  degree  programs  are  considered  on  the  basis  of  academic  record,  inter- 
views, preliminary  tests,  and  auditions.  Prior  to  enrollment: 

All  applicants  must  (1)  possess  appropriate  undergraduate  degrees  and  may  be 
required  to  remedy  not  more  than  12  credits  of  undergraduate  deficiency  if  the 
undergraduate  degree  is  not  in  the  area  of  the  intended  graduate  degree;  (2) 
schedule  interviews  with  the  associate  dean  for  graduate  studies  and  research  of 
the  School  of  Music. 

Performance  applicants:  (1)  schedule  an  interview  with  the  chairperson  of  the 
appropriate  applied  music  department;  (2)  submit  a  repertoire  list;  (3)  demon- 
strate performance  ability  at  an  advanced  level  by  performing  for  an  audition 
committee. 

Theory  and/or  Composition  applicants:  (1)  schedule  an  interview  with  the 
chairperson  of  the  Department  of  Music  Theory  and  Composition; 
(2)  demonstrate  sufficient  pianistic  ability  to  meet  the  demands  of  the  program. 
Composition  applicants  must,  in  addition,  submit  original  works  showing  tech- 
nical facility  in  composition. 

Music  History  and  Literature  applicants:  (1)  schedule  an  interview  with  the 
chairperson  of  the  Department  of  Music  History  and  Literature;  (2)  arrange  for 
the  required  test  in  basic  principles  of  music  history  and  style-critical  analysis. 

Explanation  of  Numbering  System 

Course  numbers  indicate  areas  of  study  in  music  as  follows: 

500-510  Core  Requirements 

511-539  Music  Education 

540-589  Applied  Music 

590-599  Pedagogy 

600-649  Literature  and  History 

650-679  Music  Theory 

680-699  Research 

DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS 

Note: 

Each  degree  candidate  is  individually  responsible  for  satisfying  degree  candi- 
dacy and  graduation  requirements  stated  elsewhere  in  this  catalog,  and  for  meet- 
ing deadline  dates  for  the  May,  August,  or  December  graduation,  as  appropriate. 

MASTER  OF  MUSIC  DEGREE  IN  MUSIC  EDUCATION.  Students  may  choose 


Music/111 

either  the  thesis  program  of  30  semester  hours  or  the  non-thesis  program  of  34 
semester  hours.  Both  programs  require  completion  of  15  credits  in  five  core 
courses:  Music  500,  501,  502,  503,  510.  Additional  course  requirements  are: 

Thesis  program:  3  credits  in  music  education;  3  credits  in  applied  music;  3 
credits  in  music  electives;  6  credits  in  research  (Music  691 ,  692,  699). 
Non-thesis  program:  3  credits  in  music  education,  3  credits  in  applied  music;  6-9 
credits  in  music  electives;  0-3  credits  in  unrestricted  electives;  4  credits  in  re- 
search (Music  691 ,  692,  698). 

MASTER  OF  MUSIC  DEGREE  IN  PERFORMANCE.  All  programs  require  com- 
pletion of  6  credits  in  two  core  courses  (Music  501,  502);  17-19  credits  in  one  of 
the  areas  of  concentration  described  below;  3-4  credits  of  unrestricted  electives; 
2  credits  in  recital  (Music  697). 

Piano  Concentration:  10  credits  in  individual  lessons  at  the  advanced  level. 
Piano  565-569;  6  credits  in  keyboard  literature  chosen  from  Music  601,  602,  603, 
604;  2-3  credits  chosen  from  Music  546,  551,  590. 

Organ  Concentration:  10  credits  in  individual  lessons  at  the  advanced  level. 
Organ  565-69;  6  credits  in  organ  literature;  3  credits  chosen  from  Organ  551, 
Organ  590. 

Voice  Concentration:  10  credits  in  individual  lessons  at  the  advanced  level, 
Voice  565-569;  7-9  credits  chosen  from  Music  546,  554,  555,  556,  557,  591,  605, 
606,  628,  632,  654;  2-3  credits  chosen  from  Music  556  or  557,  606,  632,  654. 

Instrumental  Concentration:  10  credits  in  individual  lessons  at  the  advanced 
level.  Music  565-569;  2  credits  in  ensemble.  Music  546;  5-6  credits  chosen  from 
Music  556  or  557,  592,  593,  600,  607,  608,  609,  650,  651 . 

MASTER  OF  MUSIC  DEGREE  IN  THEORY  OR  COMPOSITION.  Both  programs 
require  completion  of  6  credits  in  two  core  courses  (Music  501,  502);  17-18  credits 
in  one  of  the  areas  of  concentration  described  below;  3-4  credits  of  unrestricted 
electives;  3-4  credits  in  research  (Music  692  and  699,  Thesis,  for  Theory;  Composi- 
tion 699  for  Composition). 

Theory  Concentration:  11  credits  in  required  courses,  including  Music  653,  654, 
one  course  in  advanced  composition  chosen  from  Music  656-658,  663;  6  credits  in 
directed  electives  chosen  from  Music  550,  595,  651,  652,  655,  659,  660. 

Composition  Concentration:  12  credits  in  required  courses.  Music  651,  654, 
656,  657;  5-6  credits  in  directed  electives  chosen  from  Music  595,  652,  653,  655, 
658,  660,  663. 

MASTER  OF  ARTS  DEGREE  IN  MUSIC  HISTORY  AND  LITERATURE.  6  credits 
in  two  core  courses  (Music  501,  502);  9  credits  in  three  courses  offered  by  the  De- 
partment of  Music  History  and  Literature;  7  credits  in  research  and  bibliography 
courses;  8  credits  in  electives  (music  and  related  disciplines). 

COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 

Symbol:  MUS  (unless  otherwise  shown) 

500  Methods  and  Materials  of  Research  (3)  Basic  techniques  and  procedures  Major  types 
of  research  Methods  for  locating,  evaluating,  and  interpreting  evidence  Preparation  of  a  re- 
search outline  Offered  fall,  summer,  1979. 

501  Aspects  of  Musical  Style  I  (3)  Selected  master  works  from  the  Middle  Ages  through  the 


112/Music 

late  18th  century  The  influence  of  these  works  on  musical  thinking,  historical,  and  tech- 
nical. Offered  fall  summer,  1979. 

502  Aspects  of  Musical  Style  II  (3)  Selected  master  works  of  the  19th  and  20th  centuries. 
Offered  spring,  summer,  1979. 

503  Philosophical  Foundations  of  Music  Education  (3)  Historical  and  philosophical  founda- 
tions of  music  education  Application  of  principles  of  education  to  music  Major  emphasis 
on  development  of  a  philosophy  of  the  discipline.  Offered  fall,  1978;  summer,  1979. 

510  Current  Trends  in  Music  Education  (3)  Present  practices  and  emerging  developments  in 
music  education  Offered  spring,  summer,  1979 

511  Vitalizing  Music  in  the  Elementary  School  (3)  Study  of  song  series,  instruments,  and 
materials  in  current  use  in  the  elementary  classroom. 

512  Teaching  Music  Listening  at  the  Elementary  Level  (3)  For  the  elementary  classroom 
and  music  teacher  Teaching  elements  of  music  and  musical  concepts,  and  developing  aes- 
thetic sensitivity  through  listening. 

513  Music  Education  in  the  Elementary  School  (3)  For  the  music  educator  Problems,  proce- 
dures, and  materials  in  the  elementary  school  classroom  PREREQ:  elementary  music  meth- 
ods, teaching  experience. 

514  Music  Education  in  the  Secondary  School  (3)  The  music  curriculum  in  the  secondary 
school.  Emphasis  on  conceptual  learning,  structured  curriculum,  independent  study,  aes- 
thetic experience  and  current  materials  PREREQ;  secondary  school  music  methods,  teach- 
ing experience 

516  Administration  and  Supervision  of  School  Music  (3)  Administrative  problems,  cur- 
ricular  content  and  scheduling,  in-service  training  of  teachers,  and  specialized  supervisory 
techniques  for  the  music  curriculum   PREREQ:  teaching  experience 

517  Psychology  of  Music  (3)  In-depth  study  of  learning  theories  as  related  to  music  educa- 
tion and  the  nature  of  music 

520  Classroom  Materials  for  Music  Programs  (3)  Evaluation  of  the  newest  materials  for 
music  education 

522  Music  in  the  Middle  School  (3)  Review  and  critical  analysis  of  music  education  in  the 
middle  school:  philosophies;  curriculum;  practices;  personnel. 

523  Elementary  Orff  Techniques  (3)  Basic  Orff  melodic  and  rhythmic  techniques  for  the 
elementary  classroom   Emphasis  on  developing  concepts  for  individual  teaching  situations 

525  Elementary  Kodaly  Techniques  (3)  Basic  Kodaly  techniques  Adaptation  of  teaching 
procedures  for  elementary  school:  rhythm;  melody;  movement;  improvisation 

526  Intermediate  Kodaly  Techniques  (3)  Continuation  of  MUS  525.  PREREQ:  MUS  525 

527  Projects  to  Individualize  Music  Classes  (3)  Evaluating  learners  and  prescribing  mean- 
ingful modes  of  instruction  for  individuals  and  small  groups 

529  Instrument  Repairs  (3)  For  instrumental  teachers.  Stresses  proper  instrument  care,  pre- 
ventive maintenance,  adjustments,  and  minor  repairs  possible  with  basic  equipment  and 
minimal  mechanical  skill 

530  Classroom  Guitar  Pedagogy  (3)  Analysis  and  experience  in  pedagogical  approaches  for 
the  music  classroom  teacher  where  guitar  is  part  of  the  music  curriculum.  Exploration  of 
alternative  approaches  used  in  teaching  large  or  small  groups  Performance  at  indicated 
levels  commensurate  with  ability  in  solo  and/or  ensemble 

532  Related-Arts  Pedagogy  in  Music  Education  (3)  Historical  background  of  the  related- 
arts  movement  Principles  of  related-arts  teachmg  related  to  musical  elements,  forms  and 
styles,  with  appropriate  teaching  techniques  at  specified  grade  levels  Materials  for  school 
music  programs:  basal  music  series,  other  texts  and  literature,  resources  in  related  arts. 
Demonstration  lessons  and  unit  planning 

542-45     Concert  Choir,  Concert  Band,  Marching  Band,  Symphonic  Band,  Symphony  Or- 


Music/113 

chestra,  Wind  Ensemble  [l)  (Prefixes:  COB  Band,  COC  Choir,  SB  A  Band.  SYO  Orchestra,  WIN 
Wind  Ensemble) 

Participation  in  preparation  of  programs  for  concert  performance  PREREQ:  previous  per- 
formance in  appropriate  organizations  and/or  admission  by  audition 

546     Ensembles   in   Piano,   Voice,   Woodwinds,   Brass,   Strings,   Percussion,   or   Mixed   (2) 

(Prefixes:  KEN  Keyboard,  VEN  Vocal.  PEN  Percussion.  BEN  Brass.  WEN  Woodwind.  SEN 
String.  MEN  Mixed] 

Study  and  performance  in  selected  ensembles  arranged  to  the  specific  needs  of  the  students. 
PREREQ:  performance  ability 

548-49     Class  Lessons  in  Woodwinds,  Brass,  Percussion,  or  Strings  (2) 

(Prefixes:  BRC  Brass.  STC  Strings.  PEC  Percussion.  WWC  Woodwinds] 
Teaching  techniques  for  each  instrumental  family 

550  Advanced  Keyboard  Harmony  (3)  Use  of  the  piano  as  a  tool  in  the  teaching  of  music 
theory  Includes  chorale  harmonization,  examples  of  the  traditional  sonorities,  contrapuntal 
exercises,  "free  style"  improvisation,  and  use  of  contemporary  techniques 

551  Accompanying  (3)  Principles  and  problems  of  accompanying  Vocal  and  instrumental 
literature  Studio  accompanying  at  all  levels  of  difficulty  PREREQ:  consent  of  instructor. 

552  Vocal  Diction  I  (3)  English,  Italian,  and  Latin  diction  A  laboratory  course  to  establish 
correct  pronunciation  in  singing  The  phonetics  of  these  languages  are  used  in  selected  song 
repertoire 

553  Vocal  Diction  II  (3)  French  and  German  diction  A  laboratory  course,  as  described  in 
MUS  529.  MUS  529  is  not  prerequisite 

554-55  Opera  Workshop  (3)  Techniques  of  producing  musical  plays  Course  study  of  music 
and  acting  only  Preparation  of  roles,  coaching,  conducting  rehearsals  The  workshop  expe- 
rience may  lead  to  a  public  performance  of  the  material  studied 

556-57  Advanced  Conducting  (2)  Study  and  application  of  techniques  Ability  is  developed 
to  read  and  conduct  full  scores  of  major  works  for  large  groups  CCO,  Choral,  ICO,  Instru- 
mental  PREREQ:  undergraduate  conducting. 

558     Master  Classes  in  Piano,  Organ,  Voice,  Woodwinds,  Brass,  Percussion,  or  Strings  (1-2) 
(Prefixes:  MAK  Keyboard.   MAC  Organ.   MAV  Voice.   MAB  Brass.   MAP  Percussion.   MAS 
Strings,  MAW  Woodwinds) 
Discussion  and  performance  of  literature  in  the  student's  current  repertoires 

559-60  Individual  Lessons  at  the  Minor  Level  in  Piano,  Organ,  Voice,  Woodwinas,  Brass, 
Percussion,  or  Strings  (1)  individual  half-hour  lessons  in  all  areas,*  once  weekly  An  elective 
course  for  all  graduate  students 

561-64  Individual  Lessons  at  the  Major  Level  in  Piano,  Organ,  Voice,  Woodwinds,  Brass, 
Percussion,  or  Strings  (1-2)  Individual  half-hour  lessons  in  all  areas  *  Continued  study  in  the 
development  of  repertoire  and  performing  skills  Students  may  be  given  permission  to  regis- 
ter for  two  course  numbers  in  the  same  semester,  earning  the  second  credit  by  doing  addi- 
tional outside  work  and  performing  in  a  recital  PREREQ  completion  of  the  performance 
major  requirements  at  the  undergraduate  level  or  admission  bv  aiidition 

565-69  Individual  Lessons  at  the  Advanced  Level  in  Piano,  Organ,  Voice,  Woodwinds, 
Brass,  Percussion,  or  Strings  (2-4)  Individual  half-hour  lessons  m  all  areas,*  once  weekly  Ad- 
vanced studies  leading  to  a  full-length  recital  at  the  master  s  level  PREREQ:  completion  of 
the  performance  ma|or  requirements  for  the  Bachelor  of  Music  degree  and  or  admission  by 
audition 

590  Piano  Pedagogy  (3)  Principles  and  procedures  of  piano  teaching  at  all  levels  Oppor- 
tunity to  teach  and  prepare  criticism  PREREQ  teaching  experience  or  evidence  of  suffi- 
cient pianistic  background 

591  Vocal  Pedagogy  (3)  Principles  and  techniques  of  teaching  voice  Materials  and  proce- 
dures for  improving  tone  quality  of  the  individual  and  the  choral  group 

"Areas  ot  performance  in  applied  music  piano,  organ,  voice,  tlute.  oboe.  English  horn,  clarinet  bassoon  French  horn, 
saxophone,  trumpet,  trombone,  baritone,  tuba,  violin,  viola,  cello,  bass,  percussion 


114/Music 

592  Marching  Band  Techniques  and  Materials  (3)  Organization,  nnusic  materials  and  pro- 
cedures for  improving  tone  quality  of  the  individual  and  the  choral  group. 

593  Projects  in  String  Pedagogy  (3)  Principles  and  procedures  of  string  teaching.  Problems 
in  teaching  string  classes.  Techniques,  materials,  and  methods.  PREREQ:  teaching 
experience  or  evidence  of  sufficient  background  in  string  performance 

594-595  Pedogogy  of  Music  Theory  l-ll  (3)(3)  Techniques  and  materials  for  teaching  music 
theory  594  is  not  prerequisite  to  595. 

600  Instrumental  Literature  (3)  The  philosophic,  historical,  and  practical  basis  of  instru- 
mental programming  Survey  of  solo,  ensemble,  band,  and  orchestral  literature 

601  Baroque  Keyboard  Literature  (3)  The  Renaissance  through  development  of  variation 
form  and  dance  suite  Emphasis  on  performance  practices,  realizing  ornament  signs  and 
figured  basses;  transferral  to  the  modern  piano;  in-depth  study  of  works  of  Handel,  J.  S 
Bach,  and  D.  Scarlatti.  Some  student  performance  required.  PREREQ:  MUS  224  (Keyboard 
Literature  I)  or  equivalent. 

602  Classical  Piano  Literature  (3)  Literature  for  the  early  piano  (1750-1830)  Origin  and 
development  of  the  sonata;  performance  practices  of  homophonic  style  Music  of  the  sons 
of  Bach,  Haydn,  Mozart,  Beethoven,  and  Schubert.  Sound  and  structure  of  the  early  piano. 
Some  student  performance  required  PREREQ:  MUS  224  (Keyboard  Literature  I)  or  equiva- 
lent 

603  Romantic  Piano  Literature  (3)  Analysis  of  piano  styles  of  Chopin,  Mendelssohn,  Schu- 
mann, Liszt,  Brahms,  Faure,  Mussorgsky,  Tchaikovsky,  Rachmaninoff,  Granados,  Albeniz. 
Performance  practices  The  virtuoso  etude  and  problems  of  technical  execution.  Some 
student  performance  required.  PREREQ:  MUS  225  (Keyboard  Literature  1 1)  or  equivalent 

604  Twentieth  Century  Piano  Literature  (3)  Seminal  works  and  styles  of  this  century  De- 
bussy, Ravel,  Prokofiev,  Hmdemith,  Schoenberg,  Bartok,  American  composers  Some  stu- 
dent performance  required   PREREQ:  MUS  21 3  (Theory  of  Music  IV)  or  equivalent 

605  Vocal  Literature  (3)  Classic  song  literature,  lieder,  and  modern  art  songs.  Illustrated 
through  performance  by  the  instructor  and  members  of  the  class  and  by  scores  and  record- 
ings 

606  Choral  Literature  (3)  Representative  examples  of  choral  music  from  the  various  pe- 
riods. Research  in  a  selected  phase  of  the  literature  required 

607  Woodwind  Literature  (3)  A  comprehensive  evaluation  of  materials  for  solos  and  en- 
sembles through  performance  by  the  instructor  and  members  of  the  class  and  by  use  of 
scores  and  recordings 

608  Brass  Literature  (3)  A  survey  of  solo,  ensemble,  and  orchestral  music  for  brass  instru- 
ments, including  consideration  of  teaching  materials 

609  String  Literature  (3)  Evaluation  of  materials  for  solos  and  ensembles  through  perfor- 
mance by  the  instructor  and  members  of  the  class  and  by  use  of  scores  and  recordings. 

610  African  and  Afro-American  Music  (3)  Folk  music,  spirituals,  work  songs,  field  hollers, 
blues,  ragtime,  jazz,  gospel  songs,  soul  music,  rock  and  roll  Includes  some  art  music  by 
black  composers,  PREREQ  an  introductory  music  course 

622  Music  Criticism  and  Aesthetics  (3)  The  nature  of  music,  includmg  philosophies  of  its 
meaning  Study  of  music  criticism,  past  and  present  Exercises  in  reviewing  concerts  and  re- 
cordings An  elective  course  for  all  students 

623  Bach  and  His  Works  (3)  The  life  of  J  S  Bach,  works  for  organ,  keyboard,  and  other  in- 
struments; cantatas  and  larger  choral  works 

626  History  of  Chamber  Music  (3)  The  history,  forms,  and  changing  styles  and  media  of 
chamber  music  from  the  16th  century  to  the  present.  Principal  composers  are  studied. 

627  History  of  Symphonic  Music  (3)  How  the  symphony  orchestra  developed  from  the  Bar- 
oque Period  to  the  present  in  its  function,  literature,  instrumentation,  and  performance  prac- 
tices 


Music/115 

628  History  of  the  Opera  (3)  The  composers  and  their  major  contributions  to  the  various 
schools  of  opera 

629  History  of  Music  in  the  United  States  (3)  Analysis  of  music  and  musical  trends  in  Amer- 
ica from  the  Pilgrims  to  the  present 

630  Folk  and  Non-Western  Music  (3)  A  study  of  the  music  of  non-Western  cultures  and  of 
Western  folk  music,  along  with  an  introduction  to  ethnomusicology  and  its  research  tech- 
niques. 

631  Music  of  the  Medieval  Period  (3)  Development  of  plainsong  and  secular  monody  and 
beginnings  and  early  history  of  polyphony  to  the  14th  century  Consideration  of  contempo- 
rary trends  in  the  visual  arts,  history,  and  literature. 

632  Music  of  the  Renaissance  Period  (3)  Sacred  and  secular  music  in  the  Age  of  Dufay; 
changing  forms  and  styles  through  the  music  of  the  Franco-Flemish  Croups;  the  frottola  and 
related  forms;  Palestrina  and  his  contemporaries  Brief  consideration  of  contemporary 
trends  in  the  visual  arts,  history,  and  literature 

633  Music  of  the  Baroque  Period  (3)  Styles  and  forms  of  Baroque  repertoire;  contributions 
of  the  major  composers;  role  of  music  and  musicians  in  the  society  of  the  period 

634  The  Classical  Age  in  Music  (3)  Changing  styles  and  forms  in:  the  sons  of  J  S  Bach;  the 
Viennese  pre-classicists;  the  Mannheim  School;  opera;  Joseph  and  Michael  Haydn,  Mozart, 
and  their  contemporaries;  and  the  early  works  of  Beethoven. 

635  Music  in  the  Romantic  Era  (3)  Flistorical  developments  during  the  Romantic  Period 
(circa  1800-1900)  Analysis  of  changes  and  trends;  comparative  aspects  of  new  forms 

636  Contemporary  Music  (3)  Chronological  survey  of  20th-century  music  Development  of 
styles.  Technical  aspects  of  changes  occurring  in  melody,  rhythm,  orchestration,  texture, 
tonality,  and  form. 

637  Problems  in  Performance  Practices  (3)  History  and  analysis  of  special  problems  in 
realization  and  performance  of  music  from  the  Middle  Ages  to  the  present. 

650  Advanced  Band  Arranging  (3)  Emphasis  on  arranging  for  school  bands  Consideration 
given  to  bands  with  inexperienced  performers  and  limited  instrumentation  PREREQ:  teach- 
ing experience  and  a  knowledge  of  orchestration. 

651  Advanced  Orchestration  (3)  Original  composition  or  arrangement  for  orchestra. 
PREREQ:  a  knowledge  of  the  instruments  of  the  orchestra  and  experience  in  their  use. 

652  Advanced  Musical  Form  (3)  A  detailed  study  of  musical  form,  with  emphasis  on 
modifications  of  sonata  form;  vocal  and  instrumental  forms  of  Baroque  music;  and  forms 
which  are  unique 

653  Advanced  Counterpoint  (3)  Tonal  counterpoint.  Invention,  canon,  chorale  forms, 
invertible  counterpoint,  and  fugue  PREREQ:  Counterpoint  I  at  the  undergraduate  level 

654  Modal  Counterpoint  I  (3)  Use  of  modes,  musica  ficta,  and  cadences,  in  16th-century 
music  Experience  in  imitation  in  two  parts,  using  all  note  values;  double  counterpoint; 
pronunciation  and  setting  of  Latin  texts. 

655  Modal  Counterpoint  II  (3)  Continuation  of  MUS  654  Writing  in  three  and  more  voices. 
PREREQ:  MUS  654 

656-68  Advanced  Composition  (3)  Free  composition  in  larger  forms  for  ensembles,  solo 
voice  and  chorus,  chamber  groups,  and  orchestra  PREREQ:  MUS  213  (Theory  of  Music  IV) 
or  equivalent. 

660  Electronic  Music  (3)  Materials  and  techniques  of  electronic  music  and  their  use  in 
composition  Laboratory  experience  in  the  composition  of  electronic  music  PREREQ:  MUS 
412  (Composition  I)  or  equivalent 

661  Jazz  Practices  (3)  jazz  history,  writing,  and  performance.  Survey  of  basic  jazz  litera- 
ture; fundamental  techniques  in  arranging  and  improvising  PREREQ:  MUS  213  (Theory  of 
Music  IV)  or  equivalent 

662  Serialism  and  Atonality  (3)  Compositional   procedures  and  theoretical   concepts  in^ 


116/Music 

atonal  and  serial  works  of  Schoenberg,  Berg,  Webern,  Bartok,  Stravinsky,  and  more  recent 
composers.  PREREQ:  MUS  21 3  (Theory  of  Music  IV)  or  equivalent 

663  Seminar  in  Music  Theory  (2)  Intensive  work  in  selected  areas  of  music  theory.  Guid- 
ance in  individual  projects  leading  to  significant  current  developments  in  theory  PREREQ: 
permission  of  the  chairperson  of  the  Department  of  Theory  and  Composition 

664  Performance  Practices  in  Contemporary  Music  (1)  A  course  (1)  in  which  the  partici- 
pants will  study  technical  problems  of  understanding  new  notation  (eg  graphic  scores,  pro- 
portional scores,  multiphonics,  microtones,  metric  modulation,  asymetrical  rhythm  group- 
ings, prose  scores,  etc.)  and  will  develop  a  reasonable  facility  in  performing  scores  which  in- 
clude these  techniques  (2)  which  will  provide  an  ensemble  for  which  composition  students 
may  compose,  and  (3)  which  will  establish  an  ensemble  which  may  publicly  perform  new 
music. 

680  Special  Subjects  Seminar  (1-3)  Significant  topics  presented  by  faculty  members  or  visit- 
ing lecturers.  Designed  to  meet  specific  needs  of  the  seminar  group. 

681-83  Independent  Study  in  Music  (1)(2)(3)  Individual  research  under  the  guidance  of  a 
faculty  member  PREREQ:  permission  of  instructor 

690  Introduction  to  Research  in  Music  History  (3)  Bibliographical  materials  and  research 
methods  Ability  to  read  at  least  one  foreign  language  required 

691-92  Research  Seminar  in  Music  (2)  (1)  A  research  proposal  with  supporting  procedures  is 
developed.  Guidance  in  individual  research  topics,  with  tutorial  assistance  in  form  and  style 
of  research  writing. 

696  Recital  (1)  A  shared  (half)  recital  open  to  candidates  for  the  Master  of  Music  degree 
(Music  Education  concentration).  In  lieu  of  research  report.  Program  notes  required. 
PREREQ:  approval  by  committee  examination. 

697  Recital  (2)  A  full  public  recital,  demonstrating  an  understanding  of  various  perfor- 
mance styles  and  ability  to  perform  literature  from  several  periods  Required  of  candidates 
for  the  Master  of  Music  in  applied  music  PREREQ:  approval  by  committee  examination. 

698  Research  Report  (1) 

COM  699  Musical  Composition  (3)  An  advanced  composition  of  significant  proportion, 
demonstrating  skill  in  creative  writing  for  a  chosen  medium 

699  Thesis  in  Music  Education,  Theory,  or  History  and  Literature  (3) 


Philosophy 


Dr.  Claghorn,  Chairperson  and  Qoordinator  of  Graduate  Studies 

PROFESSORS 

George  S.  Claghorn,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 
Walter  J.  Hippie,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Chicago 
Thomas  W.  Piatt,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 
Stanley  Riukas,  Ph.D.,  New  York  University 
Frederick  R.  Struckmeyer,  Ph.D.,  Boston  University 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS 

W.  Stephen  Croddy,  Ph.D.,  Brown  University 
Paul  A.  Streveler,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin 

The  Department  of  Philosophy  offers  a  program  leading  to  the  Master  of  Arts 
in  Philosophy.  This  degree  will  serve  as  a  foundation  for  studies  leading  to  a 
Ph.D.  in  Philosophy  or  prepare  one  for  positions  in  industry,  government,  or  col- 
lege teaching. 

Admission  to  the  Program 

In  addition  to  meeting  general  requirements  for  admission  to  a  degree  pro- 
gram at  West  Chester,  applicants  must  present  a  minimum  of  12  hours  of  under- 
graduate philosophy,  including  courses  in  history  of  ancient  philosophy,  history 
of  modern  philosophy,  ethics,  and  logic. 

Foreign  Language  Requirement 

Candidates  for  the  MA.  must  demonstrate  a  reading  proficiency  in  French, 
German,  or  Spanish. 

Final  Examination  Requirement 

A  comprehensive,  written  final  examination  is  required.  This  will  cover  four 
fields;  (1)  Metaphysics;  (2)  any  two  from:  Logic,  Ethics,  Aesthetics,  Philosophy  of 
Language,  Philosophy  of  Science,  or  American  Philosophy;  and  (3)  any  one  from: 
Plato,  Aquinas,  Kant,  or  Wittgenstein 

MASTER  OF  ARTS  IN  PHILOSOPHY 

30  Semester  Hours 

All  candidates  are  required  to  take  PHI  511  and  a  seminar  selected  from  PHI 
640,  641,  642,  or  643.  Beyond  these  requirements  the  student  has  the  choice  of  a 
thesis  or  non-thesis  program. 

The  thesis  program  requires  9-12  semester  hours  in  philosophy;  3-6  semester 
hours  of  electives,  chosen  from  philosophy  or  related  courses;  and  the  thesis  (PHI 
610)  for  6  semester  hours. 

The  non-thesis  program  specifies  15-18  semester  hours  in  the  philosophy  con- 
centration and  3-6  semester  hours  of  electives  (philosophy  or  related) 


118/Philosophy 

COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 

Symbol:  PHI 

506  Meaning  in  Language  (also  LIN  506)  (3)  A  discussion  of  topics  having  to  do  with  mean- 
ing in  everyday  oral  communication. 

510  Existentialism  (3)  Background  and  themes  of  current  existentialism,  as  reflected  in 
Kierkegaard,  Jaspers,  Marcel,  Heidegger,  and  Sartre.  Evaluation  of  existentialism  and  its  im- 
pact on  contemporary  literature,  drama,  art,  and  society. 

511  Philosophic  Concepts  (3)  Basic  concepts  of  the  philosophic  enterprise:  form,  matter, 
the  categories,  cause,  and  purpose  Relation  of  premises  to  method  and  conclusions.  Rival 
theories  are  compared  for  justification  and  adequacy 

512  Contemporary  Ethical  Theories  (3)  Examination  of  various  ethical  theories  of  our  time: 
pragmatism,  evolution,  idealism,  hedonism,  natural  law,  and  other  schools  Practical  appli- 
cations are  made  to  such  problems  as  authority,  punishment,  rights,  marriage,  and  race. 

513  History  of  Aesthetics  (3)  History  of  aesthetics,  as  seen  in  classic  interpretations  Ori- 
gins of  art,  psychological  and  sociological;  the  role  of  art  works  in  the  enrichment  of  life 

514  Philosophy  of  Religion  (3)  Dominant  trends  in  religious  philosophy  of  the  Western 
world  Religious  language,  reason  and  faith,  science,  the  nature  of  man,  the  existence  of 
Cod,  and  mysticism 

520  Philosophy  of  Mind  (3)  The  human  mind,  according  to  representative  views.  Presuppo- 
sitions and  implications,  both  scientific  and  philosophic,  traced  and  analyzed  The  mind- 
body  problem;  perception;  memory;  and  the  implications  of  depth  psychology 

522  Philosophy  of  Science  (also  SCI  522)  (3)  The  course  begins  with  case  studies  in  science 
and  derives  general  principles  from  them.  Scientific  law,  analogy,  models,  variant  theories, 
confirmation,  and  interpretation 

523  Philosophy  of  Language  (also  LIN  523)  (3)  Problems  of  language  and  oral  communica- 
tion, with  emphasis  on  problems  of  reference 

528  Colonial  American  Philosophy  (3)  Early  American  views  of  man,  the  world,  and  history. 
European  heritage,  native  adaptations,  and  developments  preparing  for  the  Revolution  Em- 
phasis on  Jonathan  Edwards  as  a  representative  philosopher. 

530  Modern  American  Philosophy  (3)  Peirce,  James,  and  Dewey;  the  origin,  development, 
and  nature  of  their  philosophy;  their  influence  on  American  life  Pragmatic  views  of  knowl- 
edge, ethics,  law,  and  society 

531  Oriental  Philosophy  (3)  Central  figures  and  classic  teachings  of  Eastern  philosophy 
and  religion:  Islam,  Hinduism,  Buddhism,  Confucianism,  Taoism,  and  Shintoism;  naturalistic 
and  humanistic  elements  of  decisive  influence  on  the  culture  of  the  Orient 

536  Symbolic  Logic  (3)  Basic  principles  and  methods  of  symbolic  logic  Practice  in  deter- 
minmg  validity  of  sentential  and  quantif  icational  arguments  The  algebra  of  classes 

590     Independent  Studies  in  Philosophy  (3) 

610     Thesis  (3-6) 

640  Plato  Seminar  (3)  Plato's  life,  development,  and  doctrines  Several  chief  dialogues 
from  the  standpoint  of  critical  interpretations 

641  Aquinas  Seminar  (3)  Major  themes  of  St  Thomas  from  the  Summa  Theologica  and  the 
Summa  Contra  Gentiles.  His  view  of  man,  the  good,  the  beautiful,  the  true,  the  state,  the 
world  of  Nature,  and  of  Cod 

642  Kant  Seminar  (3)  A  study  of  Kant's  Critique  of  Pure  Reason,  with  reference  to  his  devel- 
opment and  his  contributions  to  ethics,  aesthetics,  and  philosophy  of  religion 

643  Wittgenstein  Seminar  (3)  A  study  and  evaluation  of  Wittgenstein's  principal  works,  the 
Tractatus  and  Philosophical  Investigations;  his  influence;  the  implications  of  his  work  for 
perennial  problems  of  philosophy 


Physical  Science  Program 

(Interdepartmental) 

Program  Coordinators:  Dr.  Mederios  (Chemistry),  Dr.  Greenberg  (Earth  Sciences), 
Dr.  Smith  (Physics) 

A  degree  program  designed  primarily  for  those  who  teach  the  physical  sciences 
in  secondary  school  or  junior  college  is  given  on  an  interdepartmental  basis 
through  the  Departments  of  Chemistry,  Earth  Sciences,  and  Physics. 

Leading  to  the  Master  of  Arts  degree,  the  program  makes  it  possible  for  stu- 
dents to  plan  a  sequence  of  studies  meeting  their  individual  needs.  This  may  be 
accomplished  either  through  selections  from  each  of  the  disciplines  or  by  con- 
centrating in  one  of  them. 

Entrance  Requirements 

Students  entering  the  program  are  normally  expected  to  have  a  bachelor's  de- 
gree in  science  or  science  education  and,  if  teaching  in  the  public  schools,  a  valid 
teaching  certificate. 

MASTER  OF  ARTS  IN  PHYSICAL  SCIENCE 

34  Semester  Hours 

Science  education  requirements  for  the  program  must  be  met  with  SCE 
500  — Modern  Trends  in  Science  Education  and  PHS  502  — Modern  Trends  in 
Teaching  Physical  Science.  A  science  elective  area  of  at  least  29  semester  hours 
is  developed,  under  advisement,  from  selections  in  chemistry,  earth  sciences,  ma- 
rine science,  and  physics.  It  is  also  possible  to  concentrate  the  elective  area  in 
either  chemistry,  earth  sciences,  marine  science,  or  physics. 

At  the  end  of  the  program  the  student  must  pass  a  comprehensive  examination 
dealing  with  topics  he  or  she  would  ordinarily  teach. 

For  course  offerings  see  Chemistry,  Earth  Sciences,  Marine  Science,  Physics 
and  Science  Education. 


Physics 

Dr.  Skelton,  Chairperson 

PROFESSORS 

Russell  K.  Rickert,  Ed.D.,  New  York  University 

Frank  A.  Smith,  Jr.,  Ed.D.,  Temple  University 

Stanley  J.  Yarosewick,  Ph.D.,  Clarkson  College  of  Technology 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS 

Robert  W.  Hawkes,  M.S.,  Pennsylvania  State  University 
Brent  Kaplan,  M.M.E.,  New  York  University 
Harold  L.  Skelton,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Delaware 

The  Department  of  Physics  is  one  of  three  departments  within  the  School  of 
Sciences  and  Mathematics  offering  a  degree  program  leading  to  the  Master  of 
Arts  in  Physical  Science.  See  Physical  Science  Program. 

COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 
PHYSICAL  SCIENCE 

Symbol:  PHS 

502  Modern  Trends  in  Teaching  Physical  Science  (2)  Materials  and  techniques  in  secon- 
dary school  physical  science 

504  Foundations  of  Physics  (3)  Introduction  to  classical  physics;  vectors,  mechanics, 
waves. 

505  Modern  Concepts  in  Physics  (3)  Introduction  to  electricity  and  magnetism,  light,  the 
nature  of  radiation,  quantum  and  atomic  physics,  radioactivity  PREREQ:  504  or  equivalent 

507  Modern  Trends  in  Physical  Science  (3)  Recent  developments  in  physical  science  and 
their  relation  to  secondary  school  science  Topics  depend  on  backgrounds  and  needs  of  stu- 
dents. 

510  Electronics  (3)  Laboratory  oriented  course.  Review  of  A.C.  and  D.C.  circuits;  transistor 
circuits,  introduction  to  integrated  circuits,  and  digital  electronics.  PREREQ:  general  phys- 
ics. 

511  Electricity  (3)  Analysis  of  the  principles  of  electricity  and  electromagnetism  PREREQ: 
differential  and  integral  calculus,  general  physics. 

512  Mechanics  (3)  Mathematical  analysis  of  dynamics  and  statics  PREREQ:  differential 
and  integral  calculus,  general  physics 

513  Modern  Physics  (3)  Twentieth-century  contributions  and  ideas,  including  special  rela- 
tivity, quantum  theory,  atomic  structure,  solid  state  structure  PREREQ:  general  physics 

522  Optics  (3)  A  course  in  geometrical  and  physical  optics  Topics  include  reflection  and 
refraction,  thin  lenses,  the  optics  of  vision,  interference,  diffraction,  polarization,  and  the 
laser. 

580  Energy  Conversion  and  Utilization  (3)  The  energy  crisis,  fossil  fuels,  nuclear,  solar, 
wind,  and  geothermal  energy,  societal  implications,  and  applications 

590  History  of  the  Physical  Sciences  (3)  From  Aristotelian  concepts  to  modern  scientific 
concepts 

592     independent  Studies  (1-3) 


Psychology/121 

SC I  522     Philosophy  of  Science  (see  PH I  522) 

PHYSICS 

515  Mathematics  Physics  I  (3)  Topics  of  mathematics  applied  to  problems  in  physics  Top- 
ics include  ordinary  differential  equations,  complex  variables  and  hyperbolic  functions,  vec- 
tor calculus,  and  numerical  analysis. 

532  Nuclear  Physics  (3)  Basic  nuclear  properties,  nuclear  structure,  alpha  and  beta  decay, 
gamma  radiation,  nuclear  reactions,  particle  accelerators,  detection  equipment,  and  ele- 
mentary particles 

533  Nuclear  Physics  Laboratory  (1)  Ordinarily  accompanies  PHY  532  Preparation  and 
handling  of  radioactive  samples  and  examination  of  nuclear  decay  characteristics  and  reac- 
tions. With  instructor's  approval,  PHY  533  may  be  elected  without  concurrent  enrollment  in 
PHY  532 

POLITICAL  SCIENCE- See  Government  and  Politics 


Psychology 

Dr.  Sands,  Chairperson  (acting] 

Dr.  Cohen,  Coordinator  of  Graduate  Studies 

PROFESSORS 

Elise  Bartholomew,  Ph.D.,  Harvard  University 

Jay  L.  Clark,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Minnesota 

Martin  J.  Higgins,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland 

Walena  C.  Morse,  Ph.D.,  Bryn  Mawr  College 

Jack  Porter,  Ed.D.,  Temple  University 

Harold  R.  Sands,  Ph.D.,  Pennsylvania  State  University 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS 

Bernard  B.  Cohen,  Ph.D.,  New  York  University 
Kenneth  L.  jackman,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Wyoming 
Louis  H.  Porter,  Ph.D.,  Howard  University 
Ehzabeth  H.  Eldredge,  M.A.,  Temple  University 
Robert  R.  Shinehouse,  M.A.,  Temple  University 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS 

John  W.  Owen,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Delaware 
Edward  I.  Pollak,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Connecticut 
Harold  Rubin,  Ph.D.,  Ohio  State  University 

Two  degree  programs  are  offered  by  the  Department  of  Psychology.  One  of 
the  degree  programs  leads  to  the  Master  of  Arts  in  Psychology;  the  second  to  the 
Master  of  Arts  in  Social  Science  with  a  concentration  in  psychology. 

Admission  Standards: 

Admission  standards  for  the  Department  of  Psychology  are:  Undergraduate 


122/Psychology 

GPA  — 3.00;  Psychology  GPA  for  3  or  more  courses  — 3.25;  GRE  scores  or  MAT 
scores  in  the  40th  percentile  or  above,  and  three  letters  of  reference.  An  interview 
with  the  department  admissions  committee  is  also  required.  Admission  as  a  regu- 
lar degree  student  is  based  upon  a  composite  of  the  above  information.  Those 
who  do  not  fully  meet  the  requirements  shown  above  may  be  admitted  on  a  pro- 
visional basis.  Decisions  on  applications  are  made  in  November  and  April  of  each 
year. 

Degree  Programs: 

Several  degree  options  are  offered  depending  on  the  students'  interests  and 
future  vocational  or  educational  plans.  The  Master  of  Arts  degree  is  offered  with 
a  concentration  in  clinical  psychology  for  students  who  wish  to  work  in  a  mental 
health  setting,  or  to  continue  their  education  at  the  doctoral  level.  A  concentra- 
tion in  general  psychology  is  offered  for  students  interested  in  research,  teaching, 
or  in  continuing  their  graduate  studies.  Finally  an  interdisciplinary  program  in  so- 
cial science  is  offered  which  is  designed  to  meet  the  needs  of  students  with  more 
diversified  interests. 

MASTER  OF  ARTS  IN  PSYCHOLOGY 
Concentration:  Clinical  Psychology 

38-42  Semester  Hours 

Students  who  wish  training  as  clinical  psychologists  and  who  are  admitted  into  this  con- 
centration take  36  semester  hours  of  required  courses  These  are  Psy  503-504-505-506-512- 
517-524-527-544-549-559,  and  595  or  596.  They  are  also  required  to  take  the  Clinical  Practi- 
cum  for  2  to  6  semester  hours. 

Concentration:  General  Psychology 

32-33  Semester  Hours 

Students  who  wish  training  in  general  psychology  are  required  to  take  15  semester  hours 
of  required  courses.  These  are  503-504-505-506  and  512  Either  a  thesis  (PSY  610)  for  3  semes- 
ter hours  or  a  research  report  (PSY  600)  for  2  semester  hours  is  required.  All  students  in  this 
concentration  must  complete  15  semester  hours  of  electives.  Subject  to  approval,  six  of 
these  electives  may  be  taken  from  any  college  graduate  offering. 

MASTER  OF  ARTS  IN  SOCIAL  SCIENCE 

Concentration;  Psychology 

30  Semester  Hours 

The  Master  of  Arts  in  social  science,  an  interdisciplinary  degree  within  the 
School  of  Social  and  Behavioral  Sciences,  is  particularly  designed  for  teachers 
desiring  strengthened  subject-matter  knowledge  in  more  than  one  academic  dis- 
cipline. The  program  also  prepares  students  for  careers  in  government  and  indus- 
try and  is  appropriate  for  those  desiring  cultural  enrichment.  The  concentration 
in  psychology  is  especially  recommended  for  students  whose  interests  are  direct- 
ed toward  human  concerns  and  services.  Candidates  in  this  concentration  are  ad- 
vised by  the  Department  of  Psychology. 

Requirements: 

In  the  research  area  PSY  503-504  are  required.  The  student  must  take  from  9  to 
12  additional  semester  hours  of  psychology  courses,  selected  under  advisement. 


Psychology /1 23 

Within  the  concentration  a  research  report  (PSY  600),  a  thesis  (PSY  610),  or  a 
practicum  in  an  applied  setting  (PSY  61 5  or  PSY  620)  may  be  recomnnendecl. 

Beyond  the  psychology  concentration,  the  student  must  complete  12  semester 
hours  of  social  science  electives  chosen  from  at  least  two  departments  other  than 
psychology  within  the  School  of  Social  and  Behavioral  Sciences.  Finally  there  is  a 
cognate  elective  area  of  0-3  semester  hours,  to  be  chosen  from  any  school  in  the 
college. 

COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 

Symbol:  PSY 

501  Introductory  Statistics  for  the  Behavioral  Sciences  (3)  Central  tendency,  variability, 
standard  scores,  correlation,  probability,  sampling,  tests  of  hypotheses,  "t"  test,  chi  square, 
distribution-free  statistics,  introduction  to  analysis  of  variance. 

502  Advanced  Statistics  for  the  Behavioral  Sciences  (3)  Special  correlational  methods, 
analysis  of  variance,  and  analysis  of  covariance.  PREREQ:  PSY  501 

503-504  Research  Methodology  and  Statistics  l-ll  (3)  (3)  Usefulness  of  the  experimental 
method  is  discussed  through  analysis  of  the  assumptions  and  limitations  of  classical  re- 
search designs.  Hypothesis  testing  and  statistical  decision-making;  parametric  and  nonpara- 
metric  statistical  analysis.  In  PSY  503  the  student  develops  a  research  proposal  leading  to  a 
research  project  which  is  completed  in  PSY  504,  503  must  precede  504.  (PREREQ:  PSY  501  or 
equivalent). 

505  Advanced  General  Psychology  (3)  Lectures  and  readings  for  a  deeper  understanding  of 
human  behavior  through  intensive  consideration  of  learning,  memory,  cognitive  processes, 
motivation,  emotion,  human  development,  personality,  and  group  processes. 

506  Theories  of  Learning  (3)  Survey  and  critical  review  of  existing  theories  of  learning  and 
the  relevant  research  data. 

507  Advanced  Child  Psychology  (3)  Research  findings  and  theoretical  issues  during  the  pe- 
riod from  birth  to  pubescence  with  emphasis  on  cognitive  development,  learning,  motiva- 
tion, emotional  development,  socialization,  perception,  and  biogenic  factors. 

508  Advanced  Adolescent  Psychology  (3)  The  psychodynamics  of  age  1 2-21  and  the  effects 
of  this  period  on  social  and  educational  growth  Such  processes  as  physiological  changes, 
personality  development,  learning,  and  psychosexual  development  are  considered  Offered 
even  numbered  years 

509  Advanced  Social  Psychology  (3)  Current  problems  and  research  with  emphasis  on  ap- 
plication and  experimental  techniques. 

512  Psychology  of  Personality  (3)  The  interaction  and  effects  of  forces  which  affect  per- 
sonality development  Normal  and  neurotic  development  contrasted;  principles  of  personal- 
ity meaurement  explored 

517  Introduction  to  Psychopathology  (3)  Advanced  study  of  abnormal  development  and  a 
description  of  pertinent  types,  including  symptoms,  causes,  and  treatment  Current  and  re- 
cent theoretical  approaches  and  research  findings  relevant  to  the  etiology  and  treatment  of 
these  disorders  PREREQ:  PSY  375  — Abnormal  Psychology  or  equivalent,  or  permission  of  in- 
structor 

524  Psychometrics  (3)  A  survey  of  measurement  theory  in  psychology  with  emphasis  on  the 
logic  of  measurement,  scaling  models,  statistical  methods,  construction  of  valid  measures. 
Advanced  techniques  for  assessment  of  reliability.  PREREQ:  PSY  512. 

527  Behavior  Modification  (3)  Application  of  learning  principles  and  environmental  con- 
trol to  behavior  change  Foundation  principles,  techniques  and  assessment,  methods  of 
modification  PREREQ:  PSY  506  or  equivalent 

529  Advanced  Mental  Hygiene  (3)  Ways  of  achieving  positive  mental  health,  including 
ways  people  can  improve  their  mental  health  through  their  own  efforts. 


124/Psychology 

544  Individual  Psychometric  Techniques:  Wechsler  &  Binet  Scales  (3)  Historical  develop- 
ment, administration,  scoring,  and  interpretation  of  the  Wechsler  and  Binet  scales.  PREREQ: 
PSY  501  and  PSY  524  or  equivalent.  Restricted  to  psychology  majors.  Fall  and  spring.  By  per- 
mission only  (Usually  restricted  to  degree  candidates). 

549  Introduction  to  Projective  Techniques  and  Personality  Testing  (3)  History  and  theory 
of  personality  testing.  Practical  applications  typical  of  clinical  and  educational  settings. 
PREREQ:  PSY  524.  Restricted  to  psychology  majors. 

550  Seminar  in  Psychology  (1-3)  Selected  problems  in  psychology  Subject  announced  in 
advance  of  each  semester  Offered  on  demand 

555     Psycholinguistics  (ALSO  LIN  555)  (3)  See  LIN  555  Offered  on  demand. 

559  Psychotherapy  (3)  Techniques  and  problems  involved  in  counseling  and  psychother- 
apy. PREREQ:  PSY  390  — Principles  of  Counseling  and  Psychotherapy  or  equivalent. 
(Restricted  to  psychology  majors).  PREREQ:  PSY  512.  Spring. 

590  Independent  Studies  in  Psychology  (1-3)  Research  projects,  reports,  readings  in  psy- 
chology PREREQ:  approval  of  department  chairperson.  Offered  on  demand 

595  Clinical  Psychology  (Child  and  Adolescent)  (3)  Survey  of  clinical  techniques  used  in  as- 
sessment and  treatment  of  childhood  and  adolescent  personality  disorders.  (Restricted  to 
psychology  majors).  PREREQ:  PSY  512,  PSY  517.  Fall. 

596  Clinical  Psychology  (Adult)  (3)  Theoretical  foundations  of  clinical  evaluation,  screen- 
ing, and  treatment  methods.  Emphasis  on  clinical  psychology  as  a  profession.  PREREQ:  PSY 
512,  PSY  517  Spring. 

600     Research  Report  (2)  An  original  review  of  the  literature  * 

610     Thesis  (3)  An  original  empirical  study.  PREREQ:  PSY  504  or  permission  of  instructor.* 

615  Clinical  Practicum  in  Psychology  (2-6)  Supervised  professional  participation  in  applied 
psychological  activities  or  projects  in  cooperating  agencies  and  institution.*  PREREQ:  PSY 
503,  504,  505,  506,  512,  517,  524,  544,  549,  559,  595  or  596.  Restricted  to  psychology  majors 
and  recommendation  of  graduate  clinical  faculty 

620  Practicum  in  School  Psychology  (3-15)  Supervised  experience  as  a  school  psychologist. 
Offered  for  students  seeking  out-of-state  certification  as  a  school  psychologist  (West  Ches- 
ter State  College  does  not  presently  offer  a  program  leading  to  certification  as  a  school  psy- 
chologist in  the  Commonwealth  of  Pennsylvania).  Restricted  to  psychology  majors. 


*While  work  on  these  courses  may  be  completed  any  semester,  students  are  encouraged  to 
enroll  for  them  during  the  summer  sessions 

Courses  may  be  cancelled  or  semster  changed  as  required  by  enrollment.  Summer  courses 
depend  upon  adequate  enrollment 


Reading 


Dr.  Gelfand,  Chairperson  and  Coordinator  of  Graduate  Studies 

PROFESSORS 

Jane  K.  Gelfand,  Ed.D.,  Lehigh  University 
Joseph  C.  Hall,  Ed.  D.,  Temple  University 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS 

K.  Eleanor  Christensen,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Delaware 
Mary  A.  Keetz,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS 

Bernice  J.  Salup,  Ed.D.,  Temple  University 
Robert  J.  Szabo,  Ed.,D.,  Lehigh  University 

Through  its  graduate  reading  program,  the  School  of  Education  offers:  (1)  the 
Master  of  Education  degree  with  a  major  in  reading  and  (2)  Reading  Specialist 
Certification  Students  who  complete  either  program  are  recommended  for  Penn- 
sylvania Certification  as  Reading  Specialists. 

These  programs  prepare  candidates  to  serve  in  special  reading  positions  and  as 
classroom  teachers  of  reading  in  elementary  or  secondary  schools. 

ADMISSION  TO  THE  DEGREE  PROGRAM 

1 .  The  student  must  possess  an  Instructional  I  Certificate. 

2.  The  Graduate  Record  Examination  Aptitude  Test  and/or  the  Miller  Analogies 
Test  is  required.  Scores  must  be  on  file  within  the  student's  first  semester  ses- 
sion. 

3.  Courses  required  within  the  pre-candidacy  period  are:  EDR  510,  514  or  515, 
516,  and  EDF  500;  and  one  additional  course  from  the  prescribed  program. 

4.  An  overall  average  of  2.75  and  a  minimum  of  3  00  in  reading  courses  must  be 
maintained  during  the  pre-candidacy  period. 

DEGREE  PROGRAM  REQUIREMENTS 

In  addition  to  meeting  degree  requirements  of  the  college  the  candidate  must: 

1  Successfully  complete  the  reading  curriculum  and  any  additional  courses 
which  may  be  required  by  the  reading  faculty 

2.  Achieve  an  overall  average  of  at  least  2.75  and  a  minimum  of  3  00  in  reading 
courses 

3.  Perform  satisfactorily  on  the  comprehensive  examination  in  reading.  Respon- 
sibility for  meeting  all  requirements  at  the  proper  time  rests  with  the  student. 

THE  COMPREHENSIVE  EXAMINATION 

The  student  is  eligible  for  the  comprehensive  examination  upon  completion  of 
all  prescribed  work  and  the  recommendation  of  the  advisor.  The  examination  is 
given  the  first  Saturday  in  November,  the  first  Saturday  in  March  and  the  second 
Saturday  in  July.  Application  for  the  examination  must  be  made  in  writing  to  the 
department  chairperson  by  September  1  for  the  November  examination,  January 
1  for  the  March  examination  end  May  1  for  the  July  examination. 


126/Reading 

Candidates  who  fail  the  comprehensive  examination  are  permitted  one  re- 
examination within  a  two-year  period.  Upon  a  second  failure,  candidates  are 
dropped  from  the  degree  program. 

MASTER  OF  EDUCATION  IN  READING 

36  semester  hours 

Professional  Education  Requirements:  EDF  500  and  EDF  510  6s. h. 

Area  of  Concentration  Requirements: 

EDR510,514or515,  516,  517,  521,522,  541  21  s.h. 

Area  of  Concentration  Electives: 

Selected,  under  advisement,  from  EDR  523,  525,  526,  540,  542,  590  3  s.h. 

*Related  Study  Requirements:  At  least  one  course  from  Croup  A  and  one  from 
Group  B  must  be  selected,  under  advisement.  6  s.h. 

GROUP  A  (Language  Arts):  EDE  522,543,  548,  549,  583,  LIT  550,  LIT  551,  ENG  690 
GROUP  B  (Related  Areas):  EDA  571,  EDC  540,  EDE  551,  EDE  553,  EDE  554,  EDU 
501. 

"Courses  other  than  those  listed  may  be  substituted  for  this  area  provided  the  student  first  obtains  his/her  advisor's  approv- 
al for  the  course  If  the  student  fails  to  obtain  the  advisor's  approval  prior  to  registration  for  the  course,  then  it  may  not  be 
used  to  meet  any  requirements  in  this  area 

READING  SPECIALIST  CERTIFICATION 

30  semester  hours 

Requirements  for  the  Certification  Program: 

1.  The  student  must  possess  an  Instructional  I  Certificate. 

2.  Courses  required  within  the  first  15  hours  are  EDR  510,  514  or  515,  516,  and 
517. 

3.  An  overall  average  of  2.75  and  a  minimum  of  3.00  in  reading  courses  must  be 
maintained. 

4.  In  order  to  obtain  the  certificate  the  student  must  successfully  complete  the 
program  shown  above  under  "Master  of  Education  in  Reading"  except  that 
the  student  is  not  required  to  take  the  two  courses  in  professional  education. 

5.  The  student  must  perform  successfully  on  the  competency  examination. 

COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 

Symbol:  EDR 

510  Foundations  in  Reading  Instruction  K-12  (3)  Psychology  and  pedagogy  of  reading  in- 
struction The  nature  of  the  reading  process;  the  nature  of  the  learner;  skill  development;  in- 
structional strategies  Offered  in  fall,  spring  and  summer 

514  Reading  in  the  Content  Areas:  Elementary  (3)  The  specialized  readmg  skills,  reading 
problems,  teaching  techniques,  and  reading  activities  in  content  subjects  at  the  elementary 
level   PREREQ:  510  or  permission  of  instructor  Offered  in  fall 

515  Reading  in  the  Content  Areas:  Secondary  (3)  The  specialized  reading  skills,  reading 
problems,  teaching  techniques,  and  reading  activities  in  content  subjects  at  the  secondary 
level   PRFRFQ   SlOor  permission  of  instructor  Offered  in  spring 

516  Reading  Disabihties  (3)  Concerned  with  the  nature  of  reading  disability  and  diagnosis 
and  remediation  of  reading  problems  PREREQ:  514,  515.  Offered  in  fall  and  summer. 


Science  Education/127 

517  Current  Practices  in  Teaching  Developmental  and  Corrective  Reading  (3)  Con- 
cerned with  developmental  and  corrective  reading  instruction.  Attention  is  given  to  diag- 
nostic procedures  and  resulting  appropriate  instruction  PREREQ:  516  or  permission  of 
instructor.  Offered  in  fall  and  spring. 

521  Reading  Clinic  Practicum  and  Seminar  I  (3)  A  laboratory  course  Diagnosis  of  reading 
difficulties  of  elementary  and  secondary  students  with  reading  problems.  Major  attention 
given  to  diagnosing  corrective  cases  and  writing  case  reports  PREREQ:  514  or  51 5;  516  Of- 
fered in  fall  and  summer 

522  Reading  Clinic  Practicum  and  Seminar  II  (3)  Continuation  of  521  Opportunities  to  de- 
velop specific  techniques  for  correcting  various  types  of  reading  disability  cases.  PREREQ: 
521 .  Offered  in  spring  and  summer 

523  Reading  as  a  Language  Process  (3)  Basic  concepts  from  areas  of  phonology,  morphol- 
ogy, syntax,  semantics,  sociolinguistics,  dialectology,  and  psychology  will  be  related  to  the 
teaching  of  reading  in  grades  K-12 

525  Reading  for  the  Disadvantaged  (3)  Historical,  cultural,  and  educational  contexts  of 
current  issues  as  they  relate  to  language  competency  programs,  evaluation,  and  reading  in- 
struction for  disadvantaged  learners 

526  Reading  Readiness  and  Early  Childhood  Educational  Experiences  (3)  Concerned  with 
children's  readiness  for  initial  reading  instruction  Emphasis  on  instructional  recommenda- 
tions and  implementations  for  a  range  of  abilities  PREREQ:  511  or  permission  of  instructor. 

540  Seminar  in  Reading  (3)  Critical  examination  of  trends,  opinions,  and  current  research 
in  the  teaching  of  reading.  PREREQ:  516  or  permission  of  instructor. 

541  Organization  and  Operation  of  Reading  Programs:  K-12  (3)  Practical  application  of  the 
reading  specialist's  role  in  organizing  and  operating  K-12  reading  programs  Emphasis  on  the 
use  of  the  total  school  community  in  meeting  individual  reading  needs  PREREQ:  522  or  per- 
mission of  instructor.  Offered  in  fall,  spring  and  summer 

542  Seminar  in  Reading  Research  (3)  A  seminar  in  the  basic  techniques  and  sources  of  re- 
search in  reading.  Exposure  to  significant  research  in  the  field.  PREREQ:  516  or  permission  of 
instructor. 

590  Independent  Study  and  Research  (1-6)  Individual  investigation  and  exploration  of  re- 
lated reading  research  Topic  must  be  approved  by  the  supervising  instructor  prior  to  regis- 
tration 


Science  Education 


Mr.  Casciato,  Coordinator 
COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 
Symbol:  SCE 

500  Modern  Trends  in  Science  Education  (3)  Introduction  to  current  research  in  science 
education;  a  critical  review  of  the  literature 

510  Workshop  in  Secondary  School  Curricula  (3)  Study  of  one  of  the  commonly  used  sci- 
ence programs  for  secondary  schools  The  selected  program  is  announced  in  advance. 

520  New  Trends  in  the  Elementary  School  Science  Curriculum  (3)  New  developments  in  the 
elementary-school  science  curriculum  for  in«ervice  elementary  school  teachers  and  admin- 
istrators / 

523  Instructional  Materials  in  Elementary  Science  (3)  Acquaints  elementary-school  teach- 
ers and  administrators  with  instructional  materials  for  the  elementary-school  science  pro- 
gram. 

595  Elementary  School  Science  Instruction  (3)  A  course  to  improve  the  science  content 
backgrounds  of  elementary-school  teachers  and  administrators. 


128/Science  Education 

596  Workshop  in  Elementary  School  Science  Instruction  (3)  A  study  of  one  or  more  science 
programs  for  the  elementary  school.  Especially  for  teachers  using  the  selected  program  or 
programs  Selections  announced  in  advance. 

PHS  502     Modern  Trends  in  Teaching  Physical  Science  (2)  Materials  and  techniques  in 

secondary  school  physical  science. 

SCIENCE  OFFERINGS  DESIGNED  FOR  ELEMENTARY  SCHOOL  TEACHERS. 

ESS  521         Geology     in     the     Elementary 
School 

ESS  556         Workshop  in  Aerospace  Science 

ESS  571         Astronomy    in    the    Elementary 
School 

PHS  571        Physics     for      the     Elementary 
Teacher 

SCE  520        New  Trends  in  the  Elementary 
School  Science  Curriculum 

SCE  523        instructional    Materials    in    Ele- 
mentary Science 

SCE  595        Elementary   School   Science   In- 
struction 

SCE  596        Workshop  in  Elementary  School 
Science  Instruction 

SOCIAL  SCIENCE  — see  History  for  social  science  courses.  For  degree  programs  in 
social  science,  see  Geography  and  Planning,  Government  and  Politics,  History, 
and  Psychology. 

SOCIOLOGY  — see  Anthropology  and  Sociology 


Secondary  Education  and 
Professional  Studies 


Dr.  Mississyan,  Chairperson  and  Coordinator  of  Graduate  Studies 
Mr.  Cleockler,  Assistant  Chairperson 

PROFESSORS 

Michael  F.  Bannon,  Ed.D.,  George  Peabody  College  for  Teachers 

Walter  E.  Buechele,  Jr.,  Ed.D.,  Temple  University 

Mary  E.  Cleary,  Ed.D.,  George  Washington  University 

Harry  H.  Deischer,  Ed.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Charles  W.  Good,  Ed.D.,  Temple  University 

Robert  S.  Means,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Alabama 

Kegham  A.  Mississyan,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

George  M.  Thomas,  Ed.D.,  Temple  University 

Shirley  Ann  Walters,  Ed.D.,  Temple  University 

Thomas  B.  Williams,  Ed.D.,  Temple  University 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS 

Richard  C.  Gleockler,  M.Ed.,  Bucknell  University 

John  Holingjak,  Jr.,  Ed.M.,  Temple  University 

F.  William  Leeds,  M.A.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Reynold  D.  Paganelli,  C.A.S.,  Johns  Hopkins  University 

Jay  Silverman,  Ph.D.,  New  York  University 

Thomas  W.  Treadwell,  M.A.,  University  of  Bridgeport 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS 

Jack  P.  Edwards,  M.Ed.,  West  Chester  State  College 
Yi-Ming  Hsu,  Ed.D.,  University  of  Georgia 
Krishna  V.  Kumar,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin 

The  Department  of  Secondary  Education  and  Professional  Studies  is  responsi- 
ble for  the  professional  courses  offered  for  certification  on  the  secondary  level 
and  in  the  Master  of  Education  degree  programs  having  academic  concentra- 
tions. The  department  also  offers  other  professional  course  work  required  in  all 
M.Ed,  programs  and  some  courses  designed  for  election  by  educators  and  others 
who  wish  to  develop  new  insights  and/or  to  strengthen  professional  skills. 

In  addition  the  department  offers  the  degree  of  Master  of  Education  in  Sec- 
ondary Education,  a  program  introduced  in  August,  1973. 

MASTER  OF  EDUCATION 

(Secondary  Education  — Academic  Subject  Majors) 

The  Master  of  Education  program  is  offered  with  academic  concentrations  in 
English,  French,  German,  Latin,  Spanish,  biology,  geography,  mathematics,  and 
social  science  (with  concentrations  in  history,  political  science,  or  psychology). 
This  program  is  offered  cooperatively  by  the  School  of  Education  and  the  School 
of  Arts  and  Letters,  Sciences  and  Mathematics,  and  Social  and  Behavioral  Sci- 
ences. The  academic  requirements  for  each  concentration  are  found  under  the 
respective  department. 


130/Secondary  Education  and  Professional  Studies 

This  degree  affords  students  the  opportunity  to  strengthen  their  knowledge 
in  the  major  subject  matter  field,  as  well  as  their  professional  knowledge  and 
competence. 

Students  earning  degrees  in  this  program  must  be  advised  both  by  the  depart- 
ment of  the  subject  field  and  by  the  Department  of  Secondary  Education  and 
Professional  Studies.  It  is  the  responsibility  of  the  students  to  arrange  for  confer- 
ences with  both  departments  in  planning  their  programs. 

REQUIREMENTS  FOR  THE  MASTER  OF  EDUCATION 

(Secondary  Education  — Academic  Subject  Majors) 
34  Semester  Hours 

I.  Professional  Education  Requirements*  10-12  s.h. 

A.  EDF510     Educational  Foundations  (3) 

B.  A  minimum  of  one  course  from  each  of  the  following 
groups: 

Group  1 

EDF516  Resource  Allocation  in  the  Schools  (3) 

EDF520  Comparative  Education  (3) 

EDF  521  Contemporary  British  Education  (3) 

EDF  523  Education  Behind  the  Iron  Curtain  (3) 

EDF  580  History  of  American  Education  (3) 

EDF  581  Philosophy  of  Education  (3) 

EDF  582  Seminar  in  the  History  of  the  Problems  of 

Education  (3) 

EDF  589  Sociological  Foundations  of  Education  (3) 

Group  2 

EDF  503  The  Emerging  Curriculum  (3) 

EDF  507  Values  Clarification  in  Human  Relations  (3)  ♦ 

E  DF  509  Contemporary  Teaching  Trends  (3) 

EDP  550  Advanced  Educational  Psychology  (3) 

EDP557  Essentials  of  Learning  (3) 

EDP  559  Constructing  and  Evaluating  Behavioral 

Objectives  (3) 

EDP  560  Behavior  Modification  (3) 

EDP  569  Adolescent  Development  and  Learning  (3) 

E  DS  524  Supervision  of  Student  Teaching  (3) 

EDU  502  Human  Relations  in  the  School  and 

Community  (3) 

Group  3 

EDC567  Group  Dynamics  (3) 

EDF  504  Middle  School  Workshop  (3) 

EDF  505  Individually  Prescribed  Instruction  (3) 

EDF  506  Design  and  Use  of  Individualized  Learning 

Packages (3) 

EDF  515  Federal  and  State  Role  in  Education  (2) 

EDF  570  The  Community/Junior  College  (3) 

EDF  590  School  Law  (3) 

EDS  502  Secondary  School  Curriculum  (3) 

EDS  506  The  junior  High  School  (3) 

EDU  501  Curricular  Adaptations  for  the  Disadvantaged  (3) 


Secondary  Education  and  Professional  Studies/131 

II.  Subject  Matter  Concentration  Requirements  20-22  s.h. 

A.  Methods  and  Materials  of  Research  (2-3) 

B.  Academic  Subject  (18-20) 

(See  respective  academic  department  for  details) 

III.  Electives  (Professional  or  Academic)*  0-4  s.h. 

COMPREHENSIVE  EXAMINATIONS 

The  student  must  perform  satisfactorily  on  the  final  comprehensive  exami- 
nations covering  the  subject-matter  concentration  and  the  professional-edu- 
cation requirements. 

MASTER  OF  EDUCATION  IN  SECONDARY  EDUCATION 

35  Semester  Hours 

This  program  provides  another  option  within  the  Master  of  Education  shown 
immediately  above,  and  is  designed  primarily  to  strengthen  the  professional 
knowledge,  skills,  and  understandings  of  the  graduate  student  and  of  teachers  in 
service,  and  to  make  their  preparation  more  relevant  to  a  variety  of  educational 
situations.  It  also  provides  the  professional  background  for  dealing  effectively 
with  problems  encountered  in  secondary  schools.  Through  its  14  semester-hour 
elective  area,  the  program  affords  students  the  opportunity  to  strengthen  their 
knowledge  in  the  subject-matter  field. 

Admission  to  the  Program 

In  addition  to  meeting  admission  requirements  of  the  college  the  student  must; 

1.  Be  approved  by  the  Department  of  Secondary  Education  and  Professional 
Studies  for  graduate  work. 

2.  Attain  an  acceptable  score  on  the  Graduate  Record  Examination  or  the  Miller 
Analogies  Test. 

It  is  strongly  recommended  that  the  applicant  have  a  valid  teaching  certifi- 
cate. Applicants  whose  certification  is  not  in  secondary  education  may,  at  the  de- 
partment chairperson's  discretion,  be  required  to  take  course  work  beyond  the 
minimum  semester-hour  requirements  for  the  degree. 

Upon  admission,  students  will  be  assigned  advisors  who  will  help  them  to  out- 
line an  appropriate  program.  All  work  for  the  program  must  be  approved  by  the 
advisor  and  the  departmental  graduate  committee. 

Requirements  for  Admission  to  Degree  Candidacy 

During  the  pre-candidacy  period  the  student  must: 

1 .  Attain  full  status,  if  admission  status  to  the  program  was  provisional. 

2.  Complete  these  required  courses;  EDF  500,  510,  and  EDP  550. 

3.  Achieve  a  minimum  overall  average  of  2.75  and  a  minimum  average  of  3.00  in 
the  required  courses  in  Area  One  or  Area  Two. 

4.  Show  evidence  of  academic,  personal,  and  professional  qualities  which  satisfy 
the  advisor  and  the  departmental  graduate  committee. 


"Chosen  in  conference  with  the  secondary  education  and  academic  advisors,  according  to  the  needs  of  the  student 


132/Secondary  Education  and  Professional  Studies 

Comprehensive  Examination 

Students  must  perform  satisfactorily  on  a  written  comprehensive  examination, 
which  is  given  at  least  once  in  each  semester  and  in  regular  session  of  summer. 
The  examination  is  always  given  at  6;00  P.M.  on  Tuesday  of  the  second  week  of 
the  semester  or  session. 

Application  forms  for  the  comprehensive  examination  are  available  from  the 
department  and  must  be  filed  with  the  department  by  December  1  for  spring  se- 
mester, May  1  for  regular  session,  and  July  14  for  fall  semester. 

To  be  eligible  the  students  must  have: 

1.  Taken  the  required  courses:  EDF500,  510  and  EDP550. 

2.  Completed  28  semester  hours  of  work  including  the  9  semester  hours  of  re- 
quired courses  and  12  semester  hours  from  Area  One  or  Area  Two. 

3.  Attained  a  minimum  overall  average  of  2.75  and  a  minimum  average  of  3.00  in 
the  required  courses  and  the  courses  in  Area  One  or  Area  Two. 

4.  Received  their  advisors'  recommendations  and  the  approval  of  the  depart- 
mental graduate  committee. 

Students  who  fail  the  comprehensive  examination  are  allowed  a  second  at- 
tempt. A  second  failure  terminates  candidacy. 

REQUIREMENTS  FOR  THE  MASTER  OF  EDUCATION  IN 
SECONDARY  EDUCATION 

35  Semester  Hours 

I.  Required  Courses:  EDF500,  510,  EDP  550-9  semester  hours 

II.  Area  of  Concentration  Requirements:  A  minimum  of  12  semester  hours 
must  be  selected  from  one  of  the  following  two  areas: 

A.  Area  One:  EDF  515,  516,  520,  521,  523,  570,  580,  581,  582,  589,  590 

B.  Area  Two:  EDF  503,  EDF  504,  EDF  505,  EDF  506,  EDF  507,  EDF  509,  EDM 
511,  EDP  557,  EDP  559,  EDP  560,  EDP  569,  EDS  502,  EDS  506,  EDS  524, 
EDU  501 

III.  Electives:  14  semester  hours.  The  electives  may  be  from  courses  in  Area 
One  and  Area  Two  above,  or  from  courses  in  the  student's  teaching  field. 
They  may  also  be  a  combination  of  both. 

COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 
FOUNDATIONS 

Symbol:  EDF 

500  Methods  and  Materials  of  Research  in  Education  (3)  Historical,  descriptive,  and  experi- 
mental methods  of  research  Methods  for  locating,  evaluating,  interpreting,  and  reporting 
research  data   Each  student  prepares  a  research  prospectus  Offered  every  semester 

501  Methods  and  Materials  of  Research  and  Study  for  Elementary  Education  Majors  (3) 

Historical,  descriptive,  and  experimental  methods  of  research  Methods  for  locating,  evalu- 
ating, interpreting,  and  reporting  research  data  Introduction  to  graduate  study  for  elemen- 
tary majors.  Offered  every  semester 

502  Methods  and  Materials  of  Research  for  Counselor  Education  Majors  (3)  Designed  to 
enable  the  counselor  to  read  experimental,  quasi-experimental,  descriptive  and  correla- 
tional research  reported  in  the  professional  journals.  Both  univariate  and  multivariate  de- 
signs are  emphasized.  Offered  every  semester 

503  The  Emerging  Curriculum  (3)  Curriculum  trends,  beginning  in  1951,  for  grades  kinder- 


Secondary  Education  and  Professional  Studies/133 

garten  through  12  by  means  of  three  comprehensive  topics:  (1)  the  curriculum  reform  move- 
ment, (2)  emerging  curriculum  theory  and  practice,  and  (3)  the  educational  reform  move- 
ment. Offered  in  summer 

504  Middle  School  Workshop  (3)  Philosophy,  administration,  curriculum,  staff,  and  facili- 
ties necessary  for  the  most  efficient  educational  experience  in  the  intermediate  levels  of 
school  Offered  in  summer 

505  Individually  Prescribed  Instruction  (3)  Individually  prescribed  instructional  techniques 
as  applied  in  the  classroom  and  intensive  learning  centers  Techniques  of  academic  diagno- 
sis, prescription  production,  and  electronic  learning.  Students  will  have  an  opportunity  to 
work  directly  with  hardware  and  software  components  of  an  intensive  learning  center  (May 
be  arranged  as  a  workshop)  Offered  in  spring. 

506  Design  and  Use  of  Individualized  Learning  Packages  (3)  A  review  of  commercially 
available  individualized  learning  activity  packages  which  permit  the  student  to  progress 
through  a  learning  continuum  at  his  or  her  own  pace  The  student  will  be  required  to  design 
and  construct  an  individualized  learning  package  in  his  teaching  area  Offered  in  fall 

507  Values  Clarification  in  Human  Relations  (3)  Knowledge  of  the  theories  of  the  values 
clarification  processes  as  defined  by  Simon  and  others  Skills  in  application  of  the  values 
clarification  processes  in  personal  decisions,  in  the  classroom,  and  in  society.  (May  be  ar- 
ranged as  a  workshop  or  as  modularized  independent  study  )  Offered  in  summer 

509  Contemporary  Teaching  Trends  (3)  Team  teaching,  programmed  instruction,  and 
various  media  of  communication  in  the  elementary  and  secondary  schools  are  evaluated 
Effective  adaptation  to  newer  practices  is  emphasized.  Offered  in  summer 

510  Educational  Foundations  (3)  History  of  education,  integrated  with  educational 
philosophy  and  thought;  the  long  evolution  of  educational  theory  and  issues  Offered  every 
semester 

515  Federal  and  State  Role  in  Education  (2)  The  past,  current  and  future  role  of  the  federal 
and  state  governments  in  education  in  the  United  States  Emphasis  on  the  applications  to 
the  Commonwealth  of  Pennsylvania  Impact  of  federal  legislation  since  1958  Offered  in 
fall 

516  Resource  Allocation  in  the  Schools  (3)  The  relationship  between  the  American  econ- 
omy and  the  efficient  allocation  of  resources  within  school  systems  will  be  examined 
Designed  for  teachers,  administrators,  school  board  members,  and  parents  Offered  in  sum- 
mer 

520  Comparative  Education  (3)  Major  problems  of  education  in  a  number  of  other  coun- 
tries are  related  to  similar  problems  in  the  United  States  Contrasting  purposes  and  phil- 
osophies and  differences  in  organization  and  administration  are  analyzed  Offered  in 
summer 

521  Contemporary  British  Education  (3)  Consideration  of  the  philosophy  of  British  educa- 
tion today  and  the  ways  it  has  changed  in  past  years  Present-day  curricula  and  philosophies 
and  differences  in  organization  and  administration  are  analyzed  Offered  in  fall 

523  Education  Behind  the  Iron  Curtain  (3)  Educational  structure  in  the  Soviet  Union,  past, 
present,  and  future  Khrushchev's  educational  reforms  and  the  return  to  the  ten-year  school 
Educational  structure  in  certain  Eastern  European  countries  also  included  Offered  in  sum- 
mer 

570  The  Community/Junior  College  (3)  An  analysis  of  the  programs,  problems,  and  students 
of  a  two-year  college  Emphasis  on  the  development,  special  philosophies,  and  current 
issues  relating  to  the  community  or  junior  college  Designed  for  students  preparing  to  be 
teachers  and  or  administrators  in  these  colleges  Offered  in  spring 

580  History  of  American  Education  (3)  Nature  and  direction  of  American  education, 
studied  through  individual  and  group  research.  Offered  in  fall 

581  Philosophy  of  Education  (3)  Selected  philosophies  and  their  influence  on  educational 
principles  and  practices  in  a  democratic  social  order  Offered  in  spring 


134/Secondary  Education  and  Professional  Studies 

582  Seminar  in  the  History  of  the  Problems  of  Education  (3)  Historical  study  of  the  recur- 
rent problems  of  education  and  their  solutions  Implications  of  these  solutions  for  con- 
temporary American  educational  problems.  Offered  in  spring. 

589  Sociological  Foundations  of  Education  (3)  Study  of  the  socio-cultural  influences  on  the 
structure  of  American  educational  institutions  Offered  in  fall 

590  School  Law  (3)  Legal  structure  for  educational  organization  on  state,  intermediate,  and 
local  levels.  Legal  status  of  the  board  of  education;  legal  responsibilities  of  the  teacher; 
legal  responsibilities  between  the  board  of  education  and  the  student  Offered  in  summer. 

EDUCATIONAL  PSYCHOLOGY 

Symbol:  EDP 

550  Advanced  Educational  Psychology  (3)  Processes  by  which  skills,  understanding,  con- 
cepts, and  ideals  are  acquired;  teaching  practices  in  relation  to  basic  research  concerning 
learning;  similarities  and  differences  in  theories  of  learning  PREREQ:  a  course  in  educa- 
tional psychology,  EDF  500  Offered  every  semester. 

557  Essentials  of  Learning  (3)  Study  of  the  applications  of  learning  theory  to  classroom 
teaching  with  emphasis  on  those  principles  derived  from  classical  and  operant  conditioning. 
Retention  and  transfer  of  learning  also  considered.  Offered  in  summer 

559  Constructing  and  Evaluating  Behavioral  Objectives  (3)  Consideration  and  evaluation 
of  behavioral  objectives  Students  write  and  evaluate  their  own  objectives  under  individual 
guidance.  (May  be  arranged  as  a  workshop  ) 

560  Behavior  Modification  (3)  Study  and  implementation  of  principles  of  classical  and 
operant  conditioning  to  the  modification  of  student  behavior  in  residential  and  educational 
settings.  Emphasis  on  such  areas  as  classroom  discipline,  student  values,  and  student  study 
habits.  (May  be  arranged  as  a  workshop.)  Offered  in  fall 

569  Adolescent  Development  and  Learning  (3)  Mental,  physical,  emotional,  and  social  de- 
velopment and  behavior  of  the  adolescent  with  emphasis  on  various  types  of  learning.  Case 
studies  are  used.  Offered  in  spring. 

SECONDARY  EDUCATION 

Symbol:  EDS 

502  Secondary  School  Curriculum  (3)  Current  practices  and  trends  in  reorganizing  the 
secondary  school  curriculum  in  the  major  academic  areas  The  various  integrating  tech- 
niques Curriculum  development  Offered  in  summer 

506  The  Junior  High  School  (3)  Development  and  functions  of  the  junior  high  school;  phi- 
losophy underlying  its  development  Curriculum,  teaching  assignment^,  characteristics  of 
pupils,  and  special  problems.  PREREQ:  a  course  in  adolescent  development  Offered  in  fall 

524  Supervision  of  Student  Teaching  (3)  Designed  for  teachers  who  cooperate  or  expect  to 
cooperate  in  West  Chester's  student  teaching  program  Basic  principles,  practices,  mate- 
rials, and  resources  for  an  effective  student  teaching  program  PREREQ  certification  for 
teaching  Offered  in  summer 

590  Independent  Study  (1-3)  Enrollment  by  permission  only,  number  of  credits  determined 
by  department 


Special  Education 


Miss  Nickles,  Chairperson 

PROFESSOR 

Howard  Freeman,  Ed.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSOR 

Martin  Ziotowski,  Ph.D.,  Michigan  State  University 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS 

Judith  Finkel,  M.S.,  West  Chester  State  College 
Lottie  Mitchell,  M.Ed.,  Temple  University 
Deborah  Nickles,  M.S.,  Syracuse  University 

The  Special  Education  Department  offers  graduate  students  from  all  disciplines 
the  opportunity  to  take  work  which  will  enhance  their  skills  and  ability  to  ef- 
fectively meet  the  needs  of  exceptional  students. 

The  faculty  of  the  department  will  meet  with  individual  graduate  students  in 
order  to  assist  in  the  planning  of  programs  to  fulfill  specific  needs. 

COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 

Symbol:  EDA 

The  following  courses  may  be  taken  as  electives  by  anyone  in  a  graduate  program,  subject  to 
approval  from  the  department  and  the  student's  chairperson. 

501  Prescriptive  Teaching  (3)  An  attempt  to  guide  the  teacher  to  an  awareness  of  the 
methods  by  which  medical,  psychological,  behavioral,  and  academic  diagnosis  may  be  con- 
verted into  relevant  educational  terms  providing  for  adequate  follow-through  on  specific 
recommendations 

540  Workshop  in  Special  Education  (4)  An  intensive  program  of  observation  and  instruc- 
tion of  mentally  retarded  or  physically  handicapped  children.  Instructional  experience  with 
handicapped  children  is  combined  with  lecture,  demonstration,  films,  guest  speakers,  and 
case  study  Primarily  for  in-service  teachers   PREREQ:  permission  of  coordinator 

541  Psychology  of  Exceptional  Children  (3)  Psychology  of  children  whose  intellectual, 
physical,  social,  and/or  emotional  characteristics  are  significantly  deviant  from  those  of 
children  whose  needs  are  met  through  normal  educational  routes. 

544  Classroom  Management  (3)  Exploration  of  current  practices  in  the  management  and 
modification  of  behavior  The  professional's  role  in  achieving  a  better  basis  for  meaningful 
communication  with  the  special  child  Problems  which  may  interfere  with  teacher  effective- 
ness are  discussed 

555  Psychology  of  Learning  Disabilities  (3)  Identification,  education,  and  treatment  of  the 
child  with  minimal  brain  dysfunction.  Emphasis  on  recognition  of  the  specific  learning  and 
emotional  needs  which  such  a  child  presents. 

571  Childhood  Learning  Disabilities  (3)  The  study  and  education  of  the  child  with  percep- 
tual problems  and/or  minimal  brain  damage.  PREREQ:  a  course  or  courses  in  the  psychology 
of  exceptional  children 

573  Developmental  Assessment  of  Children  with  Learning  Problems  (3)  Diagnostic  proce- 
dures and  subsequent  educational  prescriptions  useful  with  children  experiencing  learning 
difficulties 

574  Behavior  Management  in  the  Classroom  (3)  Etiology  and  implications  of  behavioral 


136/Speech  Communication  and  Theatre 

problems  in  educational  settings.  Introduction  to  approaches  aimed  at  producing  change, 

575  Mental  Health  in  Schools  (3)  Factors  affecting  the  mental  health  of  both  children  in 
the  classroom  and  their  teachers  Effective  means  of  identifying  and  responding  to  problems 
are  brought  out  through  a  seminar  approach.  The  course  also  explores  the  effect  of  mental 
health  on  classroom  climate. 

590     Independent  Study  (1-3) 


Speech  Communication 
and  Theatre 


Dr.  Morehouse,  Chairperson 

PROFESSOR 

William  M.  Morehouse,  Ph.D.,  Purdue  University 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS 

Jay  H.  Berkowitz,  M.A.,  Temple  University 
Diane  O.  Casagrande,  M.A.,  Temple  University 
Myles  Martel,  Ph.D.,  Temple  University 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS 

Carolyn  M.  Del  Polito,  Ph.D.,  Purdue  University 
Saundra  M.  Hall,  M.A.,  Ohio  State  University 

COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 
SPEECH  COMMUNICATION 

Symbol:  SPC 

515  General  Semantics  (also  LIN  515)  (3)  Introduction  to  the  relativistic  language  concepts 
of  Korzybski  and  his  followers  The  course  focuses  on  what  language  does  to  people  and  the 
subsequent  effects  on  communication.  Offered  in  fall  at  night 

517  Producing  the  Television  Program  (Nondramatic)  (3)  Basic  concepts  of  television  plan- 
ning and  production  for  the  nondramatic  format.  The  student  uses  the  tools  of  television. 
(Lecture  and  laboratory.) 

518  Television  Program  Directing  (Dramatic)  (3)  Continuation  and  development  of  skills 
and  knowledge  in  the  use  of  television  equipment;  application  of  the  arts  of  the  theatre  and 
film.  (Lecture  and  laboratory  )  PREREQ:  THA  S17  Offered  every  other  spring 

525  Communication  in  the  Classroom:  Models  and  Approaches  (3)  For  teachers  in  grades  K- 
12  interacting  together  to  share  experiences  and  channel  their  thoughts  into  the  develop- 
ment of  speech  communication  activities  which  can  fit  into  and  enhance  their  present  cur- 
ricula Offered  in  summer  only. 

550  Listening:  Verbal  and  Nonverbal  Perceptions  (3)  A  survey  of  research  in  listening  be- 
havior and  related  nonverbal  variables.  Identification  of  important  characteristics  of  effec- 
tive listeners  Application  to  communication  activities  in  the  classroom.  Offered  in  spring  at 
night 


Speech  Pathology  and  Audiology/137 

COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 
THEATRE 

Symbol:  THA 

506  Theatre  Theory  and  Production  (3)  A  survey  of  theatre  history  and  practice  Students 
select  specific  areas  of  production  and  style  for  classroom  presentation,  analysis,  and  re- 
search. Offered  in  summer  only 

516  Theory  and  Application  of  Creative  Dramatics  (3)  The  use  of  creative  dramatics  as  a 
teaching  method  Research  and  application  of  theories  and  techniques  Offered  in  summer 
only. 

550  Summer  Drama  Workshop  (1-6)  An  intensive  combination  for  formal  classroom 
instruction  and  applied  production  experiences  Daily  seminar  sessions  covering  a  different 
topic  each  week  will  be  held  at  11:00  a.m.  with  production  applications  each  afternoon  and 
evening  Graduate  students  will  research  production  theories  and  submit  scholarly  papers  at 
the  end  of  the  session. 


Speech  Pathology  and 
Audiology 

Dr.  Aungst,  Chairperson 

Ms.  Dempsey,  Coordinator  of  Graduate  Studies 

PROFESSOR 

Rita  V.  Griffith,  Ph.D.,  Ohio  State  University 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS 

Lester  F.  Aungst,  Ph.D.,  Pennsylvania  State  University 
Susan  Maxwell,  M.A.,  Ohio  University 
Frank  E.  Peterson,  M.A.,  Columbia  University 
Vincent  V.  Suppan,  M.A.,  Columbia  University 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS 

Leila  B.  Alson,  M.A.,  Ohio  University 
Charlotte  Dempsey,  M.A.,  University  of  Illinois 
John  L.  Eberhart,  M.A.,  Syracuse  University 
Joseph  A.  Stigora,  Ph  D  ,  Bowling  Green  University 

INSTRUCTOR 

Elena  F.  Stuart.  MS.,  Purdue  University 

The  Department  of  Speech  Pathology  and  Audiology  offers  the  Master  of  Arts 
degree  in  speech  pathology.  The  student  may  choose  a  thesis  or  nonthesis  pro- 
gram. Either  program  is  designed  to  strengthen  the  knowledge  and  skill  of  the 
practicing  speech  clinician,  to  provide  the  foundation  for  further  graduate  study, 
and  to  afford  opportunity  to  complete  requirements  toward  professional  certi- 


138/Speech  Pathology  and  Audiology 

fication  by  the  American  Speech  and  Hearing  Association.  Attainment  of  the 
master's  degree  does  not  necessarily  guarantee  recommendation  for  certifica- 
tion. 

MASTER  OF  ARTS  IN  SPEECH  PATHOLOGY 

30  Semester  Hours 

Admission  to  the  Program 

In  addition  to  meeting  the  general  requirements  for  admission  to  a  degree  pro- 
gram at  West  Chester,  applicants  must: 

1 .  Present  an  undergraduate  background  of  at  least  24  semester  hours  in  the  fol- 
lowing areas  of  study:  speech  and  language  development,  phonetics,  introduc- 
tion to  speech  disorders,  introduction  to  audiology,  basic  speech  and  hearing  sci- 
ence, and  clinical  experience. 

2.  Demonstrate  a  reasonable  degree  of  speech  and  language  proficiency. 

3.  At  the  discretion  of  the  department,  submit  Miller  Analogies  Test  scores  for 
purposes  of  evaluation  and  guidance. 

4.  Submit  a  log  of  undergraduate  clinical  practicum. 

5.  Submit  3  letters  of  recommendation 

Admission  to  Degree  Candidacy 

1.  The  applicant  may  apply  for  degree  candidacy  after  having  completed  SPP 
501  and  two  additional  departmental  graduate  courses;  application  must  be 
made  before  the  student  has  completed  15  semester  hours  of  graduate  work  re- 
quired for  the  degree. 

2.  During  the  pre-candidacy  period  the  applicant  must  maintain  an  overall  aver- 
age of  at  least  2.75  and  a  minimum  average  of  3.00  in  departmental  courses. 

3.  The  applicant  must  have  demonstrated  satisfactory  performance  in  clinical 
practicum. 

Requirements  for  the  Degree 

1.  The  candidate  must  meet  the  general  college  requirements  for  the  master's 
degree,  including  completion  of  all  required  courses  with  an  overall  average  of  at 
least  2.75  and  a  minimum  average  of  3.00  in  departmental  courses. 

2.  The  candidate  must  perform  satisfactorily  on  a  comprehensive  written  and/or 
oral  examination,  which  may  not  be  taken  before  the  student's  final  semester  of 
course  work.  Those  who  fail  the  examination  may  repeat  it  once.  The  interval  be- 
tween the  two  examinations  may  not  exceed  one  year. 

3.  The  candidate  must  complete  satisfactorily  SPP  501,  three  semester  hours  of 
graduate  clinical  practicum  (SPP  560),*  and  24  additional  semester  hours,  chosen 
under  advisement. 

COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 

Symbol:  SPP 

500  Survey  of  Speech  Disorders  (3)  Description,  etiology,  and  management  of  communica- 
tion disorders  Introduction  to  the  field  of  speech  pathology  and  its  interrelationships  with 
other  professions  Open  to  non-majors  with  no  previous  coursework  in  speech  pathology. 
Not  open  to  students  with  credit  for  SPP  201  or  equivalent  Offered  each  semester  upon  suf- 
ficient demand 

501  Foundations  of  Research  in  Speech  Pathology  (3)  Introduction  to  the  scientific  process 
and  to  the  interpretation  and  application  of  research  in  the  speech  sciences.  A  research 

'Although  the  student  may  elett  more  than  i  semester  hours  of  chnital  practitum  tor  personal  objectives,  no  more  than  3 
may  be  counted  toward  the  degree 


Speech  Pathology  and  Audiology/139 

project  outline  required.  Offered  in  fall  and  spring. 

504  Aural  Rehabilitation  (3)  Medical,  prosthetic,  and  educational  approaches  to  aural  re- 
habilitation for  children  and  adults  Not  open  to  students  with  credit  for  SPP  304  or  equiv- 
alent PREREQ:  SPP  301  or  equivalent  Offered  in  spring 

505  Audiometry  (3)  A  lecture-laboratory  course  in  the  measurement  of  hearing  Not  open 
to  students  with  credit  for  SPP  305  or  equivalent  PREREQ:  SPP  301  or  equivalent  Offered  in 
spring 

506  Equipment  Workshop  (3)  Evaluation,  selection,  use,  and  maintenance  of  electronic 
aids  for  the  speech  and  hearing  clinician.  Demonstration  of  equipment  for  diagnosis, 
therapy  and  classroom  use.  Students  will  have  ample  opportunity  to  work  with  tape 
recorders,  auditory  trainers  and  special  calibration  techniques  Offered  in  summer 

510  Articulation  Disorders  (3)  In-depth  study  of  disorders  of  articulation.  Offered  in  spring. 

511  Voice  Disorders  (3)  Examination  of  classification,  etiology,  diagnosis,  and  therapy  for 
functional,  organic,  and  psychological  voice  disorders.  Offered  in  fall 

512  Language  Disorders  of  Children  (3)  Linguistic  and  neurological  aspects  of  behavior 
relative  to  disorders  of  language  in  children  In-depth  review  of  etiology,  assessment,  and 
treatment  PREREQ:  SPP  170  or  equivalent  Offered  in  fall 

513  Stuttering  (3)  Consideration  of  the  nature,  causes,  diagnosis,  and  treatment  of  stutter- 
ing and  related  disorders  of  speech  flow  Critical  review  of  pertinent  research  PREREQ:  Per- 
mission of  department.  Offered  in  fall 

514  Aphasia  (3)  Study  of  the  behaviors  associated  with  language  disorders  in  adults  Em- 
phasis on  etiologies,  symptoms,  assessment  and  rehabilitative  procedures.  Offered  in  spring 

515  Orofacial  Anomalies  (3)  Comprehensive  consideration  of  the  nature,  causes,  diagnosis, 
and  treatment  of  communication  disorders  associated  with  orofacial  anomalies,  particular- 
ly cleft  lip  and  cleft  palate  PREREQ:  SPP  290  or  equivalent,  or  permission  of  department 
Offered  in  summer  upon  demand 

516  Neuromuscular  Disorders  (3)  Nature,  causes,  diagnosis,  and  treatment  of  communica- 
tion disorders  associated  with  neuromuscular  dysfunction,  with  particular  attention  to  the 
cerebral  palsies  Offered  in  summer  upon  demand 

520  Seminar  in  Speech  Pathology  (3)  Selected  theoretical  and  clinical  areas  of  speech 
pathology  and  related  disciplmes.  Topics  vary  each  semester  according  to  research  develop- 
ments and  student  needs.  PREREQ:  permission  of  instructor  Offered  in  summer  upon 
demand 

525  Advanced  Diagnostic  and  Therapeutic  Methods  in  Speech  Pathology  (3)  Current  and 
advanced  evaluative  and  therapeutic  methods  and  materials  applicable  to  the  diagnosis 
and  remediation  of  communication  disorders  Offered  in  summer  upon  demand 

531  Therapy  for  the  Hearing  impaired  (3)  Evaluative  and  therapeutic  materials  and 
methods  applicable  to  the  improvement  of  communication  in  hard-of-hearing  individuals. 
PREREQ:  SPP  304  or  equivalent.  Offered  in  fall  every  other  year 

532  Advanced  Audiology  (3)  A  lecture-laboratory  course  which  explores  clinical  tech- 
niques for  the  measurement  of  hearing  Basic  measures  are  reviewed  Advanced  differential 
techniques  are  studied  with  some  opportunity  to  develop  competence  in  administering 
these  tests  during  lab  periods  PREREQ:  SPP  305  or  equivalent  Offered  in  fall  every  other 
year 

535  Seminar  in  Audiology  (3)  Selected  areas  in  audiology  and  related  disciplines.  Topics 
vary  each  semester  according  to  developments  in  research  and  student  needs.  PREREQ:  per- 
mission of  instructor.  Offered  in  summer  upon  demand 

550  Experimental  Phonetics  (3)  Advanced  study  of  acoustic  and  psychoacoustic  aspects  of 
sound.  Introduction  to  instrumentation  for  transmission,  analysis,  and  modification  of 
speech  sound  PREREQ:  an  introductory  course  in  phonetics  or  equivalent  Offered  in 
spring. 


140/Teaching  English  as  a  Second  Language 

560  Graduate  Clinical  Practicum  (1)  Supervised  practice  in  the  Speech  and  Hearing  Clinic 
and/or  in  affiMated  chnics  Designed  to  increase  diagnostic  and  therapeutic  skills  with  chil- 
dren and  adults  who  have  communication  problems  May  be  repeated  PREREQ:  SPP  350  or 
equivalent  and  permission  of  department  Offered  each  semester. 

570  Administration  and  Supervision  of  Speech  and  Hearing  Programs  (3)  Nature  and  scope 
of  supervisory  positions  in  speech  and  hearing  programs  Emphasis  on  administrative 
problems  Offered  in  summer  upon  demand. 

590  Independent  Study  (1-3)  Individualized  research  projects,  reports,  and/or  readings  in 
speech  pathology  or  audiology  under  faculty  supervision.  PREREQ:  approval  of  department 
chairperson  Offered  each  semester 

610     Thesis  (1-6)  Offered  each  semester. 


Teaching  English  as  a 
Second  Language 

Du  Falgie  and  Dr.  Smith,  Program  Coordinators 

Diane  O.  Casagrande,  Associate  Professor  of  Speech 
W.  Stephen  Croddy,  Associate  Professor  of  Pfiilosophy 
Joseph  Falgie,  Jr.,  Professor  of  English  and  Linguistics 
John  T.  Kelly,  Associate  Professor  of  English 
Willie  E.  Page,  Jr.,  Associate  Professor  of  English 
Philip  D.  Smith,  Jr.,  Professor  of  Language  and  Linguistics 

The  Master  of  Arts  in  Teaching  English  as  a  Second  Language  is  an  interdis- 
ciplinary program  contributed  to  by  the  Departments  of  English,  Foreign  Lan- 
guages, Philosophy,  and  Speech  Communication  and  Theatre.  The  program  is  de- 
signed for  those  preparing  to  teach  English  to  students  whose  first  language  is  not 
English.  Students  wishing  to  enter  the  program  must  consult  one  of  the  coordin- 
ators. 

In  addition  to  meeting  the  general  requirements  for  a  master's  degree  at  West 
Chester,  the  candidate  must  (1)  present  an  acceptable  baccalaureate  degree 
which  includes  at  least  24  semester  hours  in  the  area  of  English/Foreign  Lan- 
guages/Linguistics, at  least  6  semester  hours  in  the  area  of  Anthropology/Psychol- 
ogy/Sociology, and  a  course  in  teaching  reading  (may  be  taken  as  a  program  elec- 
tive if  lacking);  (2)  take  the  verbal  and  quantitative  tests  of  the  Graduate  Record 
Examination  or  the  Miller  Analogies  Test  if  deemed  necessary;  (3)  demonstrate 
adequate  proficiency  in  a  foreign  language  if  the  student  is  a  native  speaker  of 
English  or  adequate  proficiency  in  English  if  the  student  is  a  non-native  speaker 
of  English;  and  (4)  fulfill  the  course  requirements  and  pass  a  written  and/or  oral 
comprehensive  examination,  offered  on  the  second  Wednesday  of  October  and 
March. 


Teaching  English  as  a  Second  Language/141 

M.A.  IN  TEACHING  ENGLISH  AS  A  SECOND  LANGUAGE  (TESL) 

33  Semester  Hours 

Required  Courses  24  sh. 

LIN  501-503;  LAN  500-502-503;  ENG  575-576-577 

Students  submitting  equivalent  courses  for  any  of  the  above  may  substitute, 
under  advisement,  courses  from  the  groups  below. 

Electives  9s.h. 

Selected  from  the  groups  below.  At  least  one  course  must  be  selected  from 
Group  1. 

Group  1:   ENG  579;  LIN  540-555-580 

Croup  2:   ENG   578-590;   LAN  504-505-580-590-600-610;  LIN  504-505-509-512-590; 
PHI  506-523;  SPG  515 

With  the  approval  of  the  coordinators,  students  wishing  to  acquire  certifica- 
tion in  English  while  enrolled  in  this  program  may  use  up  to  6  hours  of  electives 
for  this  purpose. 

For  descriptions  of  courses  under  this  program  see  English  (ENG);  Foreign  Lan- 
guages (LAN);  Linguistics  (LIN);  Philosophy  (PHI);  and  Speech  Communication 
and  Theatre  (SPC). 


Urban  Education 


Coordinator:  F.  Williams  Leeds,  Associate  Professor,  M.A.,  University  of 
Pennsylvania 

501  Curricular  Adaptions  for  the  Disadvantaged  (3)  Currlcular  innnovations  which  attempt 
to  aid  the  culturally  disadvantaged  m  developing  skills  necessary  for  maximal  personal 
adiustment  to  society.  Survey  of  urban  problems  and  their  relationships  to  mner-city 
schools 

502  Human  Relations  in  the  School  and  Community  (3)  Intensive  study  of  the  inner-city 
community  and  its  close  relationship  with  the  school  society  Analysis  of  preiudice  and  its 
implications  to  community  and  school  power  structures 

590     Independent  Study  (1  -3) 


MILTON  J.  SHARP,  Governor 


COUNCILOF  HIGHER  EDUCATION 

ROBERT  C.  WISE,  Chairperson  Williamsport 

EMMAC.CHAPPELL  Philadelphia 

KEITH  DOMS  Philadelphia 

SISTER  M.  MICHEL  KEENAN  Scranton 

RICHARDC   KELLER  Millersville 

STANLEY  C.MARSHALL  Pittsburgh 

WILLIAM  H.REA  Pittsburgh 

GAIL  L.ROSE  Butler 


BOARD  OF  STATE  COLLEGE  AND  UNIVERSITY  DIRECTORS 

ARTHUR  B.SINKLER  PD.  MITCHELL 

Chairperson  IRVING  O.  MURPHY 

PATRICIA  M.COGHLAN  RALPH  J.  ROBERTS 

LAURENCE  FENNINGER,  JR.  BERNARD  F.  SCH ERE R 

REBECCA  F  GROSS  BEVERLY  SCHIFFRIN 

JO  HAYS  HARRY  E.  SEYLER 

ROBERTA  J.  MARSH  JOHNB.VELTRI 

STEPHEN  L.YALE 


PENNSYLVANIA  DEPARTMENT  OF  EDUCATION 

CARYL  M.  KLINE  Secretary  of  Education 

EDWARD  C  McGUIRE  Commissioner  of  Higher  Education 


WEST  CHESTER  STATE  COLLEGE  BOARD  OF  TRUSTEES 

MARION  C.  STAVES,  Esq.  Kennett  Square 

Chairperson 

D   BERNARD  KIRSCHNER  Harrisburg 

Vice  Chairperson 

STANLEY  J   LIEBERMAN,  Esq,  West  Chester 

Secretary 

SOFIA  T   DEL  VILLAR  Westchester 

BARRY  C   DOZOR,  Esq  Broomall 

R   SCOTT  HASTINGS  Coatesville 

CHARLES  M   PORTER  Malvern 

WALTER  REEDER  Downingtown 

CONSTANCE  C  WINCHESTER  Oxford 


r^(^ra|][SDgV[U^VDQ[S 


PRESIDENT 

VICE  PRESIDENT  FOR  ACADEMIC  AFFAIRS 
(ACTING) 


CHARLES  G.  MAYO 
RICHARD  G.  BRANTON 


Dean  of  Academic  Services 

Dean  of  Graduate  Studies 

Dean,  School  of  Arts  and  Letters  [Acting) 

Dean,  School  of  Education 

Dean,  School  of  hiealth,  Physical  Education 

and  Recreation 
Dean,  School  of  Music 
Dean,  School  of  Sciences 

and  Mathematics 
Dean,  School  of  Social  and  Behavioral 

Sciences  (Acting) 
Director  of  Curriculum  Enrichment  and  Director  of 

hiigher  Education  Opportunity  Program 
Director  of  Academic  Programs  (Acting) 
Director  of  Admissions  R. 

Director  of  the  Education 
Development  Center  (Acting) 

Director  of  Library  Services 


JOHN  S.  BROSS 

LON  W.WEBER 

JOHN  P.  FIELD 

WILLIAM  F.WHITE 

EDWIN  L.  YOUMANS 
CHARLES  A.  SPRENKLE 

RUSSELL  K.  RICKERT 

JAMES  S.MILNE 

JODY  M.HARRIS 

WILLIAM  I.  GUY 

GODFREY  STUDENMUND 

ERNEST  L.PETERS 
FRANK  Q.  HELMS 


VICE  PRESIDENT  FOR  ADMINISTRATION  AND 
FISCAL  AFFAIRS 
Director  of  Business  Affairs 
Director  of  Educational  Media  Services 
Director  of  Facilities  (Acting) 
Director  of  Research  and  Related  Services 


DENNIS  D.  BELL 

EVERETT  E.  SHAFFER 

RICHARD  L.STRAYER 

ALFRED  J.  SYKES 

MARTIN  J.  HIGGINS 


VICE  PRESIDENT  FOR  STUDENT  AFFAIRS 
Dean  of  Student  Development 


LOUISE  WEISLOGEL 
KENNETH  F.  BURDA 


Index/145 


-A- 

Academic  Information,  21-27 
Accreditation,  2 
Administration,  143 
Admission,  9-11 

Application  for,  9 

Of  Foreign  Students,  11 

Notification  of,  9 

Requirements,  9-10 
Advisory  Systems,  21 
All-Star  Series,  31 
Anthropology,  35-36 

Course  Descriptions,  35-36 
Application,  9 

Deadline,  9 

Procedure,  9 

To  Degree  Candidacy,  1 3 

To  Degree  Candidacy  Fee,  1 5 
Art,  37-38 

Course  Descriptions,  37-38 
Arts  and  Letters,  School  of,  33 
Assistantships,  19 
Astronomy,  54-56 
Attendance, 

In  Inclement  Weather,  30 
Auditors,  10 

Fees,  16 
Audiology,  137-140 

-B- 

Basic  Fee,  15 

Binding,  Thesis,  25 

Biology,  39-42 
M.  A.  in,  40 
M.  Ed.  In,  40 
Course  Descriptions,  41-42 

Board  of  State  Colleges  and  University 
Directors,  142 

Board  of  Trustees  West  Chester  State 
College,  142 

Bureau  of  Research  and  Related  Serv- 
ices, 29 

-C- 

Campus  Description,  6 
Campus  Map,  151 
Cancellation  of  Courses,  2 
Career  Development  Center,  30-31 
Career  Planning,  30-31 
Certification, 


Driver  Education  and  Safety  Living, 

86 
Educational  Media  Specialist,  26 
Educational  Specialist,  I  and  II,  26 
Instructional  I  and  II,  25-26 

Permanent,  25 

Reading  Specialist,  126 
Change, 

To  Auditor,  10,  22 

In  Name  or  Address,  24 

In  Programs,  22 

Of  Status,  22 
Chemistry,  43-46 

M.S.  in,  43-44 

Course  Descriptions,  44-46 
Classification  of  Students,  21 
Closings,  College  Policy  for  Storm,  30 
College  Services,  29 
Communications      Directory,      Inside 

Back  Cover 
Community  Center  Fee,  1 5 
Composition,  Concentration,  M.  Mus., 

Ill 
Comprehensive  Examination,  The,  25 
Computer  Center,  29 
Computer  Science,  102-104 

Applied  Option  in  MA.  in,  102 

Course  Descriptions,  102-104 
Contents,  3 

Council  of  Higher  Education,  142 
Counseling  Center,  30 
Counselor  Education,  47-50 

Certification,  47-48 

M.  Ed.  in  Elementary  School  Coun- 
seling, 48 

M.   Ed.   in  Secondary  School  Coun- 
seling, 48 

M.  S.  Higher  Education  Counseling, 
48 

Course  Descriptions,  48-50 
Course  Numbering  System,  22 
Credit, 

By  Examination,  22 

Transfer  of,  11,  22 

Transferring  from  other  Institutions, 
22 
Criminal  Justice,  51-53 

M.S.  in  51-52 

Course  Descriptions,  52-53 


146/lndex 


Cultural  Events,  31 

-D- 
Data  Processing  Services,  29 
Degree  Candidacy,  13-14 

Admission  to.  Requirements,  9, 13 

Procedure  for  Application  to,  1 3 

Reapplication  to,  13 
Degree  Programs,  4 

Retention  in,  13 

Time  Limitations  on,  21 
Degree  Requirements,  13-14 
Degree  Students, 

Admission  Requirements,  9-10 
Directions  to  the  College,  6 
Directory  Information,  26-27 
Dishonored  Check  Fee,  16 
Driver    Education    and    Safe    Living, 

Certification  Program  in,  86 

-E- 

Earth  Sciences,  54-56 

Course  Descriptions,  54-56 
Economics,  57 

Course  Descriptions,  57 
Education, 

Counselor,  47 

Elementary,  60 

Instructional  Media,  95 

Science,  127 

Secondary,  129 

Special,  135 

Urban,  141 
Education,  School  of,  33 
Educational   Media   Specialist  Certifi- 
cation, 26 
Educational  Psychology,  134 

Course  Descriptions,  134 
Educational  Research,  58-59 

M.S.  in,  59 

Course  Descriptions,  59 
Educational    Specialist    Certification, 

26 
Elementary  Education,  60-63 

M.  Ed.  in,  61 

Course  Descriptions,  61-63 
English,  64-68 

MA.  in,  65 

M,  Ed.  in,  65 

Course  Descriptions,  65-68 
Teaching  English  as  a  Second  Lan- 
guage, 140 
Ethnic  Studies,  69 
Evening  Classes,  5 


Expenses,  15-17 
Examination, 

Comprehensive,  25 

Credit  by,  Fee,  15 

-F- 
Faculty,  See  Appropriate  Department, 
Family  Education  Rights  and  Privacy 

Act,  26-27 
Fees,  15-17 

Application,  15 

Auditor,  16 

Basic,  15 

Community  Center  Fee,  1 5 

Dis-Honored  Check  Fee,  16 

Graduation,  17 

ID.  Card,  17 

Late  Registration,  15 

Library  Card,  17 

Music,  16 

Outof  State  Students,  15 

Transcript,  16 

Vehicle  Permits,  17 
Financial  Aid,  19-20 
Foreign  Language,  70-76 

MA.  in,  71 

M.  Ed.  in,  71 

Course  Descriptions,  72-76 
Foreign  Students, 

Admission  of,  11 
Foundations,  1 32-1 34 

Course  Descriptions,  1 32-1 34 
French,  72-73 

M.A.  in,  71 

M.  Ed.  in,  71 

Course  Descriptions,  72-73 

-G- 

Geography,  77-79 

MA.  in,  77 

MA.    in.    Social    Science,    Concen- 
tration, 11 

M.  Ed.  in,  77-78 

Course  Descriptions,  78-79 
Geography  and  Planning,  77-79 

Course  Descriptions,  77-79 
Geology,  54-56 

Course  Descriptions,  54-56 
German, 

M.  Ed.  in,  71 

Course  Descriptions,  73-74 
G.I   Bill,  31 


Index/147 


Government  and  Politics,  80-82 
MA.  in  Social  Science,  80 
Course  Descriptions,  80-82 

Grade  Reports,  24 

Grading  System,  23 

Graduate  Assistantships,  19 

Graduate      Level      Courses,      Under- 
graduates, 10 

Graduate  Programs,  4 

Graduate  Record  Examination,  24 

Graduate  Studies,  5 

Graduate  Summer  Sessions,  5 

Graduation  Fee,  17 

Green,  Francis  Harvey,  Library,  29 

-H- 

Health  and  Physical  Education,  83-89 

M.  Ed.  in,  84-86 

M.S.  in,  84-86 

Course  Descriptions,  86-89 
Health,      Physical      Education      and 

Recreation,  School  of,  33 
Health  Service,  30 
History,  90-94 

MA.  in,  91 

M.    A.    in    Social    Science    Concen- 
tration, 91 

M.   Ed.   in   Social   Science,  Concen- 
tration, 91-92 

Course  Descriptions,  92-94 
Honor  Societies,  31 
Housing,  29-30 

I.  D.  (Identification  Card),  1 7 
Inclement  Weather,  Attendance  in,  30 
Incompletes,  Removing,  24 
In-Service  Programs,  25-26 
Insurance,  Medical,  30 
Instructional  I  and  II  Certification,  25- 

26 
Instructional  Media  Education,  95-98 

Educational  Media  Specialist  Certi- 
fication in,  95,  97 

M.  Ed.  in,  95-96 

M.S.  in,  96-97 

Course  Descriptions,  97-98 
Instrumental  Concentration,  M.  Mus., 

Ill 

-L- 
Language,  Courses  Common  to  all,  72 

Course  Descriptions,  72 
Latin,  74-75 

M.  Ed.  in,  71 


Course  Descriptions,  74-75 
Late  Registration  Fee,  15 
Letter  of  Intent  to  Graduate,  25 
Library,  29 
Library  Card,  17 
Linguistics,  99 

Course  Descriptions,  99 
Literature,  66-67 

Course  Descriptions,  66-67 
Little  Theatre  Productions,  31 
Loans,  19 
Location  of  the  College,  6 

-M- 

Map,  Campus,  151 
Marine  Science,  100 

Course  Descriptions,  100 
Master  of  Arts  Degree  in. 

Biology,  40 

English,  65 

French,  71 

Geography,  11 

History,  91 

Mathematics,  102 

Music  History  and  Literature,  111 

Philosophy,  117 

Physical  Science,  119 

Psychology,  122 

Social  Science  Concentration, 
Geography,  11 
History,  91 
Political  Science,  80 
Psychology,  122-123 

Spanish,  71 

Speech  Pathology,  138 

Teaching  English  as  a  Second  Lan- 
guage, 141 
Master  of  Education  Degree  in. 

Biology,  40 

Educational  Media,  95-96 

Elementary  Education,  61 

Elementary  School  Counseling,  48 

English,  65 

French,  71 

Geography,  77-78 

German,  71 

Health,  84-86 

Health  and  Physical  Education,  84- 
86 

Latin,  71 

Mathematics,  102 

Reading,  126 

Secondary  Education,  131-132 


148/lndex 


Secondary  School  Counseling,  48 

Social   Science  Concentration,   His- 
tory, 91-92 

Spanish,  71 
Master    of     Education,     Special     Re- 
quirements, 13-14 
Master  of  Music  in. 

Composition,  111 

Music  Education,  110-111 

Performance,  111 

Theory,  111 
Master  of  Science  in. 

Chemistry,  43-44 

Criminal  Justice,  51-52 

Educational  Media,  96-97 

Educational  Research,  59 

Health,  84-86 

Health  and  Physical  Education,  84- 
86 

Higher  Education  Counseling,  48 
Master's  Degree,  Requirements  for,  13- 

14 
Mathematical  Sciences,  101-107 

MA.  in,  101-102 

M.Ed,  in,  102 

Course  Descriptions,  102-107 

Service  Courses,  107 
Mathematics,  104-105 

M.A.  in,  102 

M.  Ed.  in,  102 

Course  Descriptions,  104-105 
Mathematics  Education,  105-106 

Course  Descriptions,  105-106 
Medical  Treatment,  30 
Miller  Analogies  Test,  24-25 
Music,  108-116 

M.A.  in.  Ill 

Master  of,  110-111 

Course  Descriptions,  111-116 
Music  Eees,  16 
Music,  School  of,  33 

-N- 
National  Direct  Student  Loan  Program, 

19 
Non-degree  Students,  10 

Admission  Requirements,  10 
Non-Discrimination  Policy,  2 
Notification  of  Admission,  9 

-O- 

Off  ice  of  Graduate  Studies,  2 
Organ  Concentration,  M.  Music,  111 


-P- 

Pennsylvania  Department  of  Edu- 
cation, 142 

Pennsylvania  Higher  Education  Assist- 
ance Agency  Loan  Guaranty  Pro- 
gram, 19 

Permanent  Certification,  25 

Phi  Delta  Kappa,  31 

Provisional  Status,  10 

Philosophy,  117-118 
M.A  in,  117 
Course  Descriptions,  118 

Physical  Education,  88-89 

Physical  Science  Program,  119 
M.A.  in,  119 

Course  Descriptions,  See  Chemistry, 
Earth  Sciences,  Marine  Science 
and  Physics 

Physics,  120-121 

Course  Descriptions,  120-121 

Piano  Concentration,  M.  Mus.,  Ill 

Placement  Services,  30-31 

Political  Science, 
M.A.      in      Social      Science,     Con- 
centration, 80 
Course  Descriptions,  80-82 

Professional  Studies,  129-134 

Programs  of  Study,  4,  33 

Provisional  Status,  10 

Psychological  Services,  30 

Psychology,  121-124 
M.A.  in,  122 

M.A.    in.    Social    Science,    Concen- 
tration, 122-123 
Course  Descriptions,  123-124 

Psychology,  Educational,  134 
Course  Descriptions,  134 
-R- 

Reading,  125-127 
M.  Ed.  in,  126 
Course  Descriptions,  126-127 

Reading  Specialist  Certification,  126 

Refunds,  Policy  on,  16 

Registration,  9 

Re-Examination  Policy,  21 

Removing  Incompletes,  24 

Rentals,  Instruments,  16 

Renewal  of  Instructional  I  Certi- 
fication, 26 

Repeating  Courses,  23-24 

Research,  58-59 

Research  and  Related  Services,  Bureau 
of,  29 


Index/149 


Research  Requirements,  25 
Resident  Directors,  20 
Responsibility,  Students,  9 

-S- 
School  of  Health,  Physical  Education 

and  Recreation  Scholarship,  20 
Science  Education,  127-128 

Course  Descriptions,  127-128 
Science  and  Mathematics,  School  of, 

33 
Second  Language,  Teaching  English  as 

a,  140-141 
Secondary  Education  and  Professional 

Studies,  129-134 

M.Ed,  in,  129-131 

M.  Ed.  in  Secondary  Education,  131- 
132 

Course  Descriptions,  1 32-1 34 
Service     Courses      in      Mathematical 

Sciences,  107 
Social     and      Behavioral     Sciences, 

School  of,  33 
Social  Science, 
M.A.  in,  Concentration, 

Geography,  71 

History,  91 

Political  Science,  80 

Psychology,  122-123 
M.  Ed.  in.  Concentration, 

History,  91-92 
Social  Work,  35-36 

Course  Descriptions,  36 
Sociology,  35-36 

Course  Descriptions,  36 
Spanish,  75-76 

M.A.  in,  71 

M.Ed,  in,  71 

Course  Descriptions,  75-76 
Special  Education,  1 35-136 

Course  Descriptions,  135-136 
Speech  and  Hearing  Clinic,  30 
Speech  Communication,  136 

Course  Descriptions,  136 
Speech  Communication  and  Theatre, 

136-137 

Course  Descriptions,  136-137 
Speech     Pathology     and     Audiology, 

137-140 

M.A.  in,  138 


Course  Descriptions,  1 38-1 40 
Sports  Activities,  31-32 
Statistics,  107 

Course  Descriptions,  107 
Status,  Change  of,  22 
Status,  Provisional,  10 
Storm  Closings,  30 
Student  Living,  29 
Student  Load,  22 
Student  Loans,  19 
Student  Responsibility,  9 
Summer  Sessions,  Graduate,  5 

-T- 

Teaching    English    as    a    Second    Lan- 
guage 140-141 
M.A.  in,  141 

Test  of  English  as  a  Foreign  Language, 
(TOEFL),  11 

Theory  Concentration,  M.  Music,  111 

Theatre,  137 

Course  Descriptions,  137 

Theatre,  Little  Theatre  Productions,  31 

Thesis,  Submitting  for  Binding,  25 

Time  Limitations  on 
Degree  Programs,  21 
Re-Examination  Policy  for  Students 
who  Exceed,  21 

Transcript,  Fee,  16 

Transcripts,  24 

Transferof  Credit,  11,22 

-U- 
Undergraduate  Degrees,  6-7 
Undergraduate  Studies,  6-7 
Urban  Education,  141 
Course  Descriptions,  141 

-V- 

Vehicle  Permit,  17 

Veteran's  Affairs,  31 

Voice  Concentration,  M.  Music,  111 

-W- 

Welkinweir,  6 

William    Pyle    Philips    Lecture    Foun- 
dation Series,  31 
Withdrawal  from  Courses,  23 
Withdrawal  from  College,  23 


5 
_i 
o 

IJL 
ff 
O 

z 


SUMMER 

GRADUATE  SESSIONS  1979 


_j&."     ■4feit.*T>--'ijKa!^Ktue-    .-^-.^inipn— wrAgj»^ 


log  your  mind ... 

this  summer  at  West  Chester  State  College 

Summer  Sessions  1979 


us  POSTAGE  PAID 
Wwt  ChMtvr.  Pa.   19380 
Pwffltt  No.  309 


West  Chester  State  College 

West  Chester.  Pennsylvania  19380 


.v^^ 


.A^° 


^o- 


West  .Chester  State  College 
Campus  Map 


▼     TitK  10  Ptlcsliiin 


WEST  CHESTER  STATE  COLLEGE— SUAAMER  SESSIONS  1979 


WEST  CHESTER  STATE  COLLEGE 

GRADUATE 

SUAAMER  SESSIONS 

Jog  your  mind. . . 

This  summer  at  West  Chester  Stote  College 
where  the  pace  is  geared  to  busy  people  who  wont 
to  enrich  their  personol  or  professional  lives,  speed 
up  their  degree  programs  or  treat  themselves  to  a 
study  vocation. 

The  college  is  located  in  the  Borough  of  West 
Chester,  a  town  which  retains  its  colonial  ot- 
mosphere  while  providing  all  the  modern 
amenities  to  be  expected  in  a  suburban  community. 
Surrounded  by  beoutif  ul  Chester  County  farmland, 
with  the  area's  well-known  ort  colonies  and 
historic  battlefields  nearby,  West  Chester  is  only  a 
short  ride  away  from  the  reseorch  and  cultural  ad- 
vontoges  of  Philadelphia  and  Wilmington. 
Washington,  D.C.  ond  New  York  City  are  both 
within  three  hours  traveling  time. 

From  its  location,  West  Chester  State  College 
derives  its  character — a  comfortable  blend  of  city 
and  country,  of  the  progressive  and  traditional. 
This  dichotomy  is  especially  obvious 
when  the  work  is  particularly   up-beot  and  i 
vigorattng  and  the  compus  is  its  most  relaxing. 


Summer  course  lists  reflect  current  vitol  issues 
such  OS  "Combating  Sexism  in  the  Classroom," 
"Chemistry  of  the  Environment"  and  "Consumer 
Health  Education,"  while  maintaining  a  healthy 
selection  of  basic  courses  in  mathemotics,  the 
sciences,  literoture  and  the  arts. 

Study  and  travel  can  be  combined  through  West 
Chester  State  College's  special  study  tours  this 
year  scheduled  for  India  and  the  national  parks  of 
the  western  United  States.  Also  avoilable  ore 
wilderness  adventures  in  the  backlands  of  Penn- 
sylvania or  marine  science  investigations  conduc- 
ted at  sea. 

AH  of  these  courses  and  the  many  more  listed  in 
the  following  pages  ore  conveniently  arranged 
within  a  three-week  pre  session,  a  six-week 
regular  session  and  a  three-week  post  session.  This 
schedule  makes  it  possible  for  both  the 
vacationers,  taking  one  course,  and  the  go-getters, 
absorbing  a  semester's  worth,  to  fit  West  Chester 
into  their  active  summer  agenda. 

Keeping  minds  on  course  is  not  just  a  warm- 
weother  activity  ot  West  Chester.  It  goes  on  all 
yeor  long.  To  get  in  the  running,  find  out  about  the 
college  ond  its  graduate  progroms  by  writing  or 
colling  the  Office  of  Graduate  Studies  at  (215) 
436-2343  or  (2 1 5)  436-2943. 


STRUaURE  OF  THE  COLLEGE 

W«st  Chester  State  College  groduate  course  of- 
ferings ore  divided  omortg  the  schools  as  follows: 

School  of  Arts  and  Utten  School  of  Music 

Art 


GRADUATE  PROGRAMS  AT  WESTCHESTER 


Foreign  Longuoges 
Philosophy 

ond  Theatre 
Speech  Pathology 
and  Audiology 

School  of  Education 

Counselor  Education 

Ed( 


Music  Educotion 

Music  History  ond  Literoture 

Musrc  Theory  ond  Compositio 

Instrumental  Music 

Keyboord  Music 

Vocol  ond  Choral  Music 


Biology 
Chemistry 
Earth  Sciences 
Mothemoticol  Scie 


Research 
Elementary  Educotion 
Instructional  Medio  Educot, 
Reoding 
Secondary  Education  ond 

Professional  Studies 
Special  Education 
Urban  Education 


School  of  Health  and  Physical      Crimmol  Justice 
Education  Geography  and  Planning 

Government  and  Politics 
Health  History 

Health  and  Physical  Educotion    Psychology 

For  the  convenience  of  readers  the  arrangement  of 
course  offerings  is  olphabeticol  by  field  or  area  of 
study 

All  correspondence  should  be  directed  to 

Tho  Deon  of  Graduate  Studios 

Room  205  Ruby  Jones  Hall 

West  Chester  State  College 

West  Chester,  Po.  19380 

Telephone :  (2 1 5)  436-2243 


CERTIRCATION  AND/OR 
MASTER  OF  EDUCATION 

Biology 

Counselor  Education* 

Elementory  School 


Cou 


Secondory  School 


Cooi 


Driver  Education  ond 

Safe  Living** 
Elementary  Education 
English 

Geography 

Germon 

Health 

Health  ond  Physical 


Education 
Latin 

Mathematics 
Readi  ng 
Secondary 

Concentratiot 
Geogrophy 


MASTER  OF  MUSIC 

Music  Education 
MusicTheory  or 
Composition 
Pefformonce 


MASTER  OF  ARTS 

Biology 
English 

Geography 

Mathematics 
Options  in: 
Pure  Mathematics 
Mathematics  Educotioi 
Applied  Computer  Scie 

Music  History 

Philosophy 

Physical  Science 

Psychology 

Sociol  Science 

Concent'otionsrn; 
Geography 

Politicol  Science 

Psychology 
Spanish 

Speech  Pathology 
Teaching  English  os  o 

Second  Longuoge 

MASTER  OF  SCIENCE 

Chemistry 

Counseling 

CriminolJustice 

Educotionol  Reseorch 

Health 

Heolth  and  Physicol 


ol  Medio 


The  til 
change. 

Eoch  summer  session  offering  is  contingent  upon 
adequate  enrollment  ond  the  judgment  of  the  col- 

This  cotolog  is  not  to  be  regarded  os  on  ir- 
revocable contract  between  the  student  ond  West 
Chester  Stole  College. 

Admission  to  summer  session  classes  does  not 
imply  admission  to  graduole  programs. 

Fees  ore  subject  tochonge  without  notice. 

West  Chester  Stote  College  is  committod  to  com- 


plionce  with  oil  opplicable  Federal  and  Srole  non- 
discriminotion  statutes.  Educo'ionol  progroms,  ac- 
tivities, ond  employment  of  the  college  ore 
provided  without  regord  to  marital   stolus,   race, 

or  religious  creed  In  addition,  the  college  ottempts 
to  remove  ony  barriers  and  to  provide  opportunity 
for  educotion  and  employment  of  handicapped 
persons.  Inquiries  regording  compliance  with  this 
policy  moy  be  directed  to  Ms.  Jeonnette  Som,  Direc- 
tor of  Affirmative  Action,  Philips  Memorial  Moll, 
West  Chester  Stote  College,  telephone  (215) 
436-2838. 


CONTENTS 

General  Information     

...3 

'4 

5 

How  To  Schedule  and  Register 

..5 

Calendar  For  Summer  Sessions 

.5 

Pre  Session  Offerings    

,  .6 

Regulor  Session  Offerings    ., 

.7 

Post  Session  Offerings 

.9 

Summer  Workshops,  Other 

Special  Offerings 

.9 

New  Course  Descriptions   

.11 

ACCREDITATION 

West  Chester  Stote  College  is  accredited  by  The 
Middle  Stotes  Associotion  of  Colleges  and  Secon- 
dory Schools,  The  Notional  Council  for  Ac- 
creditolion  of  Teocher  Educotion,  The  American  As- 
sociation for  Health.  Physical  Education  ond 
Recreation,  The  Notionol  Associotion  of  Schools  of 
Mus.c,  The  Council  on  Sociol  Work  Educotion  and 
The  Americon  Chemicol  Society.  West  Chester  Stote 
College  is  o  member  of  The  Council  of  Groduote 
Schools  in  the  United  States. 


WEST  CHESTER  STATE  COLLEGE— SUMMER  SESSIONS  1 979 


GENERAL 
INFORMATION 


West  Chester's  summer  program  tokes  ploce  in 
three  sessions  of  three,  six  and  three  weeks,  respec- 
tively. Any  student  taking  a  summer  course  at  West 
Chester  is  ent.lled  to  moke  full  use  of  oil  the  col- 
lege's resources —  and  they  ore  extensive. 

As  one  of  the  largest  of  the  Slate's  1 4  institutions 
of  higher  learnmg.  West  Chester  Stole  College  is  a 
multi-purpose,  comprehensive  school  now  in  its 
second  century.  Anxing  the  many  programs  offered 
(See  Poge  3)  ore  those  in  teocher  educotion, 
music,  professionoi  preporction,  orts  ond  sciences. 
New  courses  of  study  ond  progroms  at  the 
groduote  level  ore  constantly  being  developed.  For 
complete  details,  consult  the  Groduote  Cotolog 
Qvoiloble  from  the  Office  of  Graduate  Studies 
locoted  in  the  Ruby  Jones  Hall. i 

The  Office  of  Groduote  Studies  is  open  Mondoy 
•hrough   Friday  800  am.  to  4:30  p.m.  through 
^Aay.  From  June  through  August,  the  office  closes  at 
4:00  p.m. 
HOW  TO  REACH  WEST  CHESTER 

The  Borough  of  West  Chester  is  eosily  accessible 
from  all  directions  both  by  cor  and  public  transpor- 
totion.  Route  3.  the  West  Chester  Pike,  leads  directly 
into  town  from  center -city  Philodelphio.  From  the 
Pennsylvonia  Turnpike,  motorists  traveling  west 
should  take  Route  202  south  from  the  Valley  Forge 
Interchange  while  those  traveling  east  can  orrive 
vio  Route  100  south  from  the  Downingtown  Inter- 
change. From  the  south.  Route  202  from  Witming- 
ton  ond  Routes  100  and  52  from  US  Route  1  oil 
lead  to  West  Chester 

By  public  transportation,  SEPTA  buses  run  from 
the  69:h  Street  Terminal  m  Philadelphia  into  the 
center  of  town  while  trains  also  operate  on  o 
limited  schedule  from  Philodelphio's  30th  Street 
ond  Suburban  Stations  to  West  Chester. 
A  lOOK  AT  THE  TOWN  AND  COUNTRY 

Locoted  in  o  bosicolly  agricultural  region  within 

metropolitan  oreos,  West  Chester  offers  the  best  of 
the  worlds  of  city,  country,  small  town  ond  subur- 
bia. A  community  of  opproximately  20,000,  the 
town  is  obout  25  miles  west  of  Philadelphia  and  1 7 
miles  north  of  Wilmington.  Delaware  The  inter- 
state highway  system  and  good  roil  connections 
moke  New  York  City  ond  Woshington,  D.C.  olso 


silyc 


sible 


L 


West  Chester  is  the  county  seot  of  Chester  County 
and  the  hub  of  activity  for  the  surrounding  area.  It 
■so  marketing,  bonking,  social  services  ond  library 
center  as  well  as  o  focus  of  light  industry. 

Despite  recent  rapid  growth.  West  Chester 
retains  its  own  speciol  flavor  ond  historicol  dignity, 
Originolly  settled  by  the  Quakers  during  colonial 
times,  the  town  still  has  streets  lined  with  well-kept 
I  9lh  Century  brick  houses,  many  with  detoiled  or- 
nomental  iron  decoration  from  neorby  forges.  West 
Chester  residents  are  proud  of  their  historical  com- 
munity ond  take  core  in  preserving  its  many  or- 
chitedurol  gems  including  public  buildings,  chur- 

History,  art  ond  architecture  buffs  can  hove  o 
real  field  day  ,  .  and  onother  ond  another  .  .  in 
Chester  County.  Within  short  driving  distance  are 
Valley  Forge,  Longwood  Gordens,  o  Mushroom 
Museum,  the  Brondywine  River  Museum  (full  of 
paintings  by  the  Wyeth  family  and  other  members 
of  the  Brondywine  School)  cna  the  Brondywine 
Battlefield. 

Other  nearby  points  of  interest  include  Anthony 
Woyne's  farm  home  (Waynesborough)  ond  hi* 
grove  at  St.  Oovid's  Church,  the  house  once  oc- 
cupied by  poet  Sidney  Lonier,  the  Mason  &  Dixon 
Stor-gozer's  Stone,  St.  Peter's  village  noted  for  its 
old  houses  and  quoint  shops,  and  numerous 
b«outiful  and  interesting  houses  ond  barns  for 
which  the  county  is  highly  famed. 

Chester  County's  enthusiosm  for  its  many 
culturol  ond  historical  sites  is  contogious  so  that 
even  those  whose  interests  gerwrolly  lie  in  other 
oreas  ore  often  soon  cough!  up  in  the  flavor  and 
foeting  of  the  oreo . 


HOUSING 

If  you  would  like  to  live  on-compus  while  atten- 
ding summer  school.  West  Chester  has  8  ottroctive 
well-appointed  residence  halls.  Each  building  has 


foci  I 


The  I 


oted   I 


Lowrence  Center,  which  houses  the  dining  room, 
post  office,  and  snack  bar  They  ore  also  convenient 
to  Sykes  College  Union,  which  provides  comfor- 
toble  lounges,  recreation  facilities,  the  bookstore, 
and  a  deli. 

You  may  apply  for  a  room  by  writing  to  the 
Director  of  Housing,  206  Sykes  College  Union 
Building.  This  written  applicotion  must  be  received 
at  least  one  week  prior  to  the  beginning  of  the  ses- 
sion for  which  housing  is  required. 

FRANCIS  HARVEY  GREEN  LIBRARY 

With  a  collection  of  more  than  365,000  volumes 
and  subscriptions  to  more  thon  2,500  journols. 
West  Chester's  library  is  a  voluoble  resource  for 
study  and  research.  The  general  collection  is  aug- 
mented by  on  extensive  micromedio  collection 
representing  an  additional  300,000  titles  along 
with  facilities  for  reoding  this  materiol. 

The  Speciol  Collections  Room  houses  the  Chester 
County  Collection  of  scientific  and  historical  books, 
the  Normal  Collection  (historical  books  on  physical 
educotion  and  publications  by  and  about  the 
faculty  ond  alumni),  The  Biographies  of  the  Signers 
of  the  Declaration  of  Independence  by  John  San- 
derson, ond  the  Shakespeare  Folios. 

Other  collections  of  note  include  a  variety  of 


dudic 


Ins 


Moteriols  Center,  a  separote  music  library  in 
Swope  Hall;  the  Philips  Autographed  Book  Library 
housed  m  a  specially  designed  room  in  the  Philips 
Memoriol  Building,-  ond  seporate  collections  of 
children's  literoture  and  government  documenls. 

RECREATION  SERVICES 

For  those  who  like  to  get  owoy  from  it  oil,  West 
Chester  has  interesting  cultural,  social,  and  sports 
activities  in  the  summer.  Recreation  Services  —  the 
office  responsible  for  meeting  the  leisure-time 
needs  of  summer  students  —  arronges  such  regular 
features  as  excursions  to  Robin  Hood  Dell  m 
Philadelphia,  Longwood  Gardens  ond  professional 
baseball  gomes 

Recreation  equipment  is  ovoiloble  to  summer 
students.  Items  for  loan  range  from  tennis  rackets, 
baseboll  equipment,  volleyballs,  softboll  bats  and 
bolls,  to  tents  ond  sleeping  bogs  If  you  wont  to 
shop  uptown,  or  |ust  pedol  around  ond  en|oy  the 
scenic  beouty  of  Chester  County,  you  con  also  bor- 
row a  bicycle.  The  equipment  is  loaned  from 
Ehinger  Gymnosium. 

If  you  like  your  exercise  competitive,  there  are  m- 
Iromural  softboll  and  volleyball  leagues  for  both 

Sociot  programs  include  donees,  student-foculty 
coffee  hours,  music  progroms  and  o  cinema  series. 

The  following  facilities  ore  open  for  informal 
recreation  user  Hollinger  Gymnasium  {College 
Avenue),  the  tennis  courts  on  both  North  and  South 
Campus,  Ehinger  Gymnasium,  ond  Recreotion 
Pork,  behind  Sanderson  Hall,  Swimming  wi  II  be 
provided  OS  facilities  ore  available. 

For  detoils.  phone  or  see  the  Coordinator  of 
Recreotion  Services,  South  Campus  (436-21  33). 

CAREER  PLANNING 

«  PLACEMENT  SERVICES 

The  college  maintains  on  active  Career  Develop- 
ment Center  for  its  students.  Notices  of  oppor- 
tunities for  employment  in  o  voriety  of  careers  are 
posted  regulorly,  ond  counseling  in  coreer  plan- 
ning IS  available  to  oil  students  {See  the  Graduate 
Studies  Catalog  )  There  is  no  charge  for  these  ser- 
vices. Location:  Lowrence  Center, 

RNANCIAL  AID 

Information  oboul  college  work-study  em- 
ployment opportunities,  student  loans,  and  student 
grants  con  be  obtoined  from  the  Office  of  Finonciol 
Aid,  1 03  Lawrence  Center. 


STUDENT  HEALTH  SERVICE 

To  meet  emergency  and  first-aid  needs  and  to 
perform  routine  infirmary  treatment  of  minor  il- 
lness and  minor  surgical  conditions,  two  part-lime 
physicians  and  a  stoff  of  registered  nurses  ore 
available  at  no  cost  to  students.  Beyond  these  ser- 
vices, the  college  does  not  furnish  medical  core  nor 
bear  the  costs  of  medical  or  surgicol  treatment  or 
hospitalization.  The  community  of  West  Chester 
hos  qualified  physicians  and  excellent  hospital 
facilities.  The  Health  Service  is  in  Reynolds  Hall. 

Summer  students  moy  take  advantage  of  a 
group  Accident  and  Health  policy,  approved  by  the 
college  and  covering  them  for  the  I  2  weeks  of  the 
summer  session,  ot  o  minimol  premium.  See  the 
Health  Service. 

THE  COUNSELING  CENTER 

The  professional  counseling  and  psychological 
services  of  the  Counseling  Center  ore  ovoiloble  to 
students  needing  assistance  regarding 
educotionol,  vocational,  personal,  social  and 
emotional  concerns.  The  counseling  psychologists 
who  stoff  the  center  are  experienced  in  counseling, 
personolity  evaluation  ond  odmmistrotion  of 
psychological  tests,  Assistonce  is  provided  through 
both  individual  and  group  approaches,  depending 
upon  student  need  All  conversations  and  test 
results  ore  confidential,  Locotion:  Lawrence  Center. 

VETERAN'S  AFFAIRS 

West  Chester  is  an  accredited  college  for  the 
education  of  veterans  and  mointains  on  Office  of 
Veterons'  Affairs,  To  opply  for  benefits,  veterans 
should  visit  this  office,  locoted  in  Ruby  Jones  Hall. 


APPLYING  FOR  ADMISSION  FOR  THE  ACADEMIC 
YEAR 

The  Office  of  Graduate  Studies  will  be  glad  to 
give  you  on  opplicotion  form  and  a  Graduate 
Cotalog  in  which  you  will  find  odmission 
requirements  as  well  os  information  about  the  col- 
lege's degree  programs. 


SUAAMER  SESSIONS 
FEES  &  EXPENSES 


S|>ecial  Note: 

The  fees  listed  below  reflect  charges  as  of  th 
fall  semester,  1978. 

Fees  are  subject  to  change  without  notice. 

For  more  up-to-date  information  at  any  give 
time,  contact  Student  Accounts  Office,  436-2SS3. 


All  charges  for  a  session 
the  day  of  registration. 


(Unless  othe 


nust  be  paid  o 


i  specified,  fees  ore  paid  by  check 
or  money  order  payable  to;  Commonwealth  of  Pen- 
nsylvania, Your  check  or  money  order  serves  as 
your  receipt) 

$51  per  semester  hour  of  credit 
Effective  m  Summer  School,  1979,  all  in-stote  ond 
out-of-state  graduate  students  will  pay  the  some 
bosic  fee.  This  fee  policy  will  continue  to  be  in  ef- 
fect during  the  academic  year  as  well. 

Housing  Fee  (Rooms  and  Meals) 

Regular  Session  $228 
Preof  Post  Session:  $1  u 
No  reduction  for  absences  of  a  tew  days. 
Private  rooms:  $4  extra  per  week.  Charges  for  in- 
dividual meals:  breakfast  (1 .00,  lunch  $1 .45,  din- 
ner $1 .80. 

Meals  $1  7/week 
Room  $2 1 /week 

Community  Center  Fee 

$1,00  Pre  Of  Post  Session 

S2.00  Regular  Session 


WEST  CHESTER  STATE  COLLEGE— SUMMER  SESSIONS  1 979 


Music  InstnKlion  Fe« 


{Regulor  Session) 

Prono,  Organ,  Instrument,  or  Voice — two 

lessons  per  week;  $55 

Instrument  Closs  or  Ensemble;  $35 

Pipe  Organ  for  Proctic* 

Regulor  Session:  $12 
Pre  or  Post  Session:  $6 
(Nochorge  for  piano  for  proctice) 

Rental  of  Bond  or  Orcheitral  Instruments 


Late  Registration  Fee 

The  $1  0  lote  reglstrotion  fee  is  charged  lo  students 
who  register  after  dosses  begin 

Refunds 

All  refund  requests  must  be  mode  m  writing  during 
the  session  for  which  o  refund  is  requested  Contact 
the  Groduote  Office,  2nd  floor.  Ruby  Jones  Holl. 

Basic  Fee  Refunds: 

W.thdrowals  during  the  first  we. 

Sessions  — o50%refund- 

Withdrowols  dunng  the  first  an. 

Regulor  Session  —  a  50%  refund 

There  is  no  refund  of  the  bosic  fee  after  the  first 

week  of  Pre  or  Post  Session,  and  after  the  second 

week  of  Regular  Session. 

The  Community  Center  Fee  is  not  refundoble.  Room 

and  boord  refunds  ore  on  o  weekly  proroted  basis. 


k  of  Pre  and  Post 
I  second  week  of 


ACADEMIC 
INFORMATION 


CREDITS 

Credits  ore  usually  earned  < 
semester  hour  for  eoch  week  of 
student  ottending  all  three 
12  credits 

West  Chester  students  wishing  to  carry  more 
than  six  semester  hours  in  Regular  Session  must 
secure  permission  from  their  advisors, 

WITHDRAWAL  FROM  A  COURSE  IN  SUMMER  SES- 
SION 

Students  who  stop  ottending  classes  in  which 
they  ore  enrolled  will  received  o  WP  or  o  WF  for  the 
course  if  they  hove  filed  the  proper  withdrawal 
forms.  In  order  tc  withdrew  officially  from  summer 
session  classes,  o  student  must  submit  o  completed 
summer  session  withdrawal  form  to  the  Graduote 
Studies  Office  before  the  end  of  Ihol  summer  ses- 


WITHDRAWAL  FROM  THE  COLLEGE 


from  the  graduote  program  m*. 

st  give  the  deon  of 

groduote  studies  written  notice 

stating  the  reason 

for  the  withdrawal.  The  student 

s  lost  doy  m  dosses 

will  be  considered  the  student's 

ermmotion  dote. 

COLLEGE  REGULATIONS  AND  POLICIES 

The  doss-obsence  policy  for  the  ocad 


Groduote  Studies  Cotolog. 


HOW  TO  SCHEDULE  & 

REGISTER 

PERMITS  TO  REGISTER  for  the  Summer  Sessions 
will  be  mailed  to  all  students  presently  enrolled  in 
groduote  courses  and  to  those  on  the  moiling  list 


Graduate  students  moy  schedule  for  any  of  the 
summer  sessions  from   Moy   7   through  May    10, 
1  979.  If  you  ore  o  new  student  or  did  not  receive  o 
PERMIT  TO  REGISTER  through  the  moil,  please  con- 
Office  of  Groduote  Studies 
Room  205 
Ruby  Jones  Hall 
215-436-2243 

PLEASE  NOTE,  You  have  completed  the 
Scheduling  process  when  your  PERMIT  TO 
REGISTER,  properly  completed  ond  beonng  both 
your  signature  ond  o  signoture  from  ihe  op- 
propriote  department,  hos  been  returned  to  the  Of- 
fice of  Graduate  Studies  Improperly  signed  PER- 
MITS TO  REGISTER  will  be  returned  to  you.  A 
Scheduling  period  May  7-10,  1979  hos  been 
established  so  thoi  the  students  may  complete  the 
scheduling  process  prior  to  the  registration  period 
and  ovoid  possible  deloys 
You  hove  completed  the  Regis 


lege  dota  bonk  ond  when 


xds  hove  been  entered  i 


;col- 


No  bills 
the  Summer  Sessic 
printed  below  to  le' 


JiOU 


jid  your  bil 


dents  enrolling  in 
nsuH  the  colendor 
nplele  registration 


TO  SCHEDULE 

1  Contact  your  advisor,  complete  your  PERMIT 
TO  REGISTER,  obtain  the  necessory  si9noture{s)  ond 
sign  the  cord  yourself 

Note  ony  restrictions  on  course  enrollment  prin- 
ted in  the  course  listing  If  you  hove  any  questions, 
please  contact  the  Office  of  Groduote  Studies. 

2.  Return  your  signed  PERMIT  TO  REGISTER  to  the 
Office  of  Graduote. Studies.  No  bill  will  be  moiled 


5. 


CALENDAR  FOR  SUMMER  SESSIONS 
REGISTRATION  INFORMATION 


May  31,  Thursday 

2:00-6:30  pm  Scheduling  for  Pre-Session  only 
2.00-7.00  pm  Registrotion  for  Pre-Session  only 
If  you  hove  scheduled  for  Pre-Session.  go  directly 
to  Lowrence  Center,  gel  your  bill  ond  poy  it  If  you 
are  o  new  student  or  do  not  hove  o  PERMIT  TO 
REGISTER,  report  to  the  Graduate  Office  in  the  Ruby 
Jones  Holl  to  obtain  o  PERMIT  TO  REGISTER,  see 
your  advisor,  return  your  signed  PERMIT  TO 
REGISTER  to  the  Office  of  Graduate  Studies,  obtain 
a  business  office  card,  go  to  Lowrence  Center  ond 
pay  your  bill 

June  4  (Monday) 

Closses  begin 

Office  of  Graduate  Studies  will  be  open  until 

The  late  registration  fee  of  $1  0  will  be  ossessed    ■ 
oH  graduate  students  whose  registrations  for  Pre- 
Session  ore  processed  on  or  after  this  dote   Drop  & 
Add  period  for  Pre  Session  Only 


ion  only   2  00-6.30 
pm 

Registration  for  Regulor  Session  only 

Lawrence  Center 

2  00-7  00  pm. 

If  you  hove  scheduled  for  Regulor  Session,  go 
directly  to  Lowrence  Center,  get  your  bill  ond  pay  it 
If  you  ore  o  new  student  or  do  not  have  o  PERMIT 
TO  REGISTER,  report  to  the  Office  of  Groduote 
Studies  in  the  Ruby  Jones  Hall  to  obtoin  o  PERMIT  ■ 
TO  REGISTER,  see  your  odvisor,  return  your  signed*^  ^ 


WEST  CHESTER  STATE  COLLEGE— SUAAMER  SESSIONS  T979 


PERMIT  TO  REGISTER  lo  the  Office  of  Graduate 
Studies,  obtom  a  business  office  cord,  go  to 
Lowrence  Center  and  pay  your  bill. 

June  3S  (Monday) 

Under  groduote  registration  for  Regulor  Session 

June  26  (Tuesday) 

Closses  begin 

Drop  &  Add  period  for  Regulor  Session  only 
Tfie  late  registration  fee  of  $10  will  be  assessed 
oil  groduote  students   wfiose  registrations   for 
Regular  Session  ore  processed  on  or  after  this  dote. 

August  2  (Thursday) 

Scheduling  for  Post  Session  only  200-3:30  pm 

Registration  for  Post  Session  only, 

Lawrence  Center  2:00-4:00  pm 

If  you  have  scheduled  for  Post  Session,  go  direc- 
tly to  Lowrence  Center,  get  your  bill  ond  pay  it.  If 
you  are  o  new  student  or  do  not  hove  a  PERMIT  TO 
REGISTER,  report  to  the  Office  of  Groduote  Studies 
m  Ruby  Jortes  Holl  to  obtain  o  PERMIT  TO  REGISTER,  ' 
see  your  advisor,  return  your  signed  PERMIT  TO 
REGISTER  to  the  Office  of  Groduote  Studies,  obtain 
o  business  office  card,  go  to  the  Lowrence  Center 
and  poy  your  bill. 

August  7  (Tuesdoy) 

Classes  begin 

Drop  ond  Add  Period  for  Post  Session  only. 

The  late  registration  fee  of  $10  will  be  ossessed 
oil  groduote  students  whose  registration  for  Post 
Session  ore  processed  on  or  after  this  dote. 


Pre  Session 


Monday,  June  4 
through 
Friday,  June  22 

See  the  1978-79  Groduote  Studies  Bulletin  for 
•  course  descriptions.  NEW,  following  a  course  listing 
indicates  o  course  not  previously  offered  or  curren- 
tly described.  DeKripnons  for  these  courses  oppeor 
in  this  publication  beginning  on  Poge  1  1 .  All  of- 
ferings listed  ore  contingent  upon  sufficient  enrol- 
lment. Semester  hours  of  credit  ore  shown  in  paren- 
theses following  the  course  title.  Closses  meet  Mon- 
doy  through  Thursday  unless  otherwise  noted. 

Art 

4:1S-7:4Sp.ni. 

ART  531,  532,  533,  534-Ceramics  Workshop  (3) 
(See  "Summer  Workshops/Other  Speciol   Of- 


Tibination  with   undergroduote 


•Scheduled 
workshop 

Biology 

4:30-6:30  p,ni. 

BIO  500  -■  Methods  and  Materials  of  Reseorch  (21 
6:30-9:30p.ni. 

BIO  559  -  Advanced  Human  Anotomy  (3) 

Chemistry 

All  Permits  to  Registw  cords  must  be  signed  t>y 
coerdinotori:  Dr.  J,  >.  Bro»o,  C339,  Sehniu<l<er, 
436-2778,  or  Dr.  J.  Mongrovit.,  C35S;  or  Choi,p«. 
son  of  the  Chemistry  Deportment,  Dr.  Foery  FOR 
ADVISINO  coll  Dr.  Bro«o.  For  pr.-,<h«l„ling.  Moy 
7lhraughl0, 1979 

Dr.  J,  Brovo,  4-4:30  T  »  Th.  May  «th  ond  1 0th. 
C339 

Or.  J.  Mongravito  4-6:30  M  <  W,  Moy  7th  (  9th 

For  pro-session  scheduling:   May   31,   Ih., 
3-6:30-Dr,  Brovo  C339  or  Or.  Mongrovito  C355 
For  regulor  toksion — Juno  21 ,  Th.,  2-6:30 

4:30-7:30  p.m. 

CHE  503  --  Chemistry  of  the  Environment  (3)  (In- 
cludes loborotory  ond/or  field  trips) 

CHE  504  --  foundotions  of  Nutrition  (3)  (Not  for 
M.S.  in  Chemistry) 


To  Be  Arranged 

CHE  505  --  Fundamental  Topics  in  Chemistry  (3) 
Tcpic  Orgonic  Chemistry  and  Anolyticol  Chemistry 
(Not  for  MS   in  Chemistry) 

CHE  580   -  Independent  Study  in  Chemistry  (3-5) 
CHE  61  O— Reseorch/Thesis  (3-6) 

Counselor  Education 

5:00-8:45  p.m. 

EDC  520   -  Counseling  for  Human  Differences (3) 

EDC  567  --  Group  Dynomics  (3) 

•EDC  572  Counseling  and  Consultolive 
Techniques  in  the  Elementary  School  (3) 

•EDC  573  -Counseling  ond  Consultolive 
Techniques  m  the  Secondary  School  (3) 

EDC  602  .-  Skill  Development  in  Counseling.  A 
Helping  Model  Workshops  (3) 

(See   "Summer  Workshop/Other   Speciol   Of- 

'Combined  courses  which  will  be  tought  as  one 

Criminal  Justice 

5:30-8:30  p.m.  June  4  through  July  1  3 

CRJ/SWO  543  -Sociol  Rehabilitation  of  the  Of- 
fender (3) 
Tuesday  and  Thursdoy 

Early    Childhood    and    Elementory 
Education 

6:00-9:30  p.m. 

EDE  543  --  Creative  Enpresi 
School  (3) 

EDE  582  -  Workshop  in  Sociol  Studies  (3)  (See 
Summer  Workshops/Other  Special  Offerings') 

EDE  584  -Workshop  in  Eorly  Childhood 
Education  (3)  (See  "Summer  Workshops/Other 
Special  Offerings") 

EDE  585  -  Workshop  in  Longuoge  Arts  (3)  (See 
"Summer  Workshops/Other  Special  Offerings") 

EDE  695— Seminor  In  Elementary  Educotion  (3) 

EDG  542  ..  Creotive  Thinking;  Gifted  ond  Tolen- 
led  (3)  NEW 

EDG  546  --  Gifted  and  Tolented:  Teoching 
Strotegies  ond  Materials  (3)  NEW 

Earth  Sciences 

6:00-9:00  p.m. 

ESS  51  4 -Mineralogy  (3) 
ESS  523   -■  General  Geologic 
Soulheostern  Pennsylvania  (3) 


1  the  Elementory 


Field  Studies  of 


To  Be  Arronged 

ESS519FieldGeology(l-3) 

(Field  Proiects)  (Musi  hove  permission  of  instruc- 
tor-Ehleiter) 

English 

6:00-9:30  p.m. 

ENG  570   -  British  ond  Continental  Short  Story  (3) 

Foreign  Languages 

6:00-9:00  p.m. 

LIN  580-Longuage  and  Culture  (3) 


Health,    Physical    Education,   and 
Recreation 

All  Permit  to  Register  cords  must  be  signed  by 
the  ossociote  dean  of  graduate  studies. 

Telephone  scheduling  (436-2260  or  436-2610) 
Mondoy,  May  7,  from  2-4  p.m.;  Wednesday,  May 
9,  from  2-4  p.m.;  In  Person  scheduling  Tuesday, 
May  8,  from  4-6  p.m.;  Thursday,  Moy  10,  from  6-8 


6:30-9:30  p.m. 

HPE  500 — Contemporary  Problems  in  Health, 
Physicol  Educotion,  and  Recreotion  (3) 

HPE  604  -■  Administrative  and  Supervisory  Proc- 
tices  in  Heolth,  Physicol  Education,  Recreation,  ond 
Athletics  (3) 

HPE  605  -  Curriculum  in  Heolth  and  Physical 
Education  (3) 

HED  525  -  Elementary  School  Heolth  Education(3) 

HEO  526    -  Life  Support  Techniques  (3) 

HED  623    -  Addictive  Diseoses  (3) 

PED  580   -  Sports  Psychology  (3) 

PEO  663  -  Psychology  in  Sofety  Educotion  ond 
Accident  Prevention  (3) 


History 

6:00-9:30  p,m. 

HIS  501 -Studies  in  the  History  and  Culture  of 
SouthAsio(3) 

HIS  553  -The  Rise  of  the  New  Notion: 
1789-1850(3) 

Instructional  Media  Education 

6:00-9:30  p,m. 

EOM  505  --  Motion  Picture  in  Education  (3) 
EDM  51 9 -Library  Science  (3) 


WEST  CHESTER  STATE  COLLEGE— SUMMER  SESSIONS  1 979 


Mathematics 

6:00-«:30p.m. 

MTE  558  -  Teaching  Molhemolics  in  Ihe  Junior 
High  School  (3) 

Music* 

6:00-9:30  p.m. 

MUS  51 7  -  Psychology  of  Music  (3) 

'School  of  Mutic 

Counseling  by  telephone  or  office  oppointment. 
Coll  or  write  Dr  Singleton  800  am -4,30  p.m., 
April  23-  May  10.  Swope  Hall,  Room  11,  phone 
436-2539  All  Permits-to-Regislor  musl  b*  lignod 
by  Dr.  Singleton. 

Psychology 
«:00-9:30p.m. 

PSY  505  -  Advanced  General  Psychology  (3) 
PSY  506-Theorie5  of  Leorning  (3) 
PSY524-Psychometrics(3) 

Reading 

4:30-7:00  p.m. 

EDR  521-01  -  Reoding  Clinic  Procticum  and 
Seminar  I  (3) 

EDR  521-02  -  Reading  Clinic  Procticum  and 
Seminar  I  (3) 

EDR  540-Seminar  m  Reading  (3) 

6:30-9:00  p.m. 

EDR  510 — Foundations  of  Reoding  Instruction 
K-12{3) 

Secondary   Education  and   Professional 
Studies 

6:00-9:30  p.m. 

EDF  500 -Methods  and  Materials  of  Research  (3) 

EDF  5 1  0— Educotionol  Foundolions  (3) 

EDF590-SchoolLow(3) 

EDS  506  -The  Junior  High  School  (3) 

Social  Work 

S:30-8:30p.m.  June4through  July  13 

SWO  520-Theory  for  Sociol  Work  Practice  (3) 
Monday  and  Wednesday 

SWO/CRJ  543..Sacial  Rehabilitation  of  the  Of- 
fender (3)  Tuesday  and  Thunday 

Speech  Pathology  and  Audiology 
6:00-9:30  p.m. 

SPP  506-Equipment  Workshop  (3) 

SPP  520-SeminQr  in  Speech  Pathology  (3)  (See 
"Summer  Workshops/Other  Speciol  Offerings") 


Regular  Session 


Tuesday,  June  26 
through 
Friday,  August  3 

See  the  1  978-1  979  Graduate  Studies  Bulletin  for 
course  descriptions  NEW,  following  a  course  listing 
indicotes  o  course  not  previously  offered  or  curren- 
tly described.  Descriptions  for  those  courses  appeor 
in  this  publication  beginning  on  page  1  1  All  of- 
ferings 'isted  ore  contingent  upon  sufficient  enrol- 
lment Semester  hours  of  credit  ore  shown  m  paren- 
theses following  the  course  title  Classes  meet  each 
weekday  (unless  otherwise  shown)  during  Regular 
Session  except  July  4 

Art 

8:00-9:30  a.m. 

ART  531 ,  532,  533,  534-Ceramics  Workshop  (3) 
(See  "Summer  Workshops/Other  Special  Of- 
ferings')* 

ART  551     -  Art  in  Elementary  Educotion  (3)  (See 
"Summer  Workshops/Other  Special  Offerings")* 
9:30-1 1:00  a.m. 

ART  541  --  Printmaking.  Relief.  Independent 
ProieclsO)* 


11:00a.m.-l  2:30  p.m. 

ART  531 ,  532,  533,  534   -Ceramii 
(See   "Summer   Workshops/Olhe 


ART  542     -Pri 

dent  Protects  (3)' 

ART  546    -  Droi 


i  Workshop  (3) 
Special   Of 

itmoking:  Silk-Screen,   Indepen- 

ring:  Independent  Projects  (3)' 
1:00-2:30  p.m. 

ART  516,517,  520-PoinIing  Workshop  (3)  (See 
"Summer  Workshops/Other  Speciol  Offerings")" 

'Schedule  in  combination  with  undergraduate 
wor  k  shops/cour  ses 

Biology 

8:00-9:00  a.m. 

BIO  570    Seminor  in  Populotion  Biology  (2) 
9:00-10:30  a.m. 

BIO  567  -Endocrinology  (3) 
10:30  a.m.-12:30  p.m. 

BIO  505 — Field  Ecology  ond  Natural  History  (3) 
Including  Loborotory 


Chemistry 

All  Permits  to  Register  cards  must  be  signed  by 
coofdinaters:  Dr.  J.  8.  Bravo,  C339,  Schmucker, 
436-2778,  or  Dr.  J.  Mongravite,  C3SS,-  or  Cliairper- 


son  of  the  Chemistry  Department,  Dr.  Foery.  FOR 
ADVISING  coll  Dr.  Bravo.  For  pre-scheduling.  May 
7  through  10,  1979 

Dr.  J.  Brovo,  4-6:30  T  X  Th.,  May  8th  and  lOlh., 
C339 

Dr.  J.  Mangrovite  4-6:30  M  X  W,  Moy  7th  1  9lh 
For   pre-session   scheduling:    May   31,   Th., 
2-6:30— Or.  Brovo  C339  or  Dr.  Mongravite  C35S 
Forregularsession—June21,Th.,  2-6:30. 

To  Be  Arranged 

CHE  505    -  Fundomentol  Topics  in  Chemistry  (3) 
Topici  Organic  Chemistry,  Physical  Chemistry  or 


Anolyti. 


I  Che 


istry 


in   Che 


(Not  for  MS  in  Chemistry) 
CHE  590  -Independent  Studie 

(1-6) 

CHE  61  0— Reseorch/Thesis  (6) 

9:30-1 1:00  cm. 

SCI  570 -Science  and  Human  Volues  (3) 

4:30-5:4S  p.m. 

CHE  5 1 3  -Geochemistry  (3) 

CHE  531  -Organic  Reaction  Mechanisms  ( 


Counselor  Education 

8:00-9:30  o.m. 

EDC  540-Assessment  Methods  in  Guidonce  (3) 

EDC  571  -Theories  of  Counseling  (3) 

'EDC  574  -  Group  Procedures  in  the  Elementary 
School  (3) 

'EDC  575 — Group  Procedures  in  the  Secondary 
School  (3) 

'Combined  courses  which  will  be  taught  as  one 


doss. 

9:30-1 1:00  a.m. 

EDC  503  -  I  ntroduclion  to  Guidance  Services  (3) 
EDC  585  --  Contemporary  Issues  and  Trends  in 

Guidance  (3) 

I1:00a.m.-I2:3ap.m. 
EDC  556  -  Coreer  Development  Theories  and 

Proctices(3) 

EDC  567-Group  Dynamics  (3) 

EDC  578— Counseling  Techniques  with   Adults  (3) 
EDC   591      -   Procticum   in   Secondary   School 

Guidance  and  Counseling  (3) 


Criminal  Justice 
4:30-6:00  p.m. 

CRJ  540-Foundatic 


sofCri 


B(3) 


Early   Childhood   and   Elementary 
Education 

8:00-9:30  a.m. 

EDE  522  --  Teaching  Ihe  Communication  Skills  (3) 
EDE  543    -  Creative  Expression  in  the  Elementary 

School  (3) 
EDE  553   -  Child  Development  ond  Behovior  II  (3) 
EDE  56 1   -Guidance  in  the  Elementary  School  (3) 
EDE  589  -.  Teaching  Skills  to  Combat  Sexism  (3) 

NEW  (See  "Summer  Wc'kshops/Other  Spec.al  Of- 

;  Thinking:  Gifted  end  Talen- 


ings  J 


EDG  542— Ci 
ted  (3)  NEW 
9:30-1 1 :00a.iT 

EDE  530 -Soc 


Siudii 
EDE  55 1  —Child  Developrr 


lentory  Education 
nd  Behavior  (1) 
EDE  565 — Effective  Classroom  Monogemert  (3) 
EDE  587--Workshop   in  Affective  Educoticn  (3) 
NEW  (See  "Summer  Workshops/Other  Special  Of- 
ferings") 

EDE  588— Workshop  in  Gifted  and  Talentod  (3) 
NEW 

11:00a.m.-12:30p.it 

EDE  502     -   Introt 
Education  (3) 

EDE   548    --   Curriculum  Theory   ond  Tre-id^    in 
Elementary  Education  (it) 

EDE  549--Theory  ond  Trends  in  the  longuoge 
Arts  (3) 


EDG  583   -  Workshop  in  Creativity  (3) 
(See   "Summer  Workshops/Other  Speciol  Of- 
ferings") 


Early    Childliood 


WEST  CHESTER  STATE  COL  LEGE— SUMMER  SESSIONS  1979 


Earth  Sciences 
6:00-9:30  a.m. 

ESS530--Principlesof  Oceanography  (3) 

ESS  591  -Independent  Study  (1-3) 

SCE  595--Elementary  School  Science  lnstruclion(3) 

9:30-1 1:00  a.m. 

ESS  51  2— Historicol  Geology  (3) 
ESS515--Petrology(3) 
ESS  591  -Independent  Study  (1  -3) 
SCE  500-Modern  Trends  In  Science  Education  (3) 
SCE  5 1  0- Workshop   rn  Secondary  School   Cur- 
riculum-FUSE  K-1  2  (3) 
l1:00a.Ti.  .|2.30p.ni. 
ESS  5 1 0 -Principles  of  Physical  Geology  (3) 
ESS  521   -Geology  m  Elementory  School  (3) 
ESS  540 -Introduction  to  Meterology  (3) 
ESS  591  -  Independent  Study  ( 1  -3) 

English 

8:00-9:30  a.m. 

ENG507-LilerotureSeminor:  Dickens  (3) 
9:30-1 1:00  a.m. 

ENG  508-Writing  Seminor:  Teaching  Com- 
position (3) 

ENG  579-51udies  in  American  English  (3) 

ENG  592--Literature  for  the  Elementary  School  (3) 
11:00a.m.-1 3:30  p.m. 

ENG  525--Shake5peare:  Tragedies  and  Histories  (3) 

Foreign  Languages 
8:00-9:30  a.m. 

LAN   503-Techniques  of   Second   Longuoge 
Teochmg{3) 
Monday-Friday  9:00  a.m.-5:00  p.m.,  and  Sat.  9:00 

LAN  580-01, 02-lndividuolizing  and  Per- 
sonolizing  Foreign  Longuoge  Instruction  (2  or  3) 
June  25  through  June  30  (See  ■Summer 
Workshops/Other  Speciol  Offerings')  Students 
may  porlicipole  in  another  course  offered  in 
regular  session  if  prior  permission  is  acquired  (3) 
~  9:30-1 1:00  a.m. 

SPA  5 1  0--Advanced  Sponish  Phonetics  (3) 
11:00  a.m.-12:30  p.m. 

SPA  545   -The  Latin  American  Novel  (3) 

LAN  580-03  -  Seminar  in  Second  Longuoge 
Educotion:  Teoching  Reading  in  English-os-o- 
Second-Longuoge  (3) 

FRE  590   -  Independent  Study  (3) 

GER  590  -  Independent  Study  (3)  Included  in 
German  Majors  Progrom,  i.e.,  students  must 
register  with  Mr,  Ronald  L-  Gougher,  Deportment  of 
Foreign  Languages 

Geography  and  Planning 

6:00-10:00  p.m. 

GEO  524  —  Geography  of  Populotion  (3) 
Monday  and  Wednesday. 

GEO  526  —  Metropoliton  Systems  ond  Problems 
(3) Tuesday  and  Thursday. 

Government  and  Politics 

9:30-1 1:00  a.m. 

PSC  533-Congre5SiOnol  Politics  (3) 
6:45-1 0:00  p.m. 

PAD  577--Government  Personnel  ond 
Monogement  (3)  Tuesday  and  Thursday.  NEW 

Health,    Physical    Education,    ond 
Recreation 

All  Permit  to  Register  cords  must  be 
signed  by  the  ossociote  doon  of  graduate  studios. 

Telephone  scheduling  (436-3260  Or  436-3610) 
Monday,  May  7,  from  3-4  p.m.:  Wednesday,  May 
9,  from  3-4  p.m.; 

In  person  scheduling  Tuesday,  May  8,  from  4-6 
p.m.;  Thursday,  May  1 0,  from  6-8  p.m. 

8:00-9:30  a.m. 

HPE  601  -Techniques  of  Measurement  ond 
Evaluotion  in  Health  and  Physical  Educotion  (3) 


HED  523  -Consumer  Education  (3) 

PED   550-Elemcntary    Physical    Education 
Workshop  (3) 
9:30-10:30  a.m. 

HPE  600-.Methods  and  Materials  of  Reseorch  in 
Health  and  Physical  Education  (2) 

HPE  606-Reseorch  Project  Seminar  I  (2) 

HPE  607--Reseorch  Protect  Seminar  N  (1) 

HPE  608  -Thesis  Seminar  (2) 

HPE  610 -Thesis  (4) 
9:30-1 1:00  a.m. 

PED  586-  The  Olympic  Gomes  (3) 

PED  682-Biodynamics  of  Human  Performance  (3) 
11:00  a.m.-l3:30  p.m. 

HPE  602--Hislorical  and  Philosophical  Bases  for 
Heollh  ond  Physical  Educotion  (3) 

HED  620- School  Health  Problems  (3) 

PED  684  -Sport  ond  Society  (3) 
1:30-3:30  p.m. 

Monday  through  Thursday 

PED  571  -Outdoor  Education  Workshop  (3) 
6:00-9:30  p.m. 

Mondoy  through  Thursday 

PED  561   -Seminar  in  the  Four-Phase  Program  of 
Driver  Education  (3)  June  25  through  July  1  3 

History 

9:30-1 1 :00  a.m. 

HIS  500-  Methods  ond  Moteriols  of  Research  in 
History  (3) 

HIS  51  2-lndependent  Black  Africa  (3) 
11:00a.m.-1 2:30  p.m. 

HIS  556--America  since  1919(3) 
To  Be  Arranged 

HIS  660 -Field  Studies  in  History  (South  Asio)  (6) 
(See  Summer  Workshops/Other  Special  Offerings) 

Instructional  Media  Education 

8:00-9:30a.m. 

EDM  520  -Designing  Instructional  Maleriols  (3) 
9:30-1 1 :00  a.m. 

EDM   522--Production    of    Nan-Pro|ected  ond 
Pro(ecIed  Moteriols  (3) 

EDM  525-Photography  for  Teachers  (3) 
11:00a.m.-1 3:30  p.m. 

EDM  526 -Intermediate  Photography  (3) 

EDM  560  -  Organization  and  Adminislrotion  of 
Instructional  Medio  (3) 
By  Appointment 

EDM  590  Internship  in  Educotionol  Medio  (2) 

Mathematics 

8:00-9:30  a.m. 

MTE    501 --Fundamental    Concepts   of 
Mathematics  I  (3) 

MTE    502--Fundomental    Concepts    of 
Mathemotics  II  (3) 

MAT  51  2  -  Modern  Algebro  (3) 

CSC  505--lntroduction  to  Computer  Science  (3) 
9:30-1 1:00  a.m. 

MTE  504  -Reseorch  in  Mathemotics  Education  (3) 

MAT  535  -Topology  (3) 

MAT  541   -Advonced  Calculus  (3) 

CSC  501  -  Introduction  to  Computers  (3) 
11:00  a.m.-12:30  p.m. 

MTE  562-The  Loborotory  Approach  to  Teaching 
Elementary  School  Mathemotics  (3) 

MTE  563--Use  of  the  Mathematics  Lotorotory  m 
the  Secondnry  School  (3) 

MAT  58 1  -Methods  of  Applied  Mathematics  (3) 

CSC  595--Topics  in  Computer  Science  (3) 

Music* 
8:00-9:30  a.m. 

MUS  650-Advanced  Bond  Arranging  (3) 
MUS  651  -Advonced  Orcheslrotion  (3) 
MUS7l4--Acou-.lics(3) 
9:30-1 1:00  a.m. 

MUS  606--Choral  Literoture  (3) 

MUS  627--History  of  Symphonic  Music  (3) 

"School  of  Music 

Counseling  by  telephone  or  office  oppointment. 
Coll  or  write  Dr.  Sinolelon  8:00  o,r«.>«:30  p!iti.v  -■ 


April  23.May  10,  Swope  Holl,  Room  11,  phone 
436-2539  All  Permils-lo-Regislor  must  bo  signed 
by  Or.  Singleton. 

11:00o.m.-1 2:30  p.m. 

MUS  500-Methods  ond  Moteriols  of  Research  (3) 

MUS  50 1  -Aspects  of  Musicol  Style  1  (3) 

MUS  502.-Aspects  of  Musical  Style  II  (3) 

MUS  592--Morching   Bond   Techniques  ond 

Moteriols  (3) 

12:30-2:00  p.m. 
MUS  636-Contemporary  Music  (3) 

2:00-3:15  p.m. 
MAW  558-Master  Closs,  Woodwinds  (2) 

By  Appointment 

•■559-560--Private  Instruction,  Minor  Level  (1 ) 
■*561  -564  -  Private  Instruction,  Mo|Or  Level  (1 ) 
••564-569  -  Private  Instruction.  Advonced  Level 
(2) 

••Performonce  Oreo  prefixes.   PIA,   VOI,   ORG 
VLN,   VLA,   VCL,   BAS,   FLU,   OBO,   ENH,   CLT    SAX 
BSN,  HRP,  FRH,  TPT,  TRB.  BAR.  TBA,  PER,  Note:  On 
your  Permil-to-Regisler,  please  write  the  name  ot 
the  leocher  you  prefer  for  your  "Individual  Lessons" 
(or  state    No  preference"), 
MUS  691   -Research  Seminor  in  Music  (2) 
MUS  692  -Reseorch  Seminar  in  Music  (1 ) 
MUS696-  Recilol(l) 
MUS697-Recilol(2) 
MUS  698- -Reseorch  Report  ( 1 ) 
MUS699-Thesis(3) 

THREE-WEEK  COURSES  IN  MUSIC 

Each  of  these  courses   meets  Monday  through 

Friday,  at  times  mdicoted 

June25throughJuly  13 

8:00-1 1:00  a.m. 
MUS  5 1 0 -Current  Trends  in  Music  Educotion  (3) 
MUS  523--Elemenlary  Orff  Techniques  (3) 
MUS  603 --Romantic  Piano  Literature  (3) 
MUS  608--Bross  Literature  (3) 
MUS  680--Music  in  Early  Childhood  (3) 

July  16  through  August  3 
8:00-10:  OOo.m. 

ICO  556-557  -  Advanced  Instrumentol  Conduc- 
ting (2) 
8:00-11 :00  a.m. 

MUS  503-Philosophical   Foundotions  of  Music 
Education  (3) 
11:00  a.m.-2:00p.m. 

MUS  590-Piono  Pedogogy  (3) 
12:30-2:00  p.m. 

SEN  546  -  String  Ensemble  (2) 

ceo  556-557-Advonced  Choral  Conducting  (2) 
2:0O-3:1Sp.m. 

CH0  542-545-Chorus(l) 
3:15-4:30  p.m. 

BND  542-545- Bond  (1) 
Music  Workshops  t 
8:00  a.m.-4:30  p.m. 

•••MWE  536-Workshop,  Music  Education  (3) 

July  I  6  through  July  20 

(See  Summer  Workshops/Other  Special  Of- 
ferings ") 

'••MWH  536-Workshop,  Hondbell5(3) 

July  23  through  July  27 

(See  "Summer  Workshops/Other  Special  Of- 
ferings") 

•'•Do  not  put  workshop  registrations  on  the  Per- 
mit-to-Register.  Use  workshop  registration  forms 
thot  con  be  obtained  from  the  Swope  Music  Office, 

Physics 

11:00  o.m.-Noon 

PHS  502-Modern  Trends  in  Teaching  Physicol 
Science  (2),  Required  for  MA,  in  Physical  Science, 

Psychology 

6:00-9:30  p.m. 

PSY  501  -Introductory  Statistics  for  the 
Behoviorol  Sciences  (3)  Tuesday  and  Thursday. 

PSy  517  -Introduction  to  Psychopothology  (3>  ■ 
TuMdoy  and  Thursday.  k  ^  ■ 


WEST  CHESTER  STATE  COLLEGE— SUMMER  SESSIONS  1979 


1  Sexual  Behovior  (3)  Monday 


PSY  527--Behavior  Atedificallon  (3)  Monday  and 
Wodn«day 

PSY  530--Hum( 
and  Wadnouloy 

PSY  544--lndividuot  Ps/chometric  Techniques: 
Wechsler  end  Binet  Scales  (3)  Tuo^Joy  and  Thur- 
sday 

PSY  559 -Psychotherapy  (3)  Monday  and  Wed- 
nesday 
To  Be  Anonged 

PSY  600-Reseorch  Report  (3) 

PSY  610 -Thesis  (3) 

PSY 61 5--Clinicol  Proctlcum  in  Psychology  (2-6) 

PSY  620-Practicum  in  School  Psychology  {3-1 5) 

Reading 

8:00-9:30  a.m. 

EDR  516-Reading  Disobilities  (3) 
»:30-1 1:00  a.m. 

EDR  51  7-Current  Practices  on  Teaching  Develop- 
mental and  Corrective  Reading  (3) 

EDR  522-01  -Reading  Clinic  Proclicum  ond 
Seminar  II  (3) 

EDR  525-Reoding  far  the  Disadvontaged  (3) 

EDR  541-01   -Organization  ond  Operation  of 
ReodingProgroms:K-12(3) 
n:00a.m.-H:30p.m. 

EDR  522-02  -  Reading  Clime  Procticum  and 
Seminorll(3) 

EDR  541-02-Or9anizotion  and  Operotion  of 
Reading  Programs:  K-1 2  {3) 

Secondary  Education  and  Professional 

Studies 

8:00-9:30  a.m. 

EDF  500-01  -■  Methods  ond  Moteriols  of 
Reseorch  (3) 

EDF  501  --Methods  and  Moteriols  of  Research  for 
Elementory  Education  Mojors  (3) 

EDF  503..The  Emerging  Curriculum  (3) 

EDF  51  0-01  --  Educotionol  Foundotions(3) 

EDP  550-01   -Advonced  Educational  Psychalogy(3) 
9:30-11 :00a.m. 

EDF  500-02--Methods  and  Moteriols  of  Research(3) 

EDF  504 -Middle  School  Workshop  (3) 

EDF  5 1  0-02   -  Educotionol  Foundolions  (3) 

EDP  550-02  -  Advanced  Educotionol  Psychology(3) 
1l:00a.m.-12:30p.m. 

EDF  507--Volues  Clorificotion  in  Human 
Relotions(3) 

EDF  5 1 0-03  -Educational  Foundolions  (3) 

EDP  560-Behovior  Modificotion  (3) 
6:00-9:30  p.m. 

EDF  510-04  -  Educational  Foundolions  (3| 
Tuesday  and  Thursday 

Social  Work 

5:30-8:30  p.m. 

SW052I   -Social  Group  Work  with  Women  in 
Tronsition  (3)  Monday  and  Wednesday,  July    16 
through  August  24 

SWO  522  -Family  Theropy  in  Sociol  Work  (3) 
Tuesday  and  Thursday  July  1 6  through  August  24 

Special  Education 

8:00-9:30  o.m. 

EDA  502 -Noture  and  Needs  of  the  Gifted  ond 
Talented  (3)  NEW 

EDA  541  -Psychology  of  Exceptionol  Children  (3) 
S:00a.m.-Noon 

EDA  540-Workshop  in  Speciol  Educotion  (6)  (See 
"Summer  Workshops/Other  Special  Offerings") 
9:30-1 1 :00  a.m. 

EDA  500-Moinstreoming  for  Exceptional 
Students  (3)  NEW 

Sp««ch  Communication  and  Theatre 

9:30-1 1 :00  o.m. 

SPC   518--Ielevis.on   Progrom    Directing 
(Oomatic)(3) 
6:30-9:00  p.m. 

THA  550  -  Summer  Droma  Workshop  (1  -6)  Mon- 
day through  Thursdov  (Those  who  toke  more  than 
3  credits  must  olio  meet  daytime  lob  hours  to  be 
orTOnged).  See  "Summer  Workshops/Other  Speciol 
Offerings." 


Speech  Pathology  and  Audiology 

2:00-5:00  p.m. 

5PP  51  1 -Voice  Disorders  (3)  Monday,  Tuosdoy, 
Wednesday. 

SPP  535-Seminar  in  Audiology  (3)  (See  "Sum- 
mer Workshops/Other  Special  Offerings")  Monday 
Tuosday,  Wednesdoy 
6:00-9:00  p.m. 

SPP  515  -Orotaciol  Anomolies  (3)  Monday 
Tuesday,  Wednesday. 

SPP  516-Neuromuscular  Disorders  (3)   Monday, 
Tuesday,  Wednesday. 
To  Be  Arranged 

SPP  560--GrodualeClinicol  Procticum  (1) 

SPP  560 -Graduate  Clinicol  Procticum  (3) 

Post  Session 

Tuesday,  August  7 

through 

Friday,  August  24 

Sec  the  1  978-1  979  Groduote  Studies  Bulletin  for 
course  descriptions  NEW.  following  a  course  listing 
indicotes  a  course  not  previously  offered  or  curren- 
tly described  Descriptions  for  these  courses  appeor 
in  this  publication  beginning  on  Page  1  1  -  All  of- 
ferings listed  are  contingent  upon  sufficient  enrol- 
lment. Semester  hours  of  credit  ore  shown  in  paren- 
theses following  the  course  title.  Glosses  meet  Mon- 
doy  through  Fridoy  during  Post  Session  unless 
otherwise  noted. 

Biology 

8:00  a.m.- Noon 

BIO  578--Fresliwoter  Invertebrotes  (3)  Including 
Loborotorv 

Counselor  Education 

8:00-9:30  a.m.  and  1 0:30  a.m.-Noon 

EDC  545--Psychomelric  Interpretations  in 
Reading  (3) 

EDC  567 -Group  Dynamics  (3) 

EDC  569   --  The  Professionol   Counselor   in  the 
Secondory  School  (3) 
August  6  thru  August  1 S 
9:00  a.m.-4:00  p.m. 

EDC  600  --  "Career  Development  Progromming: 
A  Practical  Approach  for  Practitioners  Workshop" 
(3)  (See  "Summer  Workshops/Other  Speciol  Of- 
ferings") 

Early    Childhood    and    Elementary 

Education 

8:00-9:30  a.m.  and  1 0:30  o.m. -Noon 

EDE  504    -  Eorly  Childhood  Educotion  Progroms(3) 
EDE  522-Teaching  the  Communicotion  Skills  (3) 
EDE  549 — Theory  ond  Trends  in  the  Longuage 

Arts  (3) 
EDE  553--Child  Development  and  Behavior  II  (3) 
EDE  580   -  Workshop  in  Elementary  Education  (3) 

(See  "Summer  Workshops/Other   Special   Of- 

EDE  565  -  Workshop  in  Longuoge  Arts  (3)  (New 
Approach)  (See  "Summer  Workshops/Other  Special 
Offerings") 

Earth  Sciences 

To  Be  Arronged 

ESS  520-Geology  of  the  Notionol  Porks  (4)  (Must 
hove  permission  of  instructor-Johnson) 
ESS  591  -Independent  Study  (1  -3) 

English 

8:00-9:30  a.m.  and  10:30  a.m.-Noon 

ENG  566-Comparative  Lileroture  The  Greek 
Myths  (3) 

Geography  and  Planning 

8:00-9:30  a.m.  and  10:00  a.m.-Noon 

GEO  571--Conservotian  Workshop  (3)  (See 
"Summer  Workshops/Other  Speciol  Offerings") 

Health,  Physical  Education,  and 
Recreation 

All  Pormil  to  Register  cords  must  bo  signed  by 
the  oCMciato  deon  of  groduote  studies. 

Tolophone  scheduling  (436-2260  Or  436-2610) 


Monday,  May  7,  from  2-4  p.m.;  Wednesday,  May 
9,  from  2-4  p.m.;  In  person  scheduling  Tuesday, 
May  8,  from  4-6  p.m.;  Thursday.  Mary  1 0,  from  6-1 
p.m. 

8:00-9:30  a.m.  ond  1 0:30  a.m.-Noon 

PED  581  -Adopted  Physical  Educotion  (3) 

6:00-9:30  p.m. 

HED  621  -Human  Sexuolity  in  a  Changing 
Society  (3)  Mondoy  through  Thursday 

History 

8:00-9:30  o.m.  and  1 0:30  o.m.-Noon 

HIS  550 -Colonial  America:  1  607-1  763  (3) 

Instructional  Media  Education 

8:00-9:30  a.m.  ond  1 0:30  a.m.-Noon 

EDM  533— Television  in  Education  for  Teachers  C 
EDf.'  563-Field  Study  in  Educotionol  Medio  (3) 

MUSIC  WORKSHOPS 
8:00a.m.-4:30p.m. 

•••MWB  536--Warkshop.  Morching  Bond  (3) 
August  6  through  August  10  (See  "Summer 
Workshops/Other  Special  Offerings ,") 

•••MWJ  536  -Workshop.  Jozz  Studies  (3) 
August  13  through  August  17  (See  "Summer 
Workshops/Other  Special  Offerings") 

9:00  a.m.-9:00  p.m. 

••■MWP  536--Workshop,  Class/Small-Group 
Piano  (1 )  August  1  3  through  August  1  5  (See  "Sum- 
mer Workshops/Other  Speciol  Offerings ,") 

•*"Do  not  put  workshop  registrations  on  the  Per- 
mit-to-Register  Use  workshop  regislrotion  forms 
thot  con  be  obtained  from  the  Swope  Music  Office, 


Psychology 

6:00-9:30  p.m. 

PSY  5 1  2-Psycholagy  of  Personolity  (3) 
PSY  530 -Humon  Sexual  Behavior  (3) 

Reading 

8:30-1 1:30  a.m. 

EDR  515-Reading  in  the  Content  Areas:  Secon- 
dory (3) 

Secondary   Education  and   Professional 

Studies 

8:00-9:30  o.m.  and  1 0:30  a.m.-Noon 

EDF  509--Contemporory  Teaching  Trends  (3) 
EDF  5 1  O-Educotionol  Foundations  (3) 
EDF  580 -History  of  Americon  Educotion  (3) 
EDO  51  l-Environmentol    Outdoor    Educotion 

Workshop   (3)  (See   "Summer  Workshops/Other 

Special  Offerings ") 

Special  Education 

8:00-9:30  a.m.  and  10:30  a.m.-Noon 

EDA  573--Developmentol   Assessment  of 
Children  with  Learning  Problems  (3) 


SUMMER  WORKSHOPS/ 

OTHER  SPECIAL 

OFFERINGS 

An 

Studio  Workshops 

Pre  and  Regulor  Sessions 

A  number  of  art  workshops,  open  in  nolure,  offer 
opportunities  in  drawing,  pointing,  worer  color, 
ceramics,  and  printmoking  To  moke  the  op- 
propriate  course  selection,  check  the  course  listings 
with  their  descriptions  in  the  regulor  cotolog. 

All 

ART  55 1  -Art  in  Elementory  Education  (3) 

A  workshop  course  concerned  with  the  effective 
ond  creotive  teoching  of  orf  in  the  elementary 
school,  together  with  the  innovotive  use  of  cullurol 


J 


WEST  CHESTER  STATE  COLLEGE— SUAAMER  SESSIONS  1979 


G>unseior  Educotion 
June  4  thru  June  22 

Skill  Development  in  Counseling:  A  Helping 
Model  (3)  EOC  602 

Thi5  pre-sess.on  workshop  w.ll  dwell  on  the  im- 
pfovemenl  of  counseling  skills  which  ore  useful  m 
vonous  sellings  Emphosis  will  be  on  personol 
development,  skill  acquisition,  and  skill  develop- 


ing 


techniques  thot  have  opplicability  in  various 
helping  settings 

Counseling  techniques  will  be  developed  and 
strerigthened  through  the  ulilizotion  of  role-ploying 

clients  The  use  of  audio  and  video  counseling  ses- 
sions will  be  on  integral  segment  of  this  workshop- 
Lectures  ond  discussions  of  the  various  techniques 
thot  will  improve  counseling  skills  will  olso  be  in- 
cluded, 

The  primary  goal  of  this  workshop  is  the  im- 
provement of  your  individual  counseling  skills. 

Counselor  Education 
August  6  thru  August  1 5 

Career  Developnrtent  Programming:  A  Practical 
Approach  for  Practitioners  (3)  EDC  400 

The  workshop  will  focus  upon  both  iheconleni  of 
career  development  programming  as  well  os  the 

behoviorol  outcomes  manifested  by  consumers  of 
the  service  There  is  o  plonned  balance  between 
didactic  ond  experienliol  sessions  exposing  por- 
ticiponts  to  topics  ronging  from  how  to  generote  a 
strong  rolionole  for  the  progrom  to  how  on  effec- 
tive evaluotion  should  be  constructed  and 
executed.  Emphosis  will  be  placed  on  the  ap- 
plicofion  of  system  design  and  objectives-bosed 
programming  formots  os  the  vehicle  for  coreer 
development  programming. 

This  performonce  oriented  workshop  will  oc- 
tively  involve  porticiponts  in  each  phose  of 
progrom  development,  exominotion  and 
evoluotion  of  o  wide  range  of  resource  motertols, 
explorotory  visits  to  vonous  sites,  and  interoction 


./ilhv 


ring 


The  gcxjfs  of  the  workshop  ore  to  enhance  the 
participant's  owareness  of  the  vocotionolizotion 
ospects  of  human  development  ond  io  ocquire  the 
necessary  skills  for  tronsloting  the  knowledge  into 
workable  programs  to  facilitate  their  client's  career 
development. 

Early  Childhood  and  Elementary  Education 

Throughout  the  summer  there  ore  several 
workshops  offered  which  focus  on  the  needs  of 
leochers  These  workshops  ore  problem-based  and 
integrate  theoretical  basics  with  procticol  ideos 

Workshop  in  Social  Studies  (3)  (EDE  582) 
Pre- Session 

A  workshop  stressing  the  important  role  the 
I'ocher  ploys  in  developing  the  social  studies 
progrom  for  children.  A  variety  of  methods  will  be 
discussed  ond  demonstroted  A  study  of  the  most 
recent  odvonces  in  methodology  ond  its  ap- 
plication to  the  social  studies  will  be  undertaken, 

Workshop  in  EaHy  Childhood  Educotion  (3)  (EDE 
S84) 
l*re-S»ssion 

This  workshop  is  designed  to  offer  the  wide 
voriety  of  up-to-date  experiences  that  hetp  prepare 
the  eorly  childhood  tecKher  to  provide  the  kind  of 
environment  and  varied  experiences  that  hetp  the 
child  develop  to  optimal  growth- 
Workshop  in  Language  ArH  (3)  (EDf  5*5) 
"re-Scuion  ond  Post  Seusion 

Pro-Setsion:  The  workshop  focuses  on  methods 
snd  moteriols  of  the  language  arts.  Various 
techniques  and  strategies  will  be  explored  to  aid 
oil  children  according  to  their  abilities. 

fmi  Soflwon:  The  workshop  will  be  offered  in 
three  mini  sessions.  A  student  can  elect  to  take  or*e, 
two,  or  three  of  these  sessions,  Eoch  session  ii 
equivolentto  I  s,h. 


Week  1:  Children's  written  expression,  func- 
tional ond  creative  composition  with  reloted  skills 

Week  2  Children's  responses  in  the  com- 
munication skills  through  literature 

Week  3  Children's  responses  in  the  com- 
munication skills  through  reoding  ond  thinking, 
question  asking  techniques  for  teachers  and 
children 

Workshop  in  Affective  Education  (3)  {EDE  567) 
Regular  Session 

Affective,  skill-onented  troining  program  for  in- 
service  and  pre-service  educators,  kindergorten 
through  college  level  To  develop  owareness  ond 
understanding  of  influences  of  emotional  ond 
behoviorol  changes  -  strotegies  to  facilitate  change 
-  developing  internal  supports  for  role  flexibility  in 
educators  and  students. 

Workshop  in  Gifted  and  Talented  (3)  (EDE  588) 
Regular  Session 

Teachers  interested  in  working  with  gifted  and 
tolented  children  explore  the  area  of  gifted 
educotion-odmmistrotion  through  investigoting 
moteriols  ond  interviewing  students,  porents,  ond 
teachers.  Ideal  progroms  for  encouraging  gifted 
ond  tolented  students  ore  investigated  ono 
de  ve  loped - 


Teaching  Skills  to  Cembot  Sexism  (3)  (EDE  589) 
Regular  Session 

A  program  to  creote  owareness  of  the  extent  an 
consequences  of  sex  roll  stereotyping  in  our  society 
An  understonding  of  the  woys  stereotyping 
ospirotions,  experiences  and  options  for  all  v 
developed.  Methods  to  elimmote  sex  bios 
public  school  clossrooms  will  be  discussed. 


be 


Workshop  in  Creotivity  (3)  (EDG  583) 
Regular  Seuien 

A  practical  opprooch  to  the  methodology  and 
development  of  creativity  as  a  way  of  life  and  as  o 
way  of  teaching.  The  creative  mind  will  be  ex- 
plored and  techniques  fcx  encouroging  the  creotive 
obility  of  each  child  will  be  experienced- 
Workshop  in  Elementary  Education  (3)  (EDE 
580) 
Post  Session 

Learning  experiences  ore  tailored  to  the  needs  of 
the  working  elementary  school  teacher.  Utilization 
of  teacher  constructed  learning  centers  and 
teoching  aids  will  be  explored.  Assistance  in  coor- 
dinating materials  with  learnings  encountered  in 
the  classroom  will  be  given  by  the  instructor. 

Foreign  Languages 

Regular  Session  June  26  through  August  4 

Individuolizing  and  Personolizing  Foreign 
Language  Instructions 

LAN  580—01 .  02  A  course  in  individuolizing  and 
personalizing  foreign  language  instruction  will  be 
offered  during  the  Regular  Session,  1  979  for  2  or  3 
credits.  Students  must  register  with  Ronald  L 
Gougher,  Director  of  Summer  Workshops,  Depart- 
ment of  Foreign  Longuoges,  West  Chester  Stale 
Col  lege  Students  moy  porlicipale  in  another  course 
offered  m  regulor  session  if  prior  permission  is 

Geography  and  Planning 
Conservation  Workshop  (3)  (GEO  571 ) 
Post  Session 

Sponsorec'  lointly  by  the  Deportment  of 
Geography  and  Plonnmg,  and  the  Brondywine 
Volley  Associotion,  the  workshop  investigoles 
selected  techniques  of  resource-conservation,  and 
resource-monogement  in  soulheosfern  Penn- 
sylvanio,  ond  evaluates  the  contribution  of  these 
techniques  in  the  over-oil  scheme  of  regional  plan- 
ning. 

Off-campus  visitations  and  discussions  with  oc- 
luol  prcKtitioners,  rather  than  closs-room  lectures, 
constitute  the  experienliol  boses  for  student  lear- 
ning. 

For  further  information  about  the  workshop,  or 
scholorship  monies  ovoilable  from  the  Brondywine 


Volley  AsstKiotion,  contoct  Dr,  John  C,  Tochovsky, 
Department  of  Geogrophy  ond  Planning 
(436-2724)  (3  credits  shown  under  Post  Session). 

ESS  520--Geology  of  the  National  Parks  (4) 

This  course  is  open  to  groduotes  or  un- 
dergraduates who  hove  completed  physicol  and 
historical  geology  courses  This  summer's  trip  will 
study  the  geology  of  the  Badlands,  Block  Hills,  Yel- 
lowstone, Glocier.  Dinosaur  Nolionol  Monument, 
Craters  of  the  Moon  and  Rocky  Mountain  Notional 
Porks  in  the  stoles  of  Utah,  South  Dokoto, 
Wyoming,  Montana,  Idaho  and  Colorado. 

Tronsportotion  during  the  trip  will  be  provided 
by  one  of  the  college  vans  Accommodations  will 
be  arranged  at  commercial  campgrounds  or  ot 
public  compgrounds  in  the  notional  parks.  In  ad- 
dition to  the  tuition  for  this  4-credit  course,  there  is 
an  additionol  1 50  doHor  fee  to  cover  tronsportotion 
and  camping  or  entrance  fees  to  the  porks.  The 
course  begins  Soturdoy  morning,  August  2,  1979, 
and  ends  with  our  orrivol  bock  on  campus  Sotur- 
doy or  Sundoy,  August  25  or  26. 

History 

Studies  in  the  History  and  Culture  of  South  Asio  (3) 

(HIS501)Pre-Setsion 

Special  Asian  Studies  Program 

Field  Studies  in  the  History  and  Culture  of  India 
(6)  (HIS  660) 
Regular  Session 

(Student  Field  Trip  to  India) 

Depending  on  funding  from  the  United  Stales 
Deportment  of  Health,  Educotion  and  Welfare, 
West  Chester  State  College  plans  to  conduct  o  study 
tour  to  the  Indian  subcontinent.  Internationol 
travel  ond  living  expenses  will  be  provided  to 
qualified  oppliconts  by  HEW. 

For  further  information,  details  and  reservations 
contoct  Dr-  Robert  J.  Young,  Deportment  of  History, 
OS  early  as  possible. 

The  field  trip  to  India  includes  two  segments  of 
three  weeks  duration.  The  first  is  o  period  of 
residence  in  Hyderabad,  Indio,  ot  the  National  In- 
stitute of  Rural  Development  The  second  is  o  travel 
progrom  which  begins  in  Hyderobad  and  then 
visits  Tirupoti,  Modros,  Konchipurom,  Colcutlo, 
Bonoros,  Delhi,  Agra  and  Joipur, 

The  program  begins  June  25  ond  ends  August  7. 

During  the  six  weeks  in  Indio,  the  group  will  visit 
villoges  and  developing  communities  as  well  os 
major  industrial  centers  ond  traditional  religious 
and  cultural  centers. 

HIS  301  or  HIS  501  (or  on  equivalent  course  of- 
fered elsewhere)  is  considered  o  prerequisite  for 
this  progrom.  In  exceptional  coses  the  prerequisite 
moy  be  waived  with  the  permission  of  Dr,  Young. 

Marine  Science  Consortium 

Summer  1979 

As  o  member  of  the  Delowore  Bay  Marine 
Science  Consortium,  West  Chester  Stole  College  of- 
fers courses  in  oceonogrophy  ond  marine  sciences 
ot  the  consortium  field  stotions  on  Wollops  Islond, 
Virginia,  during  five  summer  sessions.  Since  the 
courses  offered  each  summer  ore  not  chosen  until 
Morch.  It  is  necessary  for  interested  students  to  con- 
toct Mr,  Jones  (Biology)  for  details.  Approximately 
seven  to  ten  different  courses  ore  offered  eoch  sum- 
mer. Dates  of  sessions  and  course  offerings  ore 
available  upon  request.  For  detoils  contact  Profes- 
sor Horry  Jones,  (215)  436-2520;  or  Deon  Russell 
Rickert  at  (215)436-2540, 

'**Music  Education  Workshop  (MWE  536) 
Julyl6-July20 

The  workshop  will  include  intensive 
exammotion  and  utilization  of  Silver  Burdett  Music 
books  ond  moteriols  for  theclossroom  teocher.  Par- 
ticipants will  select  the  level  of  clossroom  music 
best  Suited  to  their  needs.  The  focus  of  instruction 
will  be  on  innovotive  and  creative  woys  of 
teaching  the  basic  skills  ond  cor>cepts  of  music. 
Notionotly  recognized  music  outhors  and  teachers 
ond  Music  Educotion  Deportment  focu^  members 
will  provide  instruction.  The  course  moy  be  token 


WEST  CHESTER  STATE  COLLEGE— SUAAMER  SESSIONS  1979 


'  for  3  credits.   For  further  information  contact  Dr. 
Richard  Merrell,  School  of  Music,  phone  436-3337. 

•••Do  not  put  workshop  registrations  on  the  Per- 
mit-to-Regisfer.  Use  workshop  registration  forms 
that  can  be  obtained  from  the  Swope  Music  Office. 

••*Hondbells  Workshop  (MWH  536) 
July23-Jutv27 

This  workshop  is  directed  toword  reachers  ond 
chorol  directors  m  churches  or  schools.  The  week 
will  be  on  intensive  in,/olvement  in  ringing 
techniques  ond  study  motenols  at  either  the 
elementary  or  odvonced  levels.  Notionally  recog- 
nized clinicians  offMioled  wilh  Schulmench  Caril- 
lons, Inc.,  ond  directors  of  English  Handbell  Ringers 
will  direct  the  sessions  Guest  handbell  choirs  will 
perform  during  the  week  and  be  on  integral  port  of 
the  workshop.  The  course  may  be  token  for  3 
credits  For  further  information  contact  Or  Richard 
Merrell,  School  of  Music,  phone  436-3337 

•"Do  not  put  workshop  registrolions  on  the  Per- 
mit-to-Register.  Use  workshop  regisfrotion  form: 
thot  con  be  obtained  from  the  Swope  Music  Office. 

•'•Marching   Band   Conference  and   Workshop 
(MWB  536) 
August  6-August  1 0 

Designed  primorily  for  high  school  and  college 
directors  and  students,  this  conference  is  sponsored 
by  the  West  Chester  State  College  Marching  Band 
and  the  School  of  Music  Offerings  include  classes 
in  basic  ond  odvonced  marching  band  concepts, 
charting,  flog,  drum  maior,  rifle,  twirling,  and  per- 
cussion There  will  be  seporoie  classes  for  students 
ond  directors  Rtcogmzed  outhorities  in  eoch 
discipline  will  porticipote  The  course  moy  be  token 
withbut  credit  or  as  MWB  536--Marching  Bond 
Conference  ond  Workshop  for  3  credits  For  infor- 
mation about  this  tenth  onnuol  bond  event,  contact 
Dr.  Jomes  R  Wells,  Morching  Bond  Director,  School 
"■    of  Music,  phone  436-2495 

***Do  not  put  workshop  registrolions  on  the  Per- 
mir-to-Register,  Use  workshop  registrotion  forms 
thot  con  be  obtoined  from  the  Swope  Music  Office 

'••Class  and  Small-Group  Piano  Workshop  (MWP 
536) 
.  August  13-August  15 

Widely  recognized  specialists  in  group  piano  will 
leod  this  workshop  Three  leoders  from  the 
program  of  the  Nofionol  Piono  Foundation  will  be 
on  campus.  Fred  Kern  of  Northwestern  University, 
Marguerite  Miller  of  Wichito  Stole  University,  and 
Lynn  Freeman  Olson,  well  known  composer  of 
pedagogical  pieces  for  children  published  by  G 
Schirmer.  Summy-Birchord.  and  Oxford  University 
Press  In  oddition,  Robert  Lucos  ond  Ted  Pondel  of 
the  West  Chester  Stole  College,  School  of  Music, 
will  assist  Mr  Lucas  has  worked  m  doss  piano 
pedagogy  at  the  University  of  Michigan  and  with 
Robert  Pace  ot  Columbia  Teachers  College.  AAr 
Pandel  is  o  composer  of  pieces  for  children  and  hos 
done  work  at  the  University  of  Cincinnati 

The  workshop  will  demonstrate  pedogogicol 
techniques  and  materials  for  elementary  through 
college  age  students.  A  Boldwm  electronic  studio 
with  twelve  pionos  and  o  master  console  will  be 
utilized.  Regular  pianos  will  be  used  for  smaller 
groups. 

Morning,  ofternoon,  and  evening  sessions  will 
be  held  each  day  Thirty  dollors  covers  registration 
and  motenols,  -  Credit  fee  odditionol.  For  food, 
housing,  or  other  informotion,  contact  Mr  Ted  Pon- 
del, School  of  Music,  phone  436-2976, 

•'"Do  not  put  workshop  registrations  on  the  Per- 
mit-to-Register.  Use  workshop  registration  forms 
that  con  be  obtoined  from  ihe  Swope  Music  Office, 

•••J««  Studios  Workshop  (MWJ  536)  f—:  $60 
August  13-Augutt  17 

Nationally-known  jozz  ortists  will  oHer  classes  in  ' 
stoge  bond  direction,  contemporory  improvise  lion, 
ofTonging,  ond  the  pedagogy  of  improvisolion' , 


Designed  primarily  for  anyone  who  is  or  will  be  in- 
volved with  some  type  of  |oz2  activity  m  the  public 
schools,  the  workshop  will  occommodote  those 
with  little  or  no  experience  to  those  already  actively 
involved  in  this  field.  Optional  groduafe  credits 
ovoiloble  at  regular  fees  Two  credits  five  days 
Three  credits;  five  days  plus  arranging  or  im- 
provisation project  For  further  informotion  concer- 
ning the  workshop  and  its  faculty,  contact  Mr 
Jomes  Sullivan,  School  of  Music,  phone  436-2678. 

•'*0o  not  put  workshop  registrotions  on  the  Per- 
mit-lo-Regisfer.  Use  workshop  registration  forms 
thot  con  be  obtained  from  the  Swope  Music  Office 

Secondary  Education  and  Professional  Studies 
Environmental  (Outdoor)  Education  Workshop  (3) 
(EDO  511) 
Post  Session 

.While  participants  in  the  Environmental 
Education  Workshop  put  in  their  fair  shore  of  hard 
work,  any  description  of  the  program  still  reads 
more  like  a  wilderness  vocation  brochure  than  a 
course  offering.  A  f.eld-centered  learning  ex- 
perience, the  workshop  includes  comping  trips, 
severol  days  at  the  Ohio  Pyle  Sfote  Pork  area  for  a 
study  of  flora  ond  fauna  and  a  day  of  white- 
wotering;  ond  o  field  investigotion  of  the  wild 
waterfowl  area  near  Lebanon  Sioft  from  the  Penn- 
sylvonio  Fish  Commission  ond  the  Pennsylvonio 
Gome  Commission  lake  port  in  some  of  the  field 
expeditions,  and  there  is  other  interaction  with 
vorious  problems.  Designed  to  integrate  the  wide 
ronge  of  backgrounds  and  interests  among  the  par- 
ticiponls,  this  workshop  provides  credit  toward  cer- 
tificotion.  moy  be  token  as  an  elective  or  may  be 
token  on  on  auditor's  basis.  For  further  informotion, 
call  or  write  Mr  John  Flolingjak,  Coordinotor  of  En- 
vironmental Education,  Wesi  Chester  State  College, 
West  Chester.  Pa.  19380,  or  phone  (215) 
436-2791    (3  credits) 

Social  Science 


Porliciponls  in  this  workshop  will  examine  the 
Holocaust  and  develop  teaching  strategies  and  cur- 
riculum moteriols  for  leoching  obout  the  Holocaust 
m  schools,  and  community  organizations.  Monday 
through  Thursdoy. 


This  workshop  considers  the  history,  traditions, 
customs,  and  contributions  to  Amencon  life  of 
ethnic  groups  The  lectures  and  special  progroms 
ore  designed  to  mcreose  the  students  knowledge  of 
the  multicultural  noture  of  American  society.  Fust 
three  weeksof  Regular  Session 

Special  Education 

Regular  Session 

Workshop  in  SpMJal  Education  (4)  (EDA  540) 

The  summer  workshop  in  speciol  educolion  is  on 
intensive  six  week  course  which  ho',  as  its  primary 
focus  direct  teaching  contact  with  mentolly  ond/or 
physicolly  hondicopped  students  four  days  each 
week,  with  the  fifth  doy  reserved  for  field  trips  and 
meetings  with  consultonis  ond  speakers.  A  typical 
doy  begins  with  an  academic  instructionol  period 
of  one  hour,  followed  by  o  two  hour  period  working 
with  hondicopped  children,  ond  then  a  short 
period  summarizing  the  morning's  octivilies.  This 
summer  the  workshop  will  be  held  for  the  18th 
year  ond  like  all  others  will  be  held  ot  an  off  com- 
pus  school  for  the  hondicopped  Porticipants 
backgrounds  vary  from  those  olreody  working  in 
special  education  who  wish  additional  or  varied 
experience,  to  those  new  to  ihe  field,  who  wish  to 
goin  skills  for  moinslreoming  or  explore  o  new 
area  of  interest.  (Permission  of  the  instructor  is 
required.) 

«niv.Yr>noiS<)'<t  moit  •lort'ovc  ^emoni  tjirlM-)l->i  v 
(»( 


Spmch  Communication  and  Theatre  (THA  550) 
Summer  Droma  Workshop 
Regular  Session 

An  intensive  combination  of  applied  cli 
instruction  and  procticol  production  experiences. 

Speech  Pathology  and  Audiology 

SSP  520"Seminar  in  Speech  Patholo9y(3)  This 
course  will   present   informotion  concerning  the 
bosic   neuroanotomy   ond   neurophysiology  of 
speech,  longuoge  ondoudition. 
Regular-Session 

SPP  535  "  Seminar  in  Audiology  (3)  Auditory 
processing    disorders    in   children    with    learning 


NEW 

COURSE 

DESCRIPTIONS 


Below  are  brief  descriptions  of  summer  offerings 
not  described  in  the  1978-1979  issue  of  the 
Graduate  Studies  Bulletin.  For  further  informotion. 
contoct  the  oppropnole  department.  The  listing  is 
alpha-numericol  by  course  prefix  ond  number 


EDA  S02"Nature  and  Needs  of  the  Gifted  and 
Tolented  (3)  Definition,  identification  and 
enumerotion  of  the  chorocteristics  of  the  gifted 
child,  with  emphasis  on  the  need  to  provide  effec- 
tive ond  innovative  meons  of  meeting  educotionol 
needs.  Speciol  attention  devoted  to  understonding 
the  noture  ond  problems  of  the  gifted  un- 
derochiever. 


EDA  500"Mainstreoming  for  Exceptional 
Students  (3)  Designed  to  ocquomt  classroom 
teachers  with  special  educofion  students  who  may 
be  spending  some  portion  of  the  day  m  o  regular 
setting.  Current  regulotions  and  ways  of  meeting 
educational  needs  will  be  reviewed. 


EDG  542~Cr«ative  Thinking:  Gifted  ond  Talen- 
ted (3)  A  study  of  the  basic  theoreticol  oppioaches 
for  encouroging  the  creoiive  potential  ot  gifted  orid 
talented  leorners  is  the  gool  established  for  this 
course.  Theories  and  reseorch  reloting  to  creative 
thinking  will  be  examined  with  particular  eiftw 
phasis  on  how  eoch  theory  can  be  opplied  in  prqc-" 
ticol  ways  to  the  g-fti^d  and  talented  Current 
teaching  strategies  designed  to  encourage  creative 
thinking  will  be  explored  ond  used 


EDG  546--Gifted  and  Tolented:  Teaching 
Strategies  and  Materials  (3)  The  various  com- 
ponents of  and  opprooches  for  o  program  to  rT>Qel  ^ 
the  needs  of  gifted  ond  talented  children  and  /oulh 
ore  mvestigoied  and  explored  Motenols.  texloooks 
and  readings  ore  gathered,  exommed  and  discus- 
sed by  Ihe  group  ond  are  utilized  to  develop 
motenols  and  sirotegies  for  clossroom  ond/or 
school  implementation 


PAD  577  Government  Management  ond  Persdnijpl 
Administration  (3) 

Exominotion  of  government  recruitment  proc; 
tices.  including  current  personnel  clossificotion  and 
compensation  policies  and  promotion  procedures 
Monogeriol  functions,  oversight,  evoluofion. 
motivotion  and  labor  refotions  ore  heavily  eM- 


WEST  CHESTER  STATE  COLLEGE 
SUMMER  SESSIONS 


ALLEGE  r^ — j 
1979     U 


west  Chester  state  college 
west  Chester,  pa.  19380 


Miito-